December, 2006 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA

Transcription

The Shell Petroleum Development Company
of Nigeria Limited
Operator for the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Total Joint Venture
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)
OF
RUMUEKPE (OML 22) AND ETELEBOU (OML 28) 3D
SEISMIC SURVEY
(FINAL REPORT)
December, 2006
Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey
________________________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Proponent
The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) is a major oil
producing company in Nigeria. SPDC is the operator of the Joint Venture between the
Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation (NNPC), Shell Companies in Nigeria (SCiN),
TotalFinaElf Nigerian Limited, and Nigerian Agip Oil Company (NAOC).
SPDC, as the
proponent, carried out the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the OML 22 & 28
3D seismic survey.
Legal and Administrative Framework
The impact assessment was undertaken in compliance with the provisions of the
relevant regulatory framework stipulated by the then Federal Environmental Protection
Agency (FEPA), now the Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV), and the Department
of Petroleum Resources (DPR). The local and international regulations and standards
consulted include Oil Pipelines Ordinances CAP 145 (1956), Oil Pipelines Act (1965),
FEPA Act No 58 (1988), EIA Act No 86 (1992), DPR (1999, 2002), Rivers State
Environmental Protection Agency Edict No 2 (1994), Bayelsa State Environmental and
Development Planning Edict (1999), World Bank Guidelines on Environmental
Assessment (1991), UNFCC (1994), IUCN (1996) Explosives Act of 1964 and the
Explosives Regulations of 1967.
The Project
The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey objectives and priorities are to:
Support oil and gas production through exploration activities including seismic
surveys;
Strengthen security (and share) of supply through such activities;
Safeguard selected subsurface assets;
Safeguard Shell Companies in Nigeria (SCiN)/SPDC quota;
Provide platform for oil and gas growth; and
Generate revenue for the Federal Government of Nigeria.
The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey will involve subsurface and surface activities. The
sub-surface activities include:
Setting out of receiver and source lines
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
1 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Drilling of shallow and deep shot holes at selected, specific points (source lines)
in grids within the project area
Detonation of explosives within the shot and deep shot holes
Recording of seismic signals on magnetic tapes
The surface activities include land clearing for camp sites and other facilities, surveying,
and recording.
Project Location
The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey is located in Rivers and Bayelsa states of Nigeria.
It covers the following Local Government Areas:
Rivers State – Abua/Odua, Ahoada West and Ahoada East LGAs.
Bayelsa State – Yenagoa and Ogbia LGAs.
OML 22 and 28 lie in the geographical region that can be approximately defined by the
following coordinates:
OML 22 (RUMUEKPE)
OML 28 (ETELEBOU)
Easting (m)
Northing (m)
Easting (m)
Northing (m)
1
455710.920
115600.878
436117.800
118187.100
2
464878.327
115583.317
441239.860
118187.100
3
464878.327
107967.594
441141.28
101687.100
4
469003.511
107967.594
436117.800
101687.100
5
468986.760
105000.000
436117.800
118187.100
6
470940.000
105000.000
7
470940.000
94171.000
8
462083.000
94171.000
9
462060.497
96695.298
10
454406.707
96702.668
11
454406.707
102943.331
12
455685.079
102964.678
13
455710.920
115600.878
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
2 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Environmental Baseline Status
The environmental baseline data acquisition for the EIA of the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic
survey was undertaken by means of literature search and field confirmation of available
data. The environmental indicators evaluated included climate, air quality, water quality,
soil and land use, vegetation, wildlife, fisheries, sediment, social and health status.
Climatic conditions
The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area has humid tropical climate. The climate is
profoundly influenced by its nearness to the Atlantic Ocean. There are two seasons in a
year namely, dry and wet season. The dry season runs from November to March, and
the wet season from April to October. The annual rainfall is about 2500 mm. The rain
falls throughout the year with peaks in June and September, and a short break of low
rainfall in August. The relative humidity is usually above 85% in the rainy season, and
may decrease to 45.5% in the dry season. The Harmattan months of December and
January have the lowest relative humidity. The ambient air temperature ranged between
24.5oC and 32oC in the wet season and 25oC to 36oC in the dry season. Southwesterly
winds were prevalent in the project area in the rainy season, and wind speeds ranged
from 0.3 – 4.5 m/s. In the dry season, wind speeds were more of 0.3 – 1.5 m/s.
Ambient air quality showed that the levels of suspended particulate matter (11.5 – 218.7
µg/m3), nitrogen dioxide (8.4 – 28.3 µg/m3), sulphur dioxide (3.5 – 5.7 µg/m3), total
hydrocarbon (256.0 – 287.0 µg/m3), hydrogen sulphide (<0.001 – 0.1 µg/m3), carbon
monoxide (1.0 – 7.3 µg/m3), and ammonia (<0.001 – 15.8 µg/m3) were within the Federal
Ministry of Environment (FMENV) permissible limits.
Ambient background noise level was low and ranged from 49 to 56 dB(A). Higher noise
levels were recorded in area where machines were operated.
Vegetation
The vegetation was of four basic types. The two more prominent types were the
freshwater swampy forest or riparian forest and the moist lowland forest or rain forest.
The other vegetation types were the forest/farmland mosaic and the secondary forest.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
3 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
The freshwater swampy forest was the most extensive of all the vegetation types. It
consisted of two close discontinuous strata of trees about 30 – 32 m high, underneath
which was a shrubby layer of thickets, about 18 m high, and then an herbaceous layer
dominated by Vossia lucanusianus and Cyclosorus striatus. Several plant species
including trees, shrubs, ferns, grasses and sedges constitute this type of vegetation.
The moist lowland forest (rain forest) had a three-storey stratified structure of closed
stands characterised by high species diversity. The first canopy consisted of plants
about 40m high, the next about 30 m high and the third of shorter trees and shrubs
forming an impenetrable thicket. Underneath was an herbaceous layer at the fringe of
the forest.
The forest was usually flooded and had a large variety of lianas, epiphytes
and ferns. The plants in the rainforest consisted of economic, medicinal and food crops.
They included Cedar Mahogany (Entandrophragma utile), abura (Mitragyna ciliata, M.
stipulosa), kolanut (Cola gigantea, C. millenii), African Tragacanth (Sterculia sp), iron
wood (Lophira alata), Obeche (Triplochiton scleroxylon), Antiaris africana, oil palm
(Elaeis guineensis), raffia palm(Raphia hookeri), stool wood (Alstonia boonei), bush
mango (Irvingia smithii), and mansonia (Mansonia altissima).
The forest/farmland/fallow mosaic was dominated by Elaeis guineensis. It was a
freshwater swamp forest with a few scattered trees such as silk-cotton tree (Ceiba
pentandra). Adjoining area consisted of farmlands and fallow grounds. The crops grown
on the farms included banana and plantain (Musa spp), cassava (Manihot esculenta),
yams (Dioscorea spp), mango (Mangifera indica) and sugar cane (Saccharum
officinarum). Also common were cardboard (Pycnanthus angolensis), gmelina (Gmelina
arborea), christmas bush (Alchornea cordifolia) and Bush cane (Costus lucanusianus).
On the fallows were weeds such as goat weed (Ageratum conyzoides), touch me not
(Mimosa pudica), Grass (Vossia cuspidate), haemorrhage tree (Aspilia africana), siam
weed (C. odorata) and pink tassle flower (Emilia praetemissa). Aquatic macrophytes
included water hyacinth (E. crassipes), water spinach (Ipomoea aquatica) and bizzy lizzy
(Cyperus articulatus).
Secondary forest/forest regrowth mosaic was a semi-natural vegetation in which the
result of man’s activities in the past had changed the structured natural vegetation to
become a dense, non-storeyed regrowth forest of trees and shrubs. Its plant species
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
4 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
included cabbage tree (Anthocleista vogelii), umbrella tree (Musanga cecropioides),
Chrysobalanus orbicularis, E. guineensis, L. alata, A.cordifolia, M.ciliata, Aspilia africana
and Dissotis rotundifolia.
Land Use/Cover
In OML 22, secondary forest constituted about 53% of the land cover while primary
forest accounted for 17%. Farmlands, fallows, sparse vegetation and water constituted
the balance. Subsistence agriculture was carried out on the farmlands and the crops
included plantain, banana, maize, coconut, yams, cocoyam, sugarcane, groundnut,
sweet potato, cassava, okra, pepper and leafy vegetables.
The water bodies served as source of drinking water, and supported such activities as
fishing, transportation, waste disposal including sewage and religious purposes.
The ecologically sensitive areas were the flooded freshwater swamp forests. They
served as spawning and nursery grounds for shell-and finfishes. The swamp forest was
rich in biodiversity (wide variety of economic, medicinal and food plants and animal life).
Wildlife
A wide variety of wildlife (fauna) flourished in the project area. It consisted of vertebrates
that included amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. Their populations have become
depleted by human exploitation and human-induced habitat alterations to the extent that
some species such as civet cat (Viverra civetta) and grey parrot (Psittacus erithacus)
had become rare and leopard (Panthera pardus) threatened or endangered.
Invertebrates including a wide variety of insects and molluscs were also observed in the
area.
Geology and Hydrogeology
Geologically, the 3D seismic survey area is located within the Niger-Delta basin which
consists of alluvial deposits of late Pleistocene and Holocene age. The topsoils
consisted of sandy clay while lower depths consisted of coarse sand and fine sand that
are well sorted. The aquifers are confined by about 10m and poorly sorted sand with low
conductivity indicating that the aquifers are relatively protected. The inhabitants
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
5 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
extracted water for drinking and domestic use from these aquifers, which are liable to
pollution from infiltrating pollutants.
However, the relatively low permeability of the sandy clay separating the topsoil from the
aquifer would reduce the rate of vertical infiltration of pollutants from the soil surface.
The direction of flow of groundwater was south eastwards. The established direction of
flow would be useful in determining the path of flow of contaminants.
Soils
The soils of the project area can be broadly classified as rainforest soils, which occurred
in the southeastern part. The rainforest soils constituted over 90% of the soils and
belonged to the following Orders: Inceptisol, Entisol, Oxisol and Alfisol. The soils were
loamy sand in the topsoil and sandy clay loam at mid-depth and bottom soil horizons.
The soils had a high organic carbon content and fertility status and therefore supported
the luxuriant vegetation observed.
The soils were predominantly acidic with pH ranging from 5.2 – 6.4. The ranges of
concentrations (mg/kg) of nutrients at all soil depths, in both rainy and dry seasons were
phosphorus, 0.21 – 6.92; nitrate-nitrogen, 0.01 – 1.96; and sulphate, 0.20 – 10.91. The
concentrations of basic cations (sodium, calcium, magnesium, potassium) were high and
could support crop production. The heavy metals (iron, lead, copper, chromium,
manganese, zinc and cadmium) occurred in low concentrations and the values were
within the range reported for similar ecosystems in the Niger Delta.
The soils contained at all depths, high densities of heterotrophic bacterial and fungal
loads and low levels of oil degrading microbial species. The high heterotrophic bacterial
and fungal densities indicated that the soil contained concentrations of nutrients enough
to support their growth. The mean percentage hydrocarbon decomposing bacterial and
fungal loads were low, indicating an environment not grossly contaminated with
hydrocarbons.
Aquatic Environment
There are two major river systems, namely, Orashi River and Sombreiro River. There
were other numerous water bodies such as small rivers, lakes, ponds, streams, inter____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
6 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
twinning creeks and all season burrow pits. Sand winning activities occurred at several
points on the major rivers.
The surface water temperature ranged from 25.0 – 31.6oC; pH from 5.2 – 7.6; DO from
2.1 – 6.3 mg/l; BOD5 from 0.5 – 1.8 mg/l; COD from 8.8 – 19.5 mg/l; TSS from 1.0 – 3.8
mg/l; TDS from 12.4 – 780.3 mg/l; turbidity 4.8 – 29.8 NTU; conductivity from 12.4 –
794.5 µScm-1, chloride from 11.8 – 780.3 mg/l; NH4 – N from 0.1 – 0.85 mg/l; NO2 – N
from 0.001 – 0.018 mg/l; NO3 – N from 0.3 – 0.83 mg/l; PO4 – P from 0.004 – 0.42mg/l;
and oil and grease from 1.0 – 3.91 mg/l.
The concentrations of heavy metals (vanadium, nickel, chromium, lead, zinc,
manganese, copper, iron, cadmium) were generally low in the rainy and dry season in
the project area except for zinc, manganese and iron whose levels exceeded FMENV
limits. The rather high concentrations of these metals could be associated with levels of
industrial activities in the area.
The surface waters contained a high load of heterotrophic bacteria and coliforms
including Escherichia coli. The presence of E. coli indicated that the waters were
contaminated with faecal matter and therefore did not meet FMENV standards for
potable water. The waters also contained high loads of fungi, indicating that the waters
contained enough biodegradable organic matter to support microbial growth.
The mean pH of groundwater in rainy and dry seasons ranged from 6.1- 6.3, indicating
that the water was slightly acidic and did not fall within the FMENV allowable limits of 7.0
– 8.5 for drinking water. Other physico-chemical parameters (chloride, turbidity, oil and
grease and sulphate) however met FMENV allowable limits for drinking water. The
concentrations of heavy metals were generally low and within the FMENV limits except
for iron, which exceeded the limit. The groundwater would therefore require appropriate
treatment to make it suitable for human consumption. Total heterotrophic bacterial load
was low and coliforms especially E. coli were not detected.
Sediment
The physico-chemical parameters of the sediment showed that among the alkaline earth
metals, sodium had the highest concentration followed by potassium, while the
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
7 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
concentrations of magnesium and calcium were comparable. The sediment was acidic
with pH ranging 5.4 – 6.4, the oil and grease concentrations ranged from 0.6 – 2.7 mg/l,
while NO3 – N ranged from 0.02 – 0.13 mg/l.
Heavy metals such as chromium, nickel, vanadium, cadmium and mercury were not
detected in the sediment samples. The concentrations of iron ranged from 0.1 – 0.15
mg/kg, lead from <0.001 – 0.04, zinc from 0.9 – 1.8 mg/kg, copper from <0.001 – 0.10
and manganese from 0.02 – 0.20 mg/kg.
In the project area, total heterotrophic bacterial count ranged from 1.24 – 3.02 x 108
cfu/g. The fungal densities were equally high. The levels increased significantly (p<0.05)
in the dry season probably as a result of sedimentation. The percentages of hydrocarbon
utilising bacteria and fungi were however low in the sediments during the two seasons.
Benthic macrofauna
The benthos of the water bodies consisted of detritus mixed with varying proportions of
fine sand, coarse sand and occasionally gravel. The benthic macrofauna found in the
sediments were palaeomonids, nymphs of Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera and Odonata;
larvae of Chironomidae and Chaoboridae; oligochaetes and periwinkles. The
macrofauna densities were higher in the dry season than in the rainy season.
Phytoplankton and zooplankton
The phytoplankton comprised species of blue green algae, desmids, green algae and
diatoms. The species composition was high but density was low due probably to the
flowing nature of the rivers. The phytoplankton species composition was similar in both
rainy and dry seasons, but the densities were higher in the dry season than in the rainy
season.
The zooplankton comprised species of Protozoa, Nematoda, Coelenterata, Rotifera,
Cladocera, Ostracoda, Copepoda and Harpacticoidea. Larval stages of Crustacea,
Insecta, Gastropoda and Pisces were also observed. The zooplankton population was
dominated by rotifers, followed by larval forms. Zooplankton species was similar in the
two seasons but densities were higher during the rainy season. The presence of larval
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
8 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
stages of Crustacea, Insecta and Pisces showed that the environment supported the
reproduction of different taxonomic groups of animals.
Fishing and fish species
Fishing activities were observed in virtually all water bodies. Canoes (dug-out or
planked) were the sole fishing craft and vary considerably in size from two to seven
metres over-all-length. The fish gears include traps, long lines, cast nets, set gill nets,
beach seine and lift nets. Special filtering devices were installed across the width of
small rivers during the rainy seasons to exploit all sizes and types of fish. Exploitation of
shellfish (Macrobrachium vollenhovenii and M. macrobrachion) was by use of basket
traps operated mainly by women. In the swamps, basket traps were the main fishing
gear. The fish species belonged to 28 fish families and 58 species. The fish species in
the OML 22 & 28 project area were quite similar. However, gobies (Gobius occidentalis),
threadfin (Polydactylus quadrifilis), ten pounder (Elops lacerta), mullets (Liza falcipinnis,
Liza hoefleri), croackers (Pseudotolithus elongates, Pseudotolithus epipercus), red
snapper (Lutjanus goreensis) and black snapper (Lutjanus eutactus) present in catch
from around the Sombreiro River. The fishery was dominated by the characids and the
catfishes (mochokids, clariids and bagrids) dominated for the greater part of rainy
season and early part of the dry season. During the dry season, bagrids and cichlids
were caught in large numbers.
Social -Environment
Communities and Constituencies
The project area extends across 90 communities in Rivers and Bayelsa states. They fall
within 5 local government areas (LGAs), two in Bayelsa State (Yenagoa, Ogbia LGAs)
and three in Rivers State( Ahoada East , Ahoada West abs Abua Odua)
Population
Most of the communities in the study area are small rural settlements of less than 5000
people. Less than a quarter of the communities have more than 5,000 people, while
none of the communities has up to 15,000 people.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
9 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Age Sex Distribution
There is a slight dominance of females over males in the project area. The mean age
was estimated at 20.6 years, while the median age was 18 years. The population
pyramid has a broad base, which implies a preponderant younger population.
Marital Status
The majority of the household heads were married. Polygamy was also common.
Household Size
The average number of persons per household is 6.
Education status
Seven percent of the total sampled respondents had no formal education. Almost half
(47%) had secondary education, 26% had primary education and about 20% had tertiary
education. Primary and secondary schools are generally available. Availability of schools
is not so much the problem as the inadequacies in the infrastructure, facilities and
equipment. Currently there are two tertiary institutions in the study area
Occupation
Farming and fishing are the major occupations practiced. Most of the traditional
occupations are carried out at subsistence levels. Cassava is the most popular crop
cultivated in the communities. Local implements such as machetes and hoes are used
for farming.
Fishing is carried out in the Orashi and Sombreiro rivers and the adjoining creeks as well
as in the fresh water swamps. Aquaculture is also common in the project area. In
addition, the communities commonly rear livestock.
Income
Poverty is evident from the earnings of the people, which range from N41,000.00 to
N50,000.00 per annum with an average of N5,000.00 per month. In addition, the
unemployment rate was found to be high.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
10 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Housing
Eighty six percent of the community members live in their own houses, while 13.4% live
in rented accommodation. Most of the houses are built with blocks with either zinc or
asbestos roofing. However, there are several communities where the majority of the
houses are made of mud, bamboo and thatched roofs.
Availability of Electricity
Three-quarters of households (73.1%) have no access to electricity.
Sources of cooking fuel
Up to two-thirds of households (66.6%) were reported to use firewood as cooking fuel in
the area, while 32.8% use kerosene while none used domestic gas.
Roads and Transportation
The project area is traversed by several roads, amongst which is the Port Harcourt Patani -Warri highway. Public buses, cars and motorcycles are the major means of
transportation in the project area. Motorcycles and bicycles are the most common
means of transportation in the project area, while a small percentage own cars. Canoes
(with or without outboard engines) are owned and used in communities fringing the
major rivers and creeks.
Ethnic groups in Project Area
The main languages spoken in the project area are Ijaw, Ogbia, Epie-Attisa, Ekpeye,
Igbo and Pidgin English. There are 5 major ethnic groups, which are Ekpeye, Epie,
Ogbia, Engenni, Abua and Gbaran
Historical background
The origins of the Ekpeye’s, Engennis’s and Epie’s can be traced back to the ancient
Benin Empire, while the Abua’s migrated from the Congo Basin in the 12th century while
the Ogbia’s from Nembe.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
11 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Community power structure and governance
The power structure of each community has the paramount ruler at the apex of
traditional authority. The council of chiefs, Elders, CDC, Youths leaders, Women
leaders, Age grades and Church leaders assist in decision-making and governance.
Religion and Belief System
Christianity is the major religion in the project area. Traditional religion also exists, which
accounts for the existence of several sacred forests, water etc. in the communities.
Conflict
Conflict is
common within
communities,
between
communities
and
between
communities and oil companies in the study area. Conflict resolution strategies are
through dialogue in special meetings summoned by the elders-in-council, council of
chiefs, religious leaders, juju priests, youth council and women groups.
Health Environment
Disease Pattern
Disease prevalence of the areas was predominantly communicable diseases. Malaria is
the most common and severe of diseases found among the children and pregnant
women. Other disease conditions were diarrhea, acute respiratory infections, worm
infestations, measles, typhoid fever, and chicken pox. The adult population suffered also
from hypertension, heart diseases, arthritis, typhoid fever and injuries from various
causes.
HIV/AIDS however, is assuming an increasingly important position in the hierarchy of
disease prevalence in the Niger Delta region, with prevalence of 7% and 4.4% recorded
in Rivers and Bayelsa States respectively.
Health Services Provision and Utilization
Although a good number of health facilities were available, they were inadequate in
number and were essentially weak in service provision because they lacked basic drugs,
equipment and manpower.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
12 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Immunization Coverage
Immunization coverage of children (0-59) months within the communities was 23.8%.
The figure is far below the national target of 85% for all antigens set by the National
Programme on Immunization (NPI), but comparable to the national record of 21.4%.
Nutritional Assessment of children under five years of age
The nutritional status of children (0-59) months showed that between 18.8% and 35.4%
of children, fell below the –2SD cut-off mark, representing the degree of wasting and
interpreted as acute malnutrition/under nutrition. Similarly, between 24.4% and 25.8% of
the children showed evidence of stunting indicated by short height-for-age. These
figures were worse than the national average of 16% for wasting, but better than the
34% for stunting.
Lifestyles/ Sexual Risk Behaviour
Sexual risk behaviours such as multiple sexual partnerships, casual and unprotected
sexual relationships as well as the use of illicit drugs and alcohol were identified as
prevalent in the communities. Alcohol consumption in the area ranged between 43% and
49%. About 10.1% of population smoked cigarettes and 17.7% snuffed ground tobacco
respectively.
Environmental Health Conditions
Water Supply
Water supply was found to be inadequate in the communities with less than 10% having
access to potable water supply.
Waste Generation and Disposal Methods
Domestic wastes were disposed of indiscriminately in and around the communities in
bushes, water bodies: rivers streams and creeks. Human sewage disposal was mostly
by pit latrines and in the open, in nearby the bushes or directly into the water bodies for
most communities living along watercourses.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
13 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Housing Conditions
The number of rooms per house ranged between 4 and 12. Room occupancy (Crowding
Index) showed an average of 3-7 persons per room. Sixty six percent (66.6%) of homes
utilized firewood for domestic cooking, as against (32.6%) that utilized kerosene. Smoke
from firewood if not properly channeled outside the home represents a potential source
for provoking acute respiratory tract diseases, especially among children and the elderly
with depressed immune responses.
Air Quality Assessment
The Peak Flow Rate among the sampled adults showed that, there might be residents
with compromised lung functions in the communities. The causes however, might only
be speculated until more specialized analytical studies were conducted. They could also
be due to the prevalent respiratory tract infections, provoked by smoke from firewood for
cooking or fish smoking or from other causes.
Predicted Impacts
Environmental impacts were assessed by means of an environmental, social and health
(ESH) tool which considered impacts arising from interactions between the various
project activities and the sensitivities (components of the environment) and also those
from interactions among the sensitivities. The activities involved in the various phases
(mobilisation of contractor to site, land clearing, surveying, drilling of shot holes,
detonation of explosives, recording of seismic signals) of the project development were
shown to have impacts on the environment. Beneficial and adverse impacts were
identified, described and rated.
Construction Phase
The potential impacts from the various activities of the construction phase are as follows:
Landtake
Land acquisition could result in reduction of access to natural environment and its
resources, and put pressure on available water, food and other consumables. These
could lead to third party agitation in an area already experiencing social tension.
Supplies of construction equipment, materials, food, water and other consumables could
result in temporary (short term) pressure on available water, food, existing roads and
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
14 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
waterways but could provide widespread opportunities for contracting and employment.
The emission of noxious substances that could occur from vehicles used in supplies
might cause local air quality impairment.
Site preparation
Clearing of vegetation during site survey, site clearing, site excavation and detonation of
explosives could result in the destruction of indigenous plant communities along the line
cutting route. This could lead to death and permanent loss of some economic, medicinal
and food crops, and potential emergence of species alien to the environment.
Clearing of vegetation could cause loss of habitat for wildlife, provide increased access
for hunting and logging, increased erosion of the cleared area, and might expose field
workers/community members to attacks by poisonous snakes, bees, spiders/other
wildlife, and contact with poisonous plants.
Noise and vibrations power generating plants could frighten wildlife and scare them
away. Alteration in the photo-periodism of plants could lead to poor harvest. These
activities could lead to third party agitation. Recruitment of labour force for site clearing
could provide opportunities for employment.
Seismic survey Activities
Activities such as line cutting, surveying, drilling of shot holes, detonation of explosives
etc could expose the soil to erosion causing impairment of surface and ground water
quality, increase in surface water turbidity, disturbance of aquatic life. Noise and
vibrations from generators could be a source of nuisance. The net effect of these
impacts is reduction in availability of household water, which could elicit third party
agitation.
The activities have the positive effect of providing opportunities for
contracting and employment.
The impacts from construction activities include increased pressure on existing
infrastructure, and diffusion of culture and traditions, which might result from increase in
population, cost of living and inflation. These impacts have negative, local and shortterm effects, which are reversible. Some positive impacts of these activities are increase
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
15 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
in employment/contracting opportunities, and shift from traditional occupations to
financially more rewarding employment.
Other negative impacts that could arise are increased social vices, road and water traffic
accidents, which could lead to third party agitation with consequences on corporate
reputation.
Waste generations - emissions, effluents, and solids
Emissions from generators and heavy traffic have the potential for causing impairment of
air quality. This could lead to increased morbidity from respiratory tract diseases and
consequent pressure on health infrastructure. Emissions might also decrease the quality
of the habitat and biodiversity.
Effluents and solid wastes could contaminate surface and ground water, decrease
available household water and cause impairment of health of aquatic life. Consumption
of contaminated water and aquatic food could cause illness, third party agitation, and
pressure on health facilities. The management of these wastes could, however, provide
opportunity for employment and contracting.
Decommissioning of Structures
The decommissioning of contractors camps and other structures that are no longer
needed could lead to third party agitation resulting from labour and human rights issues,
related to loss of employment. Increase pressure on healthcare facilities could result
from deterioration of air quality, accidents and injuries. The recruitment of labour force
for the activity could, however, provide opportunities for employment and contracting
thus providing increased income.
Labour Requirement
The recruitment of the labour force for land clearing, surveying, and drilling of shot holes
could provide increased employment, services and income generation opportunities.
The increased population from the influx of workers and camp followers could put
pressure on existing social, healthcare and educational infrastructure and lead to
increase in social vices. This could lead to community agitation.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
16 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Waste Generation (emissions, effluents and solids).
Emissions from operational activities could impair air quality which might result in
increased morbidity from respiratory tract diseases. Disposal of untreated effluents on
land and into water could cause impairment of the recipient environments and the health
of terrestrial and aquatic life. This could adversely affect the traditional occupations of
fishing and farming thereby reducing income from them, which could arouse third party
agitation. The management of solid wastes could provide opportunities for employment
and contracting resulting in increased income. Improper management could result in
contamination of surface and ground water, impairment of health of aquatic and
terrestrial life, increased level of disease vectors and increase in morbidity rate thereby
putting pressure on exiting healthcare facilities.
Incidents
Incidents such as accidents, emissions (vehicular), spills/ explosions (from storage
tanks), and electrocution which could occur during different phases of the project could
lead to loss of assets and property, increased morbidity and mortality rates, pressure on
existing healthcare and emergency facilities, third party agitation and adverse effect on
corporate image.
Decommissioning Phase
Consultations
Decommissioning activities could lead to disengagement of staff, labour issues and third
party agitation. Consultations with governments, communities, regulators and other
stakeholders would, however, improve corporate image through promotion of third party
participation.
Dismantling of Structures /Wastes Generated
Dismantling activities could generate noise, vibrations, dust, and emissions which might
result in increased level of nuisance, accidents, injuries and pressure on healthcare
facilities. This could result in third party agitation. Improper disposal of generated wastes
could contaminate surface and ground water, soil and vegetation, resulting in impairment
of health. The packaging, removal and disposal of dismantled equipment and materials
could provide opportunities for employment and contracting.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
17 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures were provided for those impacts rated as moderate or major, while
the identified negligible/minor impacts would be addressed by existing standard
practices in SPDC. The measures proffered were to reduce the severity of identified
negative impacts and enhance the beneficial effects.
Reduction of access to natural environment and its resources shall be minimised by
provision of alternative access routes and limitation of land take to the barest minimum
required. Third party agitation that could arise from land take shall be reduced by the
identification of relevant stakeholders/legacy issues through regular consultations.
Where necessary, adequate and prompt compensation shall be made as guided by the
Project Advisory Committee (PAC) on land acquisition process.
The area to be cleared shall be limited to the barest minimum required for the project
and by restricting clearing to the one metre width for the survey route. These shall
reduce the destruction/modification of vegetation during land clearing and surveying.
Protection and management plans shall be developed for forests to prevent illegal
logging and hunting especially in reserved forests. Sensitive areas such as forest
reserves, sacred forests/grounds, historical sites, burial grounds etc., shall be avoided.
The sudden increase in population that could occur during the different phases of the
seismic survey might lead to increase in cost of living, pressure on existing
infrastructure, and encourage indulgence in social vices.
Awareness campaign shall be undertaken to enlighten the field workers on the
implications of drug and alcohol abuse, unprotected sex, prostitution and the need to
sustain cultural value of the host communities. The SPDC alcohol and drug policies shall
be enforced to encourage healthy lifestyle.
The nuisance from noise, emissions and vibrations from generators and heavy trucks
used in different areas of the project shall be reduced by use of standard equipment,
provision of acoustic mufflers and fume catalysers, where necessary.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
18 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________
An integrated waste management plan involving reduction, reuse, recycle, treatment and
composting as appropriate shall be carried out in line with FMENV, DPR and SPDC
Waste Management Guidelines.
The mitigation of the impacts of incidents that could occur during site clearing, surveying
and detonation of explosives such as loss of assets and property, increased morbidity
and mortality rate, etc shall include adequate compensation to affected parties and
provision of adequate emergency response system in line with SPDC Emergency
Response and Contingency Plan.
Environmental Management Plan
An environmental management plan has been designed for the proposed project to
assess the effectiveness of the mitigation measures in controlling identified
moderate/major impacts. The plan shall provide for compliance monitoring of the various
environmental components.
Consultations
Stakeholder consultation was a major part of this EIA and an integral part of the project.
The identified stakeholders were government (Federal, State and local), regulators
(FMENV, DPR, State Ministries of Environment and Natural Resources), communities,
CBOs, NGOs, Government agencies, Media, consultants etc. Consultations involved
permitting, groundtruthing, open fora etc.
Conclusion
The environmental impact assessment has shown that the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic
survey Project could be executed and operated with minimal negative impact on the
surrounding
environment
by
implementing
recommended
mitigative
measures,
environmental management plan and other provisions of this EIA. The economic gains
to the communities, Local Government Areas, States and the Federal government from
the project outweigh the adverse impacts. The approval of this EIA report for the
execution of the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey is hereby recommended.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Executive Summary
19 of 19
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
CHAPTERS AND TITLES
i
LIST OF TABLES
vii
LIST OF FIGURES
ix
LIST OF PLATES AND BOXES
xi
GLOSSORY OF TERMS, ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
xi
LISTS OF APPENDIX
xvi
EIA REPORT PREPARERS
xvii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
xviii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1 of 19
CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION
1.1
Background
1 of 13
1.2
Project Location
2 of 13
1.3
Objectives of the EIA
4 of 13
1.4
Scope of the EIA
4 of 13
1.5
Administrative and Legal Framework
5 of 13
1.5.1
Applicable Regulations
6 of 13
1.5.2
Federal Legislation
6 of 13
1.5.3
State Legislations
9 of 13
1.5.4
International Agreements and Conventions
11 of 13
1.5.5
SPDC Policies and Guidelines
12 of 13
1.6
Terms of Reference
12 of 13
1.7.
EIA Scope
12 of 13
1.8
Structure of the Report
13 of 13
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
i
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER TWO: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1
Introduction
1 of 27
2.1
Project justification
1 of 27
2.2
Project sustainability
1 of 27
2. 3
Project Alternatives
2 of 27
2.4
Project Location
5 of 27
2.5
Project Description
7 of 27
2.5.1
Scouting Exercise
8 of 27
2.5.2
Permitting – License to Operate (LTO)
8 of 27
2.5.3
Mobilization of Contractor to Site
2.5.4
Land Clearing - For Campsites, Fuel Dumps/Generator House,
Vehicle Parking Lots and Explosives Magazine Sites
12 of 27
12 of 27
2.5.5 Surveying
14 of 27
2.5.6 Drilling of shot holes
16 of 27
2.5.7 Recording
20 of 27
2.6
Project Schedule
26 of 27
2.7
Road Repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPS)
26 of 27
2.8
Damages Assessment and Compensation
26 of 27
2.6
Environmental Restoration
27 of 27
CHAPTER THREE: DECRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1
Acquisition of baseline data
1 of 118
3.2
The biophysical environment
1 of 118
3.3
Climatic conditions
2 of 118
3.3.1
Rainfall
2 of 118
3.3.2
Relative humidity (RH)
3 of 118
3.3.3
Wind
3 of 118
3.3.4
Temperature
3 of 118
3.4
Air quality
4 of 118
3.5
Noise level
4 of 118
3.6
Vegetation
6 of 118
3.6.1
Freshwater swamp forest
6 of 118
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
ii
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.6.2
Farmlands
12 of 118
3.6.3. Fallow
13 of 118
3.6.4
Aquatic macrophytes
13 of 118
3.6.5
Crop pathology
13 of 118
3.6.6
Insect pests of crops
14 of 118
3.6.7
Heavy metal concentrations in plants
14 of 118
3.6.8
Land use
15 of 118
3.6.9
Farmlands and fallow lands
15 of 118
3.6.10 Land cover for the project area
11 of 118
3.6.11 Water bodies
18 of 118
3.6.12 Built up areas
18 of 118
3.6.13 Industrial land use
19 of 118
3.6.14 Ecologically sensitive areas
19 of 118
3.7
Wildlife
19 of 118
3.8
Geology/Hydrogeology/Geotechnics
23 of 118
3.8.1
Aquifers
25 of 118
3.8.2
Water Levels
26 of 118
3.8.3
Groundwater Flow Direction
27 of 118
3.8.4
Physicochemical characteristics of borehole water samples
27 of 118
3.8.5
Concentrations of heavy metals in groundwater samples
28 of 118
3.9:
Soil Studies
32 of 118
3.9.1
General Description
32 of 118
3.9.2: Rain Forest Soils
32 of 118
3.9.3
Soil Texture
34 of 118
3.9.4
Soil chemistry
35 of 118
3.9.4.1
Soil pH
35 of 118
3.9.4.2
Organic carbon, nitrate-nitrogen and available phosphorus
35 of 118
3.9.4.3
Oil and grease
36 of 118
3.9.5
Exchangeable Cations (Alkaline earth metals)
38 of 118
3.9.6
Heavy metals
40 of 118
3.9.7: Soil Colour
42 of 118
3.9.8: Soil Physical Properties
44 of 118
3.9.9:
Bulk density
44 of 118
3.9.10:
Porosity
45 of 118
3.9.11:
Available Water Holding Capacity (AWHC)
46 of 118
3.9.12:
Effective Soil depth
46 of 118
3.9.13:
Relationship between soil types and vegetation
47 of 118
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
iii
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.9.14:
Soil Microbiology
48 of 118
3.9.14.1: Bacterial and fungal counts
48 of 118
3.10:
Aquatic studies
50 of 118
3.10.1:
Physico-chemistry of surface and bottom water samples
50 of 118
3.10.2:
Heavy metal of surface and bottom water samples
52 of 118
3. 10.3:
Aquatic Microbiology
54 of 118
3.10.4
Groundwater quality
56 of 118
3.10.5
Heavy metals of groundwater
56 of 118
3.10.6:
Groundwater microbiology
57 of 118
3.11:
Sediment
58 of 118
3.11.1
Physico-chemistry
58 of 118
3.11.2:
Heavy metals
59 of 118
3.11.3
Sediment Microbiology
61 of 118
3.12
Benthic Macrofauna
61 of 118
3.13
Hydrobiology and Fisheries
64 of 118
3.13.1
Distribution and abundance of phytoplankton
64 of 118
3.13.2
Distribution and abundance of zooplankton
66 of 118
3.13.3
Fisheries
68 of 118
3.14
Socio-Economics
73 of 118
3.14.1
Communities and Constituencies
73 of 118
3.14.2
Population Estimate and Demographics
74 of 118
3.14.3
The Economic Environment
82 of 118
3.14.4
The Social Environment
86 of 118
3.14.5
Cultural Characteristics
89 of 118
3.14.5.5
3.15.
Conflict
Health study
96 of 118
97 of 118
3.15.1
Environmental health survey
97 of 118
3.15.2
Baseline Health Status Indicators
98 of 118
3.15.3
3.15.4
Health Care Service Indicators
Health Knowledge, Attitude & Practices
103 of 118
108 of 118
3.15.5
Sexual Risk Behaviours
3.15.5.1 Life style/habits
109 of 118
110 of 118
3.15.6
Environmental Health Conditions
111 of 118
3.15.7
Perceived health hazards from oil and gas activities
117 of 118
3.15.7
Health determinants
117 of 118
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
iv
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER FOUR: CONSULTATION
4.1
Introduction
1 of 3
4.2
Concerns and Issues Raised
2 of 3
4.3
Requests by communities
2 of 3
CHAPTER FIVE: ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS
5.1
Introduction
1 of 45
5.2
Impact Prediction Methodology
1 of 45
5.3
Rating of Impacts
1 of 45
5.4
Impact Identification
8 of 45
5.4.1
Project Activities and Sensitivities Interaction Matrix
10 of 45
5.4.2
Summary of Environmental Impacts
10 of 45
5.5
List of Identified Impacts
31 of 45
5.6
Description of Impacts
33 of 45
5.7.1
Pre-Construction Phase
33 of 45
5.7.2
Construction Phase
37 of 45
5.7.3
Operations Phase
40 of 45
5.7.4 Decommissioning Phase
45 of 45
CHAPTER SIX: MITIGATION MEASURES
6.0
Introduction
1 of 14
6.1
Permitting
1 of 14
6.1.1
Temporary Land-Take for Base Camp
2 of 14
6.1.2
Recruitment of workers
2 of 14
6.2
Mobilization to site
3 of 14
6.2.1
Site Preparation/clearing for base camp
4 of 14
6.6
Construction of base camp
5 of 14
6.6.1
Labour requirement/recruitment of workforce for Construction
6 of 14
6.6.2
Waste generation- Construction:
7 of 14
6.7
Accommodation of workers
8 of 14
6.8
Transportation of equipment and personnel
9 of 14
6.9
Survey line cutting
10 of 14
6.10
Drilling of shot holes, Shooting and Recording
11 of 14
6.11
Repairs and maintenance
13 of 14
6.12
Provision of water
13 of 14
6.13
Decommissioning
14 of 14
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
v
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER SEVEN: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
7.1
Introduction
1 of 26
7.2
Environmental Monitoring
1 of 26
7.3
Hazards And Effects Management Process (HEMP)
2 of 26
7.4
Safety and Hazard Identification
4 of 26
CHAPTER EIGHT : CONCLUSION
8.1
Conclusion
1 of 1
BIBILOGRAPHY
1 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
vi
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2.1: Showing the coordinates (Easting and Northing) of the
planned 3D seismic data acquisition in OML 22 - 28.
4 of 27
Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed by the survey in Rivers State.
Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed by the survey in Bayelsa State.
9 of 27
Table 3.1: Ambient air quality parameters of OML 22 – 28
4 of 118
Table 3.2: Noise levels from different sources at 22 -28 3D seismic
5 of 118
survey route
Table 3.3: Ambient air quality of the project area
5 of 118
Table 3.4: Plant species composition in the freshwater swamp
7 of 118
Table 3.5: Population densities of key economic plant species
of freshwater swamp forest
12 of 118
Table 3.6: Plant species composition and frequency of occurrence
in the bush fallow.
13 of 118
Table 3.7: Concentrations of heavy metals in tissues of plant species.
14 of 118
Table 3.8: Land cover statistics of the project area
16 of 118
Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area
19 of 118
Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area.
21 of 118
Table 3.11: Sieve Properties of borehole core samples
24 of 118
Table 3.12: Parameters of Boreholes Drilled in the Study Area
26 of 118
Table 3.13: Hydraulic Conductivity Values of Borehole Materials
26 of 118
Table 3.14: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Borehole Water Samples
29 of 118
Table 3.15a: Heavy Metal Content of Borehole Water Samples
29 of 118
Table 3.15b: Summary of textural analysis of soils from the project area
34 of 118
Table 3.16: Summary of the nutrient status of soils from the project area
36 of 118
Table 3.17: Summary of alkaline earth metals of soils from the project area
40 of 118
Table 3.18: Heavy metals of soils from OML 22-28 3D seismic survey area
41 of 118
Table 3.19: Munsell Soil Colour Notations of Soils of OML 22 – 28
43 of 118
Table 3.20: Physical properties of soils of OML 22 – 28 3D seismic survey
44 of 118
Table 3.21: Summary of microbiological characteristics of soil samples
49 of 118
Table 3.22: Summary of physico-chemical parameters of water samples from
OML 22 & 28 Seismic Area.
51 of 118
Table 3.23 : Concentrations of heavy metals in the surface and bottom
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
vii
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
water samples
53 of 118
Table 3.24: Summary of microbiological characteristics of surface and
bottom water samples
55 of 118
Table 3.25: Physico-chemical parameters of borehole water from the project area 56 of 118
Table 3.26: Total heterotrophic bacterial, fungal and coliform counts, and
total percentage hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria and fungi of water
samples from boreholes
Table 3.27: Sediment physico-chemistry in OML 22 – 28 seismic survey area
57 of 118
59 of 118
Table 3.28: Heavy metal content of sediment samples from OML 22 -28
seismic survey area
60 of 118
Table 3.29: Summary of microbiological properties of sediment samples
from the project area
Table 3.30: Benthos and benthic macrofauna (no/m2) of OML 22 – 28
61 of 118
62 of 118
Table 3.31: The species composition, distribution and abundance
of phytoplankton in OML 22- 28 seismic survey area
63 of 118
Table 3.32: The species composition, distribution and abundance
of zooplankton
67 of 118
Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area
70 of 118
Table 3.34: Distribution of Communities in LGAs in the Project Area
74 of 118
Table 3.35: Population of some of the communities in Project Area
75 of 118
Table 3.36 Percentage Distribution of household membership according to
age composition
76 of 118
Table 3.37: Marital Status in Project Area
77 of 118
Table 3.38 Literacy level and educational attainment
79 of 118
Table 3.39: Household members currently in school and present grade
81 of 118
Table 3.40a: Selected Education Statistics (2002)
81 of 118
Table 3.40b: Selected Education Statistics (2000)
82 of 118
Table 3.41a: Economic environment (Occupational status)
83 of 118
Table 3.41b Economic environment (Income level)
85 of 118
Table 3.42a: Social Environment (Quality of Housing)
87 of 118
Table 3.43 Ethnic groups and their different communities in the Project Area
91 of 118
Table 3.44
96 of 118
Roles and Responsibilities of Traditional Authorities
Table 3.45: Some Deities, Sacred places and Festivals in study area
97 of 118
Table 3.46a: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 28 area)
101 of 118
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
viii
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.46b: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 22 area)
102 of 118
Table 3.46c The distribution of health problems in Project area (LGAs)
Table 3.47:
Nutritional status of under five
103 of 118
110 of 118
Table 3.49 :Indicators for safe water and sanitation
111 of 118
Table 5.1: Likelihood of occurrence
3 of 45
Table 5.2a: Potential Consequences Classification Matrix
4 of 45
Table 5.2b: Potential Consequence
4 of 45
Table 5.3: Impact significance with associated impact rating
7 of 45
Table 5.4: Project Activities and Environmental Sensitivities Interaction
Matrix
11 of 45
Table 5.5a: Associated and Potential Impacts: Pre-construction Phase
12 of 45
Table 5.5: Associated and Potential Impacts: Construction Phase
20 of 45
Table 5.5c: Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase
(Survey Activities)
Table 5.5: Associated and Potential Impacts: Decommissioning Phase
27 of 45
39 of 45
Table7a: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:
Pre-mobilization Phase
5 of 26
Table7b: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:
Mobilization Phase
Table 7c: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:
Operations Phase (Survey Activities)
6 of 26
19 of 26
Table 7d: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:
Decommissioning Phase
26 of 26
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig. 1.1: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State Showing the Proposed Project
Location
3 of 13
Fig 1.2a: Map of the proposed project location – OML 22
3 of 13
Fig 1.2b: Map of the proposed project location – OML 28
4 of 13
Fig. 2.1: Schematic diagram of 2D Seismic Technique
3 of 27
Fig. 2.2: Schematic diagram of 3D Seismic Technique
4 of 27
Fig. 2.3: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State showing the proposed
Project Location
6 of 27
Fig. 2.4a: Map of the proposed project location – Etelebou (OML 28)
6 of 27
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
ix
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fig.2.4b: Map of the proposed project location – Rumuekpe (OML 22)
7 of 27
Fig. 2.5 Diagrammatic pattern of holes and single deep holes
20 of 27
Fig. 2.6: Project Schedule
26 of 27
Fig 3.1: Monthly rainfall pattern in the project area
2 of 118
Fig. 3.2: Relative Humidity (%) for the project area
3 of 118
Fig 3.3: Changes in hourly temperatures at Ahoada
4 of 118
Fig.3.4: Landcover features (percentage) in project area and environs
15 of 118
Fig 3.5: Land cover features of OML 22 & 28 project area
17 of 118
Fig 3.6: Proportions of different land cover types in the project area
18 of 118
Fig. 3.7: Stratigraphic/lithologic logs of Boreholes Drilled in Kolo
Creek area
30 of 118
Fig. 3.8: Lithologic logs of boreholes along the route from Kolo Creek
to Rumuekpe
31 of 118
Fig. 3.10: Population Pyramid of Study Area.
76 of 118
Fig. 3.11: Marital Status in Project Area. Source
78 of 118
Fig. 3.12: Household size in Study Area, states and Nigeria.
78 of 118
Fig. 3.13: Educational Attainment
79 of 118
Fig. 3.14: Quality of Housing Materials in Project Area
87 of 118
Fig. 3.15: Pattern of Electricity supply in the study area
88 of 118
Fig. 3.16: Traditional Hierarchy of Governance in the Project
93 of 118
Fig. 3.17: Immunization status of children under five years in OML 28
Communities
105 of 118
Fig. 3.18: Immunization status of children under five years in OML 22
Communities
Fig. 3.19: Perception of Sexual Risk Behaviour (Casual sex) to HIV
Transmission
106 of 118
110 of 118
Fig. 3.20: Alcohol intake, tobacco use and cigarette smoking among
15 years and above
111 of 118
Fig. 3.21: Peak flow rate by age among adult population in OML
28 communities.
116 of 118
Fig. 3.22: Peak flow rate by age among adult population in OML 22
Communities
116 of 118
Fig. 3.24a: Administrative map of OML 22 – 28 3D Seismic Survey
showing sampling stations for the biophysical baseline data gathering
118 of 118
Fig. 3.24b: Composite map of OML 22 – 28 3D Seismic Survey SIA/HIA
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
x
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Communities
118 of 118
Fig. 5.1: Impact Assessment Matrix
8 of 45
Fig.7.1: Hazard and Effect Management Process
3 of 26
LIST OF PLATES OF BOXES
Plate 2.1: Examples of improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat
embarkation and disembarkation for water born operations
13 of 27
Plate 2.2 a & b: Picture showing two men thumping shallow pattern holes
17 of 27
Plate 2.3: A typical flushing method
19 of 27
Plate 2.4: A typical Geophone used for detecting signals on land
21 of 27
Plate 2.5: A field Digitisation Unit
21 of 27
Plate 2.6: Hydrophone
22 of 27
Plate 2.7: Picture showing a recording truck
25 of 27
Plate 2.8: Picture showing a recording instrument
25 of 27
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
°C
µg
°k
µm
-
Degree Celsius
Microgramme
Degree Kelvin
Micrometer
%
A.I
AAS
AGG
AIDS
ALARP
APHA
ARP
Bara
Barg
BCG
BCOT
BH
BOD5
BOPD
BYSMENV
-
Percentage
Abundance Index
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer
Associated Gas Gathering
Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
As Low as Reasonably Possible
American Public Health Association
Asset Reference Plan
Bar atmosphere
Bar gauge
Bacillus of Calmette and Guerin
Bonny Crude Oil Terminal
Borehole
Five-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand
Barrels Of Oil Per Day
Bayelsa State Ministry of Environment
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xi
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Ca
CAO
CAP
CAPEX
CAPs
CASHES
CBO
CDC
CDP
Cfu
Cfu/g
Cfu/ml
ClCLO
cm
CO
Co
CO2
COD
CPF
Cr
D
dB(A)
DEP
DO
DPR
DS
E
E& P
EA
EER
EGASPIN
EGGS
EIA
EMP
EMS
EP
EPA
EPI
EPIC
ESD
ESP
-
Calcium
Computer Assisted Operations
Caption
Capital Expenditure
Community assisted projects
Community Affairs, Safety, Health, Environment and Security
Community-Based Organisations
Community Development Committee
Community Development Project
Colony forming units
Colony forming units/gramme
Colony forming units/milliliter
Chloride ion
Community Liaison Officer
Centimeter
Carbon monoxide (Carbon II Oxide)
Cobalt
Carbon Dioxide (Carbon IV Oxide)
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Central Processing Facility
Chromium
Dry Season
Decibel
Design and Engineering Practice
Dissolved Oxygen
Department of Petroleum Resources
Dissolved solids
East
Exploration and Production
Exchangeable Acidity
Environmental Evaluation Report
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum
Eastern Gas Gathering System
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Environmental Management System
Extraction Procedure
Environmental Protection Agency
Expanded Programme on Immunisation
Engineering Procurement, Installation & Commission
Emergency Shut Down
Emergency Shut-Down Procedure
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xii
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
F&G
FDP
Fe
FEPA
FGD
FLB
Fts
FTU
g
GBA
GOR
GPS
Hr
H2S
H
ha
HAZID
HAZOP
HC
HEMP
HET/B
HIV
HP
HRA
HSE
HSE-ENV
HSES MS
HSES
HSM
HYD/B
-
IOGP
ISO
IVMS
K
Kg
Km2
L
LGAs
LLWS
LNG
LP
-
Fire and Gas
Field Development Plan
Iron
Federal Environmental Protection Agency
Focus Group Discussion
Field Logistics Base
Feet subsurface
Floating Storage Unit
Gramme
Gbaran
Gas Oil Ratio
Global Positioning System
Hour
Hydrogen Sulphide
Hydrogen
Hectare
Hazard identification
Hazard and Operability Studies
Hydrocarbon
Hazard and effect management process
Heterotrophic bacteria
Human Immunodeficiency Virus
High Pressure
Health Risk Assessment
Health, Safety and Environment
Environmental Assessment, SPDC
Health, Safety, Environment and Security Management System
Health, Safety, Environment and Security
Hazards and Sensitivities Matrix
Hydrocarbon degrading bacteria
Industry in Nigeria
Integrated Oil and Gas Development Project
International Organization for Standards
In Vehicle Monitoring System
Potassium
Kilogram
Square Kilometre
Litre
Local Government Areas
Lowest low water spring tide
Liquefied Natural Gas
Low Pressure
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xiii
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
LTO
LVL
LVL
Meq
Mg
mg
mg/kg
mg/l
ml
mm
MMscf/d
Mn
MOU
MPN
MSD
N
N/D
NA
Na
NAG
NAPIMS
NE
NEGAS
NEPA
NGC
NGLs
NGO
Ni
NLNG
N-NH4
N-NO2
N-NO3
NNPC
NOx
NPC
NTU
NW
OEL
OGGS
OH
OML
OMPADEC
OPEC
-
-
License to operate
Low velocity layer
Low velocity level
Milli-equivalent
Magnesium
Milligramme
Milligramme per kilogramme
Milligramme per litre
Millilitre
Milimetre
Million Standard Cubic Feet Per Day
Manganese
Memorandum of Understanding
Most Probable Number
Musculo-Skeletal Disorder
North
Not Detected
Not applicable
Sodium
Non Associated Gas
National Petroleum Investment Management Services
North East
National Environmental Guidelines and Standards
National Electric Power Authority
Nigerian Gas Company
Natural Gas Liquids
Non-Governmental Organisation
Nickel
Nigerian Liquefied Natural Gas
Ammonium Nitrogen
Nitrite Nitrogen
Nitrate Nitrogen
Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation
Nitrogen Oxides
National Population Commission
Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
North West
Occupational Exposure Limit
Offshore Gas Gathering System
Occupational Health
Oil Mining Lease
Oil Mineral Producing Areas Development Commission
Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xiv
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PA
PAC
PAGX
Pb
PCBs
PFR
PFS
pH
PIA
PPE
ppm
PR
psi
PTW
QA
QM
R
ROW
RPE
RPI
-
Public Affairs
Project advisory committee.
Public and Government Affairs
Lead
Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls
Peak Flow Rate
Process Flow Scheme
Hydrogen ion concentration
Post impact assessment.
Personal Protective Equipment
Parts per million
Public Relation
Pounds per square inch
Permit to Work
Quality Assurance
Quality Management
Correlation Coefficient
Right of Way
Respiratory Protection Equipment
Research Planning Institute
RSEPA
-
S
SAFOB
SBM
SE
SHOC
SIA
SIEP
SIPM
SLB
SNEPCO
SO2
SO42SOx
Sp
SPDC
SPM
Spp
SS
STDs
STIs
-
Rivers State Environmental Protection Agency (now Rivers State Ministry of
Environment
South
Safety & Operationability Study
Single Buoy Mooring
South East
Safe Handling of Chemicals
Social Impact Assessment
Shell International Exploration and Production B.V.
Shell International Petroleum Maatschappij, B.V;
Seabed Logging.
Shell Nigeria Exploration & Production company.
Sulphur dioxide
Sulphate ion
Oxides of Sulphur
Species (Sing.)
Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited
Suspended particulate matter
Species (Pl.)
Suspended solids
Sexually Transmitted Diseases
Sexually Transmitted Infections
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xv
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SW
SWL
THC
TOR
TSS
TT
TTSGM
TVP
UNEP
UNICEF
USDA
USEPA
V
-
South West
Static water level
Total hydrocarbon
Terms of Reference
Total Suspended Solids
Tetanus toxoid
Geomatics Department of SPDC
True Vapour Level
United Nations Environment Programme
United Nations Childrens’ Fund
United States Department of Agriculture
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Vanadium
VES
-
Vertical Electrical Sounding
Vi
VOC
-
Initial Velocity
Volatile Organic Compounds
W
WDG
-
West
Waste Disposal Guidelines
WHO
-
World Health Organisation
YR
Zn
-
Year
Zinc
LISTS OF APPENDICES
Appendix 1:
SPDC Waste Management System Manual
Appendix 2:
Report of FMENV Site Visit to the OML 22 – OML 28 3D Seismic Survey
Prospect Areas
Appendix 3:
Minutes of Stakeholder Engagement Sessions
Appendix 4:
Some Photo clips of the Stakeholder Engagement sessions
Appendix 5:
Attendance List of Stakeholders Engagement Sessions
Appendix 6:
UGNL/IDSL JV- 171 (Contractor) Community Affairs Stakeholders
Meeting Progress Sheet for the prospect Area
Appendix 7:
Magazine Licence Renewal Endorsement by the Ministry of Solid
Minerals Development
Appendix 8:
FMENV ToR /EIA Notification of the proposed Rumuekpe (OML 22)
and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D Seismic Survey Project
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xvi
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
EIA REPORT PREPARERS
This report was prepared in-house by the following representatives:
SPDC PROJECT EIA TEAM
Mrs. Oby Moore
-
Team Leader, Integrated ESHIA Team
Mr. Stanley Echebima
-
Head, Seismic Acquisition
Mr. Isah Suleiman
-
Operations Geophysicist Acquisition
Mr. Godwin Okeke
-
Subsurface Development Principal HSE
Adviser
Mr. Richard Michael
-
Environmental Inspector
-
Biophysical Consultant, Dept of Zoology,
CONSULTANTS
Professor F.O. Fagade
University of Ibadan
Mr. S. Ojo
-
Social Consultant, 30 Sobande Street,
Akoka, Lagos.
Dr. Charles Tobin-West
-
Health Consultant, University of Port
Harcourt.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xvii
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) wishes to acknowledge the
opportunity granted by the Government of the Federal Republic of Nigeria through the Ministries to
conduct this EIA for the Rumuekpe (OML 22) and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D Seismic Survey, in
recognition of the National Regulatory Requirements and Standards, the Shell Group and
International Specifications.
We appreciate the cordial working relationships we have with FMENV, DPR, Rivers and Bayelsa
States Ministries of Environment, Local Government Authorities, Community Chiefs, Elders and
Youths of host Communities.
The efforts of the project team in putting this EIA together are also greatly commended.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table of Contents
xviii
____________________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Background
The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC), in its
capacity as the technical operator of the NNPC/TotalFinaElf/NAOC Joint Venture
and on behalf of its partners plans to carry out an onshore 3D seismic survey in
Rumuekpe/Etelebou (OML 22 & 28) area of the Niger Delta.
The seismic survey is one of the first activities carried out in oil prospecting,
exploration and exploitation through activities such as land clearing, drilling of shot
holes, damages assessment and compensation, environmental restoration and
permitting to locate viable hydrocarbon reservoirs in the sub-surface. The survey is
expected to cover about 498.1 square kilometres, spanning 90 communities. The
survey activities are expected to be completed within 10 months. It shall involve
employing a workforce of 1,500 and building of camp sites to accommodate
workers.
This environmental impact assessment (EIA) covers the biophysical, social and
health components of the environment in the project area.
This EIA was conducted using existing information previously generated from
different studies within the project area. Some of these projects within OML22 and
28, which had been previously approved are:
•
Environmental Impact Assessment of the Gbaran/Ubie Integrated Oil and
Gas Project (IOGP), (FMENV/CONF/EIA/123.423/Vol. 11/290 of 9/6/2005
•
Environmental Impact Assessment of the Kolo Creek/Rumuekpe Trunk-line
Replacement (FMENV/CONF/EIA/123. 190/Vol. 1/1/164 of 3/5/2005) and
•
Environmental Impact Assessment of the Etelebou Field Development Plan
(FMENV/CONF/EIA/123.110/Vol.1/172 of 11/12/2003);
Additional information was sourced from the following sources:
•
Environmental Impact Assessment of the Rumuekpe-4 Cuttings Reinjection, December 2002.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
1 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
•
Nigeria Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) ORC Macro, USAID,
NPC, 2004
•
Impact Assessment Study, Rumuekpe – Bomu, April 1993
•
Local Government Yearbook, 1998 Edition.
•
National Extract of Statistics, 2000 Edition.
•
National Population Commission, Final Results, Rivers State,1991
•
General Household Survey Report, Rivers State, 1994
•
TNP Trans-Niger Pipeline Replacement Project, 2004 and
•
Environmental Baseline Report (Wet Season) for the Ubie Node IOGP EIA,
December 2004
The existing data were confirmed through site visits and community engagements.
1.2
Project Location
The Rumuekpe (OML 22) and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D seismic data acquisition
would cover some parts of Rivers State (Ahoada-West, Ahoada-East and
Obua/Odual Local Government Areas) and Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa
Local Government Areas).
The survey area covers 90 communities/fishing camps/settlements. These are
listed in Chapter 2 (Tables 2.2 and 2.3).
The total land area of the seismic survey is about 498.1sq.km
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
2 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Legend
LGAs
Project Area
TAG
BAYELSA
RIVERS
Fig. 1.1: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State Showing the Proposed Project Location
Fig 1.2a: Map of the proposed project location – OML 22
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
3 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Fig 1.2b: Map of the proposed project location – OML 28
1.3
Objectives of the EIA
The objectives of the EIA are to:
•
Establish the existing baseline ecological and socio-economic conditions of the
area.
•
Identify, evaluate and predict the environmental impacts of the project on the
affected area.
•
Develop control strategies with a view to mitigating /ameliorating significant
impacts.
•
Identify any environmental issues and concerns, which may, in the future affect the
development.
•
Provide bases for support and control documentation and consultation with
regulators, interest groups and the public at large.
1.4
Scope of the EIA
The scope of the EIA includes:
•
Review of relevant literature;
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
4 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
•
Updating existing baseline information (biophysical, social and health);
•
Prediction and evaluation of potential impacts;
•
Recommendation of appropriate mitigation measures;
•
Preparation of an environmental management plan;
•
Stakeholder engagement (sensitization of the communities, involvement of
regulators i.e FMENV, RSMENV, BSMENV and DPR);
•
Report preparation and Document production.
1.5.1 Applicable Regulations
A list of Nigerian Environmental Legislations relevant to this project is outlined below:
•
The National Policy on the Environment (1999)
•
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Act 86 of 1992
•
Explosives Act of 1964
•
Explosives Regulations of 1967
•
Survey Co-ordinator Act of 1990
•
Mineral Oils Ordinance of 31 December 1914
•
Minerals Oils (safety) Regulations of 1 June 1958
•
Minerals Oils (safety) Regulations of 11 April 1963
•
Land use Act No 6 of 29 March 1978
•
Harmful Wastes (Special Criminal Provisions etc) Act No 42 of 25 November
1988
•
Federal Environmental Protection Agency Act No 58 of 30 December 1988
•
National Environmental Protection (Effluent Limitation) Regulations of 15
August 1991
•
National Environmental Protection (Pollution Abatement in Industries and
Facilities Producing Waste) Regulations of 15 August 1991
•
National Environmental Protection (Management of Solid Hazardous Waste)
Regulations of 15 August 1991
•
National Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Guidelines of
1991
•
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (Amendment) Act No 59 of 2 August
1992
•
FEPA Procedural and Sectoral Guidelines for Oil and Gas Industries of 1995
Some of the relevant regulations applicable to this EIA are reviewed below.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
5 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5.2
Federal Legislation
1.5.2.1
The Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV)
All affairs relating to environment of Nigeria are under the jurisdiction of the Federal
Ministry of Environment (FMENV). The ministry was created in 1999, by the democratic
government that came into power on 29th May 1999. Hitherto, matters of environmental
protection and conservation were the responsibilities of the Federal Environmental
Protection Agency (FEPA). FMENV therefore took over the role of FEPA.
Amongst the roles of FMENV is the enforcement of the EIA Act No. 86 of 1992, which also
gives specific powers to FMENV (then FEPA) to facilitate the environmental assessment of
projects that require EIAs. Consequently, the then FEPA had set out EIA guidelines for the
Oil and Gas industries in Nigeria. The EIA process follows the requirements outlined in the
EIA Sectoral Guidelines for “Infrastructures” and “Oil and Gas Industry Projects” (FEPA,
1995).
The FEPA Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria (Part
II) contains the guidelines for the management of solid and hazardous waste and provides
interim permissible limits as protective measures against indiscriminate discharge of
particulate matter and untreated industrial effluents into lakes, rivers, estuaries, lagoons
and coastal waters.
Chapter one of the guideline is a description of the characteristics and criteria of various
types of dangerous wastes and the toxicity limits for various waste types. Chapter two
sets out the requirement for any person responsible for a spill or discharge into the
environment except when such release is otherwise permitted under the provision of
“FEPA”.
Also provided in the FEPA Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control
in Nigeria (Part I, Chapter four) are the noise exposure limits for Nigeria and the elements
of the regulations.
These elements embody noise standards (including acoustic
guarantees), guidelines for the control of neighbourhood noises (especially with respect to
construction sites; market and meeting places) and permissible noise levels in noise-prone
industries and construction sites.
The National Environmental Protection (Effluent Limitation Regulations (S.I.8, 1991); and
Pollution Abatement in Industries and Facilities Generating Wastes (S.I.9 1991) requires
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
6 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
the installation of anti-pollution equipment for the detoxification of effluent and chemical
discharges emanating from the industry, and stipulates the level to which effluents shall be
treated.
Also contained in the document is the restriction on the release of toxic
substances, the requirements for a pollution-monitoring unit and on-site pollution control or
assigning the responsibility for pollution control to a person or corporate body accredited
by the Agency.
Regulations for unusual or accidental discharges, list of chemicals,
contingency and emergency plans, generator’s liability, permissible limits of discharge into
public drains, solid wastes to be disposed of in environmentally safe manner, release of
gaseous matters, workers safety and penalties are also contained in this document.
1.5.2.2
The Department of Petroleum Resources
The Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR) is an arm of the Nigerian Ministry of
Petroleum Resources charged with the specific responsibilities of regulating activities in
the Oil and Gas industry to ensure strict compliance with relevant regulations such as the
Petroleum
(Drilling
and
Production-Amendment)
Regulations
1988,
and
the
“Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria” (EGASPIN
Revised Edition 2002).
The DPR performs its regulatory functions under the mandate of the Petroleum Minister as
provided for in the provisions of the Petroleum Act 1969, which empowers the Minister to
make regulations for all petroleum operations including environmental matters. Under the
Petroleum (Drilling and Production-Amendment) Regulations 1988, DPR is responsible for
monitoring compliance with the Minister’s regulations and approved control methods and
practices. These requirements are detailed in DPR’s “Environmental Guidelines and
Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria” (EGASPIN Revised Edition 2002). The
guidelines also provide for the establishment of an E & P sector-specific environment
permitting system covering solid waste disposal, liquid effluent discharge and atmospheric
emissions.
•
Petroleum Act 1969
Section 9-(1) (b) (iii) of the Petroleum Act 1969 (Decree 51) states that the Minister of
Petroleum Resources may make regulations on "the prevention of pollution of land, water
courses and the atmosphere".
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
7 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
•
Criminal Code
Section 247 of the Nigerian Criminal Code makes it an offence, punishable with up to 6
months imprisonment for "Any person who: a) violates the atmosphere in any place, so as
to make it noxious to the health of persons in general dwelling, or conducting business in
the neighbourhood, or passing along a public way or; b) does any act which is, and which
he knows or has reason to believe to be, likely to spread the infection of any disease
dangerous to life, whether human or animal."
•
National Inland Waterways Authority
Established by the National Inland Waterways Authority Act No. 13 of 1977, it is the
function of the Authority to
•
grant permit and licenses for sand dredging, pipeline construction, dredging of slots
and crossing of waterways, and;
•
subject to the provisions of the Environmental Impact Assessment Act No. 86 of
1992, carry out environmental impact assessment of navigation and other dredging
activities within the inland water and its right-of-ways.
•
The Act stipulates penalties for violation of any of the provisions of the Act.
Contained in Part VI of the Act are offences and penalties. It states that subject to the
provisions of the Lands Act, 1993 and the Nigerian port Act 1993, any person who willfully
or negligently and without the consent of the Authority obstructs the waterways with rafts,
nets, logs, cask of oil, dredgers, barges, pipelines, pylons, or bridges shall be liable upon
conviction to a fine.
•
Forestry Law CAP 51, 1994
The Forestry Act 1958 which was amended as the Forestry Law CAP 51, (1994) of Bendel
State (Edo and Delta States) prohibits any act that may lead to the destruction of or cause
injury to any forest produce, forest growth or forestry property in Nigeria. The law
prescribes the administrative framework for the management, utilization and protection of
forestry resources in Nigeria, which is applicable to the mangrove, and other forests of the
Niger Delta.
•
Land Use Act 1978
The Land-use Act of 1978 states that "...it is also in the public interest that the rights of all
Nigerians to use and enjoy land in Nigeria and the natural fruits thereof in sufficient quality
to enable them to provide for the sustenance of themselves and their families should be
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
8 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
assured, protected and preserved".
This implies that acts which could result in the
pollution of the land, air and waters of Nigeria negates this decree, and are therefore,
unacceptable.
•
Abandonment Guideline
In the case of the abandonment of facilities, the applicable guidelines shall be as stipulated
by FMENV for oil and gas/infrastructural facilities and the DPR`s EGASPIN of 2002.
1.5.3
State Legislations
1.5.3.1
Rivers State Ministry of Environment
Since the inauguration of the present democratic administration, Rivers State Government
had established a full-fledged Ministry of Environment headed by a commissioner. The
ministry was created from the Rivers State Environmental Protection Agency (RSEPA).
RSEPA was empowered by the decree setting up FEPA (Decree 58 of 1988, as amended
by Decree 59 of 1992), which encourages State governments to set up their own
Environmental Protection Agencies. Consequently, the then Rivers State Environmental
Protection Agency (RSEPA) was charged with the protection of the environment of Rivers
State, and operated with Edict No. 2 of 1994.
In 2002, RSMENR published the Interim Guidelines and Standards on Environmental
Pollution Control and Management in Rivers State. The guidelines seek to:
Regulate the generation, handling, storage, disposal and management of all wastes of
whatever origin in Rivers State
Regulate physical development in compliance with the principle of sustainable
development
Enhance and where possible, restore the quality of the environment and,
Protect the biodiversity of the flora and fauna of Rivers State.
1.5.3.2 Bayelsa State Environment Edict of 1999 (Bayelsa State Environment and
Development Planning Edict of 1999)
The Bayelsa State Environment Edict of 1999 charges the Authority with the responsibility
for the protection and development of the environment and biodiversity conservation and
sustainable development of the State’s natural resources. The Authority shall also work
with project developers who are required to conduct EIA for their new projects.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
9 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Part VII of the edict is on offences and penalties and states in section 33 that “No person
shall discharge any form of oil, grease or spent oil produced in the course of any
manufacturing operation or business into any public drain watercourse, stream, canal,
pond highway or other land
1.5.4
International Agreements and Conventions
Nigeria is signatory to several international agreements affecting the environment as
follows:
The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985; the Montreal
Protocol on Substances that deplete the Ozone Layer, 1987; and the London
amendment, 1994).
The objectives of these conventions are to protect human health and the environment
against adverse effects likely to result from human activities which modify or are likely to
modify the ozone layer and to adopt agreed measures; to control human activities found to
have adverse effects on the ozone layer (Bergensen and Parmann, 1994 as cited by
Environment and Resource Technology Ltd., 1995).
1.5.4.1 The Convention on the Migratory species of Wild Animals (The Bonn
Convention), 1979.
The Bonn Convention’s area of focus is the conservation and management of migratory
species (including waterfowl and other wetland species) and promotion of measures for
their conservation, including habitat conservation. Conservation of these habitats is one of
the principal actions taken for endangered species or groups of species, which are subject
of Agreements under the Bonn Convention. This was adopted in 1979.
1.5.4.2 The Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)
The objectives of this Convention, which was opened for signature at the 1992 Rio Earth
Summit, are the conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components
and the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic
resources. This includes by appropriate access to genetic resources, appropriate transfer
of relevant technologies, taking into account all rights over those resources and to
technologies, and appropriate funding.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
10 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.5.4.3 Convention Concerning the Protection of World Culture and Natural Heritage
(World Heritage Convention) 1972
This Convention sets aside areas of cultural and natural heritage, the latter defined as
areas with outstanding universal value from the aesthetic, scientific and conservation
points of view.
1.5.4.4 Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of
Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal (1987)
The Basel Convention addresses the worldwide concern over the risks posed by the
generation and disposal of hazardous and other wastes. This Convention defines the
wastes to be regulated and controls the Trans-boundary movement of hazardous wastes
and other wastes to protect human health and the environment against their adverse
effects. At present, there are no approved disposal sites for hazardous wastes in Nigeria.
1.5.5
SPDC Policies and Guidelines
SPDC has as components of its HSE-MS, policies and commitments that guide its
operations. These policies and commitments are of international standard and conform to
the Shell Group policies worldwide.
Some of the relevant policies and guidelines that would be followed while executing the
proposed project are presented as follows:
•
Community Affairs, Safety, Health, Environment and Security
•
Sustainable Community Development
•
Waste Management
•
Hydrocarbon spills contingency (prevention and timely response),
•
Environmental Management,
•
Environmental Impact Assessment,
•
Land Acquisition and Compensation
•
Abandonment
•
Rehabilitation and Restoration of Polluted Sites
Elements of these policies and operational philosophies have taken into consideration
relevant Nigerian regulations, international laws, guidelines, conventions and treaties.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
11 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
SPDC shall in the course of executing this proposed project ensure that all relevant
standards and conditions are complied with, and where double standards exist, SPDC
would as much as possible comply with the more stringent one.
1.5
Terms of Reference
The Terms of Reference (TOR) for this EIA are based on standard EIA requirements and
stakeholder engagement (community representatives, FMENV, RSMENV, BSMENV and
DPR.).
The EIA will establish the environmental issues associated with the proposed seismic
survey, predict their impacts and magnitudes; suggest and evaluate project alternatives
with regard to cost effectiveness and environmental friendliness. In addition, it will
recommend mitigation measures and put in place an Environmental Management Plan.
1.7.1 EIA Scope
The summary of the scope of the EIA as contained in the TOR is as follows;
•
Baseline Data Collection, including literature review, site visits and key
informant interviews to confirm and update information on socio-economics and
health status.
•
Assessment and Prediction of Potential Impacts.
•
Proposal of Appropriate Mitigation Measures.
•
Environmental Management Plan.
The detailed scope of the baseline data is as follows:
Biophysical
•
Climate and meteorology
•
Air quality and noise
•
Vegetation
•
Land use/cover
•
Wildlife
•
Geology and hydrogeology
•
Soil/sediment quality
•
Aquatic studies
•
Groundwater quality
•
Hydrobiology and fisheries
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
12 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Social
•
Demography
•
Social conditions of communities
•
Socio-economic condition of the communities
•
Socio-political structure/organisation, political/dispute resolution institutions and
mechanisms
•
Archaeological and historical data
•
Social structure/trends and social groups
•
Social facilities
•
Social needs of the communities and
•
Community perceptions/view/opinions/benefits of the projects
Health
1.8
•
Socio-economics/vital health statistics
•
Individual/family/community health determinants
•
Health outcomes
•
Environmental health determinants
•
Institutional health determinants
•
Knowledge, attitudes and practices
Structure of the Report
This EIA report is divided into eight chapters as follows:
Chapter 1 presents the legal and administrative framework,
Chapter 2 discusses the project objectives and design considerations,
Chapter 3 describes the existing environment,
Chapter 4 highlights the predicted impacts of proposed project,
Chapter 5 is on the Mitigation of Impacts,
Chapter 6 provides the Environmental Management Plan,
Chapter 7 Consultation
Chapter 8 Conclusion and recommendations.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter One
13 of 13
____________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER TWO
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1
Introduction
Seismic data acquisition survey is one of the first activities in oil prospecting, exploration and
exploitation. It is essentially carried out to locate viable hydrocarbon reservoirs in the subsurface, develop new fields and meet the Joint venture (SPDC, AGIP, ELF, NNPC)
commitments.
A typical seismic data acquisition project lasts for a relatively short period of time and does not
usually involve the establishment, or use of long-term facilities and structures. The survey
activities are expected to commence in Q4 2005 while actual data recording is planned to
commence in Q1 2006. With an average seismic data recording production of 50km 2 / month,
the survey activities would last for 10 months.
The total land area of the survey is about 498 km2. The estimated workforce is 1,500.
2.1
The 3D seismic data over OML 28 would include the eastern extension of the Etelebou field
which is due to be appraised in 2008/9. The western portion of OML 22 includes the Enwhe
fields. Enwhe West is partially covered by 3D seismic data and total expected of nonassociated gas recovery for the accumulation is estimated at some 500 Bcf. In the absence of
3D seismic data, it is not possible to make an adequate assessment of the reserves for the
Enwhe fields. The development of the Etelebou gas cap (some 600 Bcf) is planned to precede
the oil development (Gbaran Ubie Phase 1). Enwhe and Rumuekpe fields are being
considered for the 2010-2012 Gbaran Phase 2 appraisals and the Gbaran Phase 3
development. The absence of 3D seismic data prevents an adequate assessment of the area.
Therefore early 3D seismic data is required to adequately study the gas potential.
2.2 Project sustainability
Economic
Crude oil generates approx 80% of Nigeria Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Etelebou, Enwhe
and Rumuekpe fields that are within the coverage area of the current 3 D seismic survey
evacuates approximately 102,000 bpd. In order to increase the production level, further
exploration is desirable to confirm the availability of oil and nonassociated gas. Hence, the
desirability for the 3D seismic survey .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
1 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Technical
As Exploration and Production operators with over 30 years experience in the Niger Delta,
SPDC has the proven ability to conduct the 3D seismic survey. Strict adherence to
internationally and nationally acceptable standards, innovative technologies that are
economically viable and environmentally friendly shall be utilized in the execution of the
proposed project.
Environmental
Seismic survey techniques vary according to the environment and are guided by FMENV,
DPR, SPDC and other international standards.
In this regard, the best environmentally
acceptable techniques / methods would be employed to ensure minimum negative impacts on
the environment. The incorporation of findings and recommendations of this EIA at the various
stages of the project activity, and adherence to the EMP would ensure environmental
sustainability.
2. 3 Project Alternatives
Do Nothing Option
This requires abandonment of the proposed seismic data acquisition campaign in Rumuekpe
(OML 22 ) and Etelebou (OML 28).
Without the seismic data acquisition, Etelebou field cannot be properly appraised in the
planned 2008/2009 appraisal and profitably harnessed. Similarly, without seismic data in
Enweh field, it will be impossible to make an adequate assessment of the abundant reserves
in this field.
Adopting a no-project scenario where the Seismic Survey is not conducted will result in:
•
Decline in hydrocarbon reserve
•
Loss of revenue to the Federal Government and company from inability to probe the
reserves and produce
Based on all these reasons, a no-project option is Not Recommended and was rejected.
Seismic Technique Options
The seismic techniques considered for the proposed project include the 2D and 3D
techniques while the acoustic energy sources considered are vibroseis and explosives. The
considerations were based mainly on Health, Safety and Environment requirements as well as
economic and technical feasibilities.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
2 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2D Seismic Technique
In the 2D seismic technique, data is collected along a linear array of receivers as shown in
Figure 2.1. This line is then shot by moving the shot point and the array forward in synchrony
as the data is recorded until the entire line is completed. The resultant subsurface image is
only two dimensional (x,z). This technique will impact less on the environment in terms of line
cutting, but it does not give the true shape of the subsurface structures. Therefore, it was not
chosen.
Figure 2.1: Schematic diagram of 2D Seismic Technique
While 2D surveys can be used for reconnaissance and to resolve simple structures at depth,
complicated structures causing out-of-plane reflections (sideswipe) can only be imaged
properly using 3D reflection techniques in which a 3D volume (x,y,z) of crust is sampled and
monitored using a planar, rather than a linear array of shots and receivers. In practice, this is
accomplished by laying out thousands of geophones along parallel lines of receiver groups
and then shooting into the entire array (receivers) from each shot point along a series of
orthogonal shot lines as in Figure 2.2. Although complicated by the fact that a typical 3D
survey contains orders of magnitude more data to process, the actual processing steps are
fairly similar to those for 2D surveys. The end result, however, is a data cube that can be
sliced to produce synthetic 2D profiles in any arbitrary direction through the data, horizontal
slices at arbitrary depths (time slices), horizon slices showing reflectivity variations in map
plan for picked marker horizons, and 3D tomographic images that can be viewed from any
perspective.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
3 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
The schematic diagram of the 3D seismic technique is presented in Figure 2.2.
Based on the overwhelming advantages of 3D over 2D seismic data, the 3D seismic
technique has been adopted for this campaign.
3D Seismic Geometry
The brickwall and cross spread geometry options of 3D seismic geometry were considered
and the latter was the preferred option because it has less impact on the environment and its
technical superiority.
In addition to technical justification for a wide geometry, this geometry is chosen because. As
the name suggests, source and receiver line spacing are orthogonal and widely spaced when
compared to the brick geometry.
Energy Source Options
The sources of energy considered for the project are: airgun, watergun, vibrators and
explosives sources. Among these sources of energy, explosives were preferred because of its
technical efficiency and environmental appropriateness. Specifically: Airgun/waterguns as
energy sources are effective only in large water bodies, which are not found within the project
area. Therefore, these options were rejected.
•
Use of vibrators requires mounting on a buggy or truck. This limits its use in the Niger
delta due to access constraints. Therefore, this option was rejected.
•
The advantage of explosives is that it has the full range of frequency content and can
easily be taken into the seismic line. Therefore, extra access need not be created when
using explosives. In addition, the risk of contamination of ground water by the chemical
components of the explosives is minimized through complete combustion.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
4 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.4
Project Location
The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) 3D seismic data acquisition (Fig 2.1) would
cover some parts of Rivers State (Ahoada-West, Ahoada-East and Abua/Odual Local
Government Areas) and Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa Local Government Areas).
The proposed outline co-ordinates are shown on the Table 2.1.
Table 2.1: Coordinates (Easting and Northing) of the planned 3D seismic data
acquisition in Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28).
OML 22 (RUMUEKPE)
OML 28 (ETELEBOU)
Easting (m)
Northing (m)
Easting (m)
Northing (m)
1
455710.920
115600.878
436117.800
118187.100
2
464878.327
115583.317
441239.860
118187.100
3
464878.327
107967.594
441141.28
101687.100
4
469003.511
107967.594
436117.800
101687.100
5
468986.760
105000.000
436117.800
118187.100
6
470940.000
105000.000
7
470940.000
94171.000
8
462083.000
94171.000
9
462060.497
96695.298
10
454406.707
96702.668
11
454406.707
102943.331
12
455685.079
102964.678
13
455710.920
115600.878
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
5 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Legend
LGAs
Project Area
TAG
BAYELSA
RIVERS
Fig. 2.3: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State showing the proposed Project Location
Fig 2.4a: Map of the proposed project location – Etelebou (OML 28)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
6 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Fig 2.4b: Map of the proposed project location – Rumuekpe (OML 22)
2.5 Project Description
United Geophysical Nigeria Limited (UGNL) and Integrated Data Services Limited (IDSL) Joint
Venture also called JV 171 have been contracted by SPDC to carry out the 3D seismic data
acquisition over Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) IDSL is a sister company of
Nigerian National Petroleum Company (NNPC).
Company Site Representatives and SPDC staff would closely supervise the 3D seismic data
acquisition activities.
The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) seismic survey shall include the following
activities:
•
Scouting exercise
•
Permitting – License To Operate (LTO)
•
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
•
Mobilization of contractor to site
•
Land clearing for campsites, fuel dumps and explosives magazine sites
•
Surveying - line cutting for receiver/shot positions
•
Drilling of shot holes
•
Recording – Laying of geophones/hydrophones & detonation of explosives
•
Road repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPs)
•
Damages assessment and compensation
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
7 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
•
Environnemental restoration
•
Post Impact Assessment (PIA)
2.5.1
Scouting Exercise
JV 171 (United Geophysical Nigeria Limited [UGNL] and Integrated Data Services [IDSL]
operating in a joint venture partnership) has carried out a general scouting exercise of the
area with the main objectives of identifying the communities within the project area; roads and
rivers/creeks that would be used for the movement of personnel/equipment as well as material
supply, communication equipments, and health facilities. It has also established/chosen
suitable site for camps (with due regards to the expected production rate), and the best
access to the different types of obstructions that may affect subsurface coverage in the course
of the survey.
2.5.2
The host communities would be informed on seismic operations during permitting and other
subsequent fora (people’s parliament, Project Advisory Committee meeting, etc). Their
consent would be obtained during permitting so as to operate in their area.
This is the process of obtaining permission from the community/individuals as the case may
be and relevant government bodies to enable uninhibited access to living premises and
farmlands in the course of seismic operations.
JV 171 community affairs staff would engage communities, individuals, relevant government
bodies and other stakeholders at an agreed date to explain the processes involved in seismic
operations and possible associated hazards. After the meeting, a permit form that would serve
as agreement would be presented for signatures so as to ensure that peace and harmony
prevail during and after the seismic operations.
Project Advisory Committee (PAC) that comprises government representatives, community
leaders/elders, youths and women representatives shall be set up prior to commencement of
the seismic operations. The PAC’s duty is to manage issues that may arise with the
communities or relevant government bodies in the areas of operation, coordinate Community
Assisted Projects (CAP) and employment issues.
Open Fora in form of community engagements shall be periodically held with the PAC
membership participation during the course of the seismic survey operation. During such
meetings, issues such as JV company’s policy vis-à-vis community’s interest as it relates to
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
8 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
the seismic activities in the area and demands shall be discussed. Community Elders, Chiefs,
Youths, Women leaders and NGOs would be invited to attend such fora.
Employment opportunities shall be extended to the communities by JV 171 with due regards
to the contract and bearing in mind 60% community employment ratio prescribed by the
Federal Government of Nigerian. PAC members (with the permanent members in attendance)
would share this employment quota amongst the various communities within the prospect
area and thereafter communicate the information to the communities. The communities would
carry out internal selection and present their employment quota list to JV 171 for employment.
JV 171`s Community Affairs Department would interview the selected people. Successful
candidates would be medically certified fit, swim tested, given safety induction and technical
training, issued with personal protective equipments (PPE) before they commence work.
The lists of communities so far identified that would be impacted by OML 22 & 28 3D seismic
data acquisition are shown on the Tables 2.2 and 2.3
Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed in OML 22
S/N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Community
Okogbe
Obholobholo
Ula-Okobo I
Obodhi
Uyakama
Ogbede
Odhigwe
Ula-Okobo Ii
Oshika
Ozochi
Kala-Ogbogolo
Opu-Ogbogolo
Egboama
Ihuama
Ochigba
Ula-Ikata
Clan
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Engeni
Engeni
Engeni
Upata
Upata
Upata
LGA
Ahoada-West
Ahoada-West
Ahoada-West
Ahoada-West
Ahoada-West
Ahoada-West
Ahoada-West
Ahoada-West
Ahoada West
Ahoada West
Ahoada West
Ahoada West
Ahoda West
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
State
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
9 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed in OML 22 Continues
S/N
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Community
Ihuike
Ula-Upata
Ihubuluko
Edeoha
Ikata
Idu-Oke
Ihuaba
Udebu
Okoma 1
Okoma 11
Obumeze
Okporowo
Odiabidi
Okpoguohodu
Ogbele
Ihuowo
Oshiugboko
Egbeleke
Aminigboko
Arukwo
Owerewere
Obaranyi
Emesu
Okoboh
Emabu
Egunughan
Omalem
Oghora
Otari
Ogbema
Emilaghan
Okana
Odaga
Omelema
Omakwa
Omaraka
Clan
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Upata
Ehuda Clan (1)
Emughani
Emughani
Emughani
Emughani
Emughani
Emughani
Emughani
Emughani
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
Ogbo-Abua
LGA
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Ahoada-East
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
Abua Odua
State
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed in OML 28
S/N Community
Clan
LGA
State
1
Amerikpoko
2
3
Obedium
Uruama
Ogbia
Engene
Ogbia
Awelga
Bayelsa
Rivers
4
Otuasega
Ogbia
Ogbia
Bayelsa
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
10 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed in OML 28 Continues
S/N
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Community
Ibelebiri
Otuegwe
Okarki
Okparaki
Odau
Kunusha
Opolo
Okutukutu
Edegwe
Edepie
Aguduma
Akenfa
Nyengwe
Igbogene
Ishayi
Mbiama
Akenpai
Akiobgobgolo
Ogbede
Igovia
Odieke
Odiopiti
Ukpetede
Odiolugboji
Odigbor
Agboh
Oruama
One Man Country
Aghia
Nedugo
Emezi 1
Emezi 2
Zarama
Ogboloma
Ikodi
Clan
Ogbia
Ogbia
Engene
Engene
Odua
Engene
Epie
Epie
Epie
Epie
Epie
Epie
Epie
Epie
Engene
Engene
Epie
Engene
Igbuduya
Engene
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Engene
LGA
Ogbia
Ogbia
Awelga
Awelga
Abua/Odual
Awelga
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Awelga
Awelga
Yenagoa
Awelga
Awelga
Awelga
Awelga
Awelga
Awelga
Awelga
Awelga
Awelga
State
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Rivers
Rivers
Bayelsa
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Rivers
Engene
Epie
Epie
Igbuduya
Igbuduya
Awelga
Yenagoa
Yenagoa
Awelga
Awelga
Rivers
Bayelsa
Bayelsa
Rivers
Rivers
Epie
Engene
Yenagoa
Awelga
Bayelsa
Rivers
If a community previously unidentified is encountered during the execution phase of seismic
operations, normal process of verification with the relevant Government authorities shall be
carried out and the community list updated.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
11 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.5.3
The contractor shall mobilize all necessary personnel, materials and equipment to site after
permitting the camp sites and jetties. Where SPDC sites shall be used, permission shall be
obtained in addition to obtaining formal SPDC’s work order.
Prior to mobilization, SPDC shall carry out pre-mobilization inspection of all items and
personnel to be mobilized to site. All equipment and personnel that would be mobilized to site
shall be certified fit for purpose and approved by SPDC before deployment to site. About 1500
personnel shall be used for the siesmic operation, with 60% of the workforce coming from the
communities.
2.5.4
Land Clearing - For Campsites, Fuel Dumps/Generator House, Vehicle Parking
Lots and Explosives Magazine Sites
This process involves manual clearing for camp sites (including vehicle parking lots), fuel
dumps, generator house, recording truck positions and explosives magazine site.
The crew would use portacabins as office and residential accommodation. This would largely
minimize fresh cuttings.
Although, activities in the camp site require running of generator sets as source of power, the
noise level from the power-generating sets shall be routinely checked to ensure that it does
not exceed 85dB(A) around the generator sets by lagging the place and providing earmuffs for
staff who shall maintain the equipment.
Previously occupied sites would be used wherever possible to minimize impact on the
environment.
Maintenance of vehicles, generator sets and line equipment would be done within the base
camp.
The proposed camp site locations are:
•
Omerelu base camp
•
Oyakama Satellite camp and Explosives magazine site
•
Temporary landing base at Obaranyi.
The pictures below show typical improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat
embarkation and disembarkation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
12 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
embarkation and disembarkation for water borne activities
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
13 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.5.5 Surveying (GPS, Equipment Calibration, Control, Receiver/Source Lines
Cutting and Topographic Map Generation)
The main tasks during survey exercise include correct positioning of shot points and receiver
stations for use either by the Drilling or Recording sections. This would be done by the
conventional survey methods. Cutting activities for the control, receiver and source lines shall
be done manually with a machete.
In open areas and farmlands where there is clear line of sight between the instrument man
and the man with the pole for measurements, no cutting shall be done.
The planned distances to be cut in linear kilometers are:
OML 22
Control lines
Receiver lines
Source lines
20kms
873.90kms
687.87kms
OML 28
Control lines
Receiver lines
Source lines
15kms
387.50kms
261.60kms
In order to minimize damage to the environment, satellite imagery maps of the area shall be
used during the survey planning. Trees with girth more than 15cm shall not be cut except
where they pose threats to lives and equipment. The crew’s Party Chief and Company Site
Representative or Operations Geophysicist shall give approval before the cutting of any tree
above approved girth. Overhanging branches may be cut where necessary to enable workers
move safely along the receiver and source lines.
These seismic lines cut would create avenue for movement of men and equipment throughout
the prospect. The line cleaners shall be supervised to ensure that the lines are not cleared to
ground level. By adopting this procedure, vegetation is expected to regenerate within a short
period of time.
Efforts (awareness campaigns, appropriate warning signs etc) shall be made to discourage
communities from converting such traverses into access routes. All forms of survey cutting in
farms shall be minimized and buntings shall be used to indicate the line (traverse) direction
and to prevent seismic workers from wandering across farms.
Areas of interest (sacred areas, forest reserves, burial grounds, shrines etc) shall be identified
and avoided.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
14 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.5.5.1 Global Positioning System (GPS)
The Global Positioning System (GPS) is a satellite-based positioning system operated by the
USA Department of Defence (DOD). This system provides all-weather, worldwide, 24-hours
positioning and time information. The satellite’s broadcast signals can be tracked by receivers
for positioning and navigation purposes. GPS points are required to control the entire survey
network to ensure homogeneity and accuracy of the traverses. Carefully spaced out GPS
stations shall be chosen to ensure easy access and freedom from other elevated obstructions
such as huts, houses, trees and areas devoid of electro-magnetic interferences. Twenty (20)
new GPS control positions with one witness each shall be used and monuments emplaced at
desired positions.
2.5.5.2 Control Lines
Control lines would be cut to link up the established GPS positions. The control lines would be
designed to either coincide with receiver or source lines. These control lines would equally be
used as receiver and source lines to minimize cutting.
2.5.5.3.
Receiver Lines
Receiver lines would be positioned using Leica TC1100/1001/1103 Total Station survey
instruments. Receiver lines would be spaced 400m apart over the surface area from a
minimum of two control points or from existing control lines.
Receiver lines contain geophone and hydrophone stations. Receiver stations would be
positioned using Total Station survey instruments. The same equipment in tracking mode will
be used for hydrophone stations in Orashi and Sombreiro Rivers as well as their major
tributaries. The maximum river width in the area is about 150 m.
Receiver station positions along receiver lines would be spaced at an interval of 50m. The
orientation of the receiver lines would be 900 North/South.
OML 22 is expected to have 42 receiver lines with total distance of about 874km, while OML
28 would have 22 receiver lines with total distance of about 505km.
2.5.5.4 Source Lines
Source lines would be established in the same manner as the receiver lines using the same
survey instruments. The source lines orientation would be 900 East/West. This means that the
source lines would be established at positions perpendicular to the receiver lines.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
15 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
The source lines would be spaced at 600m intervals while the shot positions (shot points)
would be spaced at 50m intervals.
Shot points would be acquired using dynamite sources. There would be no air gun usage in
this operation. Shot points that fall within water bodies shall be moved to land location and
explosives (dynamite and caps) used as the energy source.
2.5.5.5 Topographic Map Generation
Topographic maps are post-plot topographical maps, showing details of natural and manmade features existing along the lines within the prospect area. In addition, the map shows
the final actual position and type of stations and shot points used in the seismic acquisition
operations.
On daily basis, each survey crew would submit complete and accurate line trace/omission and
hazard report. The report would clearly indicate pipeline, oil/water well, village/settlement,
house, river, sacred/forbidden bush, line bridges, etc actual position and distance to the
seismic lines. The line trace record is for information on receiver lines, while omission record
is information for source lines. Hazards information can be on either line trace or omission
reports. The information supplied would be used to produce a topographic map at the end of
the seismic campaign.
2.5.6
Drilling of Shot Holes
Shot points (shot positions) shall be spaced at 50m intervals on the source lines. The drilling
activity involved clearing of shot points in some cases to a radius of about 1m.
Three shot holes drilling techniques would be used. On dry land terrain, thumping with steel
casing and Hand augering would be carried out while in flooded areas and edges of rivers,
flushing technique using drilling engine would be carried out.
2.5.6.1 Thumping Technique
Thumping technique is utilized in dry land area. The thumping activity entails manually
thumping a 4.5m steel casing into the ground. The steel casing is manually lifted and
hammered into the ground onto the point where the hole is to be made. After each hammering
of the steel casing, earth cutting is squeezed into the bore of the casing. The casing is then
rotated so that more earth material will be cut by the improvised cutting end of the casing that
act as a bit. The casing is then pulled out and a wooden hammer is used to hit the base of the
casing so that the earth material is loosened and removed from the bore. This process is
repeated until the required depth of 4m is achieved.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
16 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.5.6.2 Hand augering Technique
Hand augering technique is utilized in dry land area. Hand augering utilizes the principle of
bolt and nut fittings as well as the rotary drilling principle. The hand auger is a simple tool. The
tool is made up of steel rod with a spiraling groove like blade of about 1m at the base. At the
upper part of the tool is a clamp, which is used in screwing the auger into the ground. The
cuttings from the earth are squeezed into the groove. The auger is pulled out from time to time
to remove the earth cuttings. This process is repeated until the required depth of 4m is
achieved.
Five single pattern holes centered on the shot point pegs would be thumped / augered to 4m
depths on dry terrain using steel casing or hand augers.
Cuttings from the thumped / augered holes would be used to back-fill and properly tamped the
loaded holes before detonation.
Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes.
Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
17 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Plate 2.2b: Thumping shallow pattern holes (Removing debris).
2.5.6.3 Flushing Technique
Flushing technique utilizes the rotary drilling principle. The equipments used in this technique
are, water pump, drill casings, swivel heads, clamps and hoses. The casing is fixed with a
clamp at a reasonable height where it is possible for the drillers (two turners) to hold the clamp
firmly, press the casing vertically down and at the same time turning it in the same direction.
The casing is connected to the swivel head while the swivel head is linked to the water pump
via a hose. Another hose link the water pump to the sucking mud pit. Two pits shall be made,
sucking pit (0.7m*0.7m) and cutting collector pit (0.5m*0.5m). E-Z mud will be mixed with
water in the sucking pit thus becoming mud (mud water).
The pump will suck mud water from the sucking pit and pump it to swivel head from where it
will enter the casing. The mud water being under pressure from the pump, it will burrow into
the earth it comes in contact with it.
The positioning of the casing ensure that, the mud jet is directly at the point where the hole
cutting is required to be made while the turning of the clamp by the drillers impact the effect of
the rotary table in rotary drilling technique.
The earth materials that is cut by the mud jet will be flushed out by the incoming mud through
the annular space between the casing and the shot hole bore. This flushed materials mixed
with the mud will flow to the cutting collecting pit. The cuttings will naturally be separated from
the mud by gravity and the clean mud will flow back into the mud sucking pit. The cycle is
repeated until the required depth is achieved.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
18 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Water would be taken from nearby creeks and other water bodies around the area of
operation for flushing.
Five single pattern holes centered on the shot points would be flushed to 6m depths using this
technique. Where necessary at the edge of Orashi River, 40m single deep holes would be
flushed.
Uphole logging positions would be located and acquired at 4km x 4km grid over the prospect
areas. Uphole points would be flushed to 60m depths.
Each uphole would be lined with plastic casings. A harness of 12 hydrophones would be
lowered into the cased hole. The spacing of the hydrophones on the harness would be at
sampling interval of 1m, 3m, 5m, then at 5m from 5 to 30m, and 10m thereafter up to the 60m
depth. A shot hole of 2m depth away from the uphole survey hole would be thumped for
energy source. A maximum of 200 g explosives would be used as the source and properly
tamped. Plastic will be recovered from the holes after logging.
In situations where upholes cannot be carried out due to lack of water, Low Velocity Layer
(LVL) data acquisition would be carried out using the same charge size and depth of source
hole. Geophones would be spaced on the ground.
The only significant difference between 6m, 40m and 60m holes flushing is the use of drilling
mud in the deeper holes (40 and 60m) for holes stability. E-Z mud is the hole stabilizer that
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
19 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
would be used. It would be mixed in the mud-pit which serves as a mixing tank. Diagrammatic
features of holes and single deep holes is shown in Fig 2.2.
The mud pits would be properly back-filled and covered after flushing the holes, logging and
loading as the case may be.
Human presence, noise and vibration from the pumping machine during drilling, flushing and
detonation of explosive activities scare away animals within the vicinity. At the end of the
activities, the animals would carry on with their normal life.
PATTERN
10m
10m
10m
10m
1m
Source Line
1m
Drilled Hole
50m
Source Peg
SINGLE DEEP HOLES
1m
Source Line
1m
Drilled Hole
50m
Source Peg
Fig 2.5: Diagrammatic pattern of holes and single deep holes
2.5.7 Recording (Laying of Geophones, Hydrophones, Shooting Distances, Detonation of
Explosives and Recording)
This involves laying of geophones and hydrophones on the receiver stations and detonating
explosives on the perpendicular source lines to generate minor energy, which are reflected
and recorded on magnetic tapes via the recording instrument. The recording instrument that
would be used is Sercel 408XL installed inside a recording truck. Please see 2.6.6.7.3 (Sercel
408XL Recording System).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
20 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
The active recording spread would consist of 6 receiver lines. Each receiver line would have
200 channels and 96 shots per salvo. Nominal fold to be acquired with this geometry is 48
fold.
2.6.6.4 Geophones (Land Detectors)
Geophones are used on land to detect signals. They consist of a sensor element with coil
resistance and a damping resistor sealed in a marsh case. They would be laid along the
already cut and established receiver lines.
Two strings of geophones per receiver station would be laid in a linear array centered on the
surveyed peg and connected in parallel to the Field Digitization Unit (FDU).
Plate 2.5: A Field Digitisation Unit
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
21 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.6.6.5 Hydrophones (Marine Detectors)
Hydrophones would be used as marine detectors. They shall be deployed as single
hydrophone units on river crossings, minor creeks and ponds of water. A single hydrophone
unit would be placed at each peg position. In deepwater the hydrophones would be weighted
with chain links to avoid drifting.
2.6.6.6 Shooting Distances
As a minimum, experimented safe shooting distances based on Environmental Guidelines and
Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN) / Department of Petroleum
Resources (DPR) shall be maintained to avoid any damage to structures (Section 57 of
Survey Act of 1964 stipulates 100 yards as minimum shooting distance permitted). Surveyors,
drillers and shooters shall be supervised to ensure compliance with minimum distances.
Flagmen would be used to keep off trespassers from straying to the shot sites and control
traffic on the highways and roads. The DPR and Shell recommended shooting distance are
shown in Table 2.4 and 2.5
Provision 57 of the explosives act of 1964 and the explosives regulations 1967 stipulates that:
(i)
“ No blasting operations shall be carried on in surface or opencast works within one hundred
yards of any place to which the public have access except with the permission in writing of an
inspector and subject to any special conditions he may consider necessary to impose having
regard to the public safety”.
(ii)
“Whilst blasting operations are in progress in surface in surface or opencast works all due
precautions shall be taken by means of red flags, watchmen and otherwise, to ensure that no
person is allowed to approach within dangerous range of the blasting operations”.
Table 2.4, showed the accepted industry minimum shootingdistances as defined in
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN)
which is published by Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
22 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
Table 2.4: DPR and Shell group minimum shooting distances
Objects to be
Up to 1kg
1 to 3kg
protected
Detonation (m)
Detonation (m)
Pipes of any type
3 to 6kg Detonation (m)
30
60
120
40
60
120
type
100
200
Vimax = 12mm/sec
Dyke Structures
50
100
= 25mm/sec
Pumping station
with pipes of any
type
Water wells of any
Table 2.5 shows the contractual minimum shooting distances that would be observed in
course of the seismic campaign.
Table 2.5: SPDC Nigeria minimum shooting distances
Minimum
Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep holes
Objects to be protected distances (m)
2kg
Tarmac roads
25
Pattern and Deep holes
Overhead cables
50
Houses
100
Pattern
Houses
150
Deep holes
Pumping station
100
Minimum
Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep holes
Objects to be protected distances (m)
2kg
Dyke structures
100
Pipelines
100
Water/oil wells
200
2.6.6.7 Explosives and Detonation of Explosives
2.6.6.7.1 Explosives
Standard explosives for seismic data acquisition shall be used. All shot holes shall be properly
tamped to the surface after loading. In flooded terrain, charges shall be anchored in shot holes.
Only seismic caps shall be utilized (Seismic Electric Detonators). Caps shall be water tight,
radio proof, and have shunted lead wires. Cap bursting time shall not exceed one-fourth of the
recording sampling interval, and to assure this is possible the cap specifications shall conform
to the Blaster type, output energy, and signal.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
23 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
The seismic crew on-site storage facility shall be licensed (crew based). Specially modified
vehicles (four wheel drive) and certified personnel shall be used to transport explosives from
the suppliers to the seismic crew storage facility.
2.6.6.7.2 Detonation of Explosives
Each shooting crew shall be deployed with a decoder radio shot firing system.
Dynamite (0.4kg) would be loaded into each of the 5 shot holes (total 2kg), that were thumped
(except LVL holes) or flushed while 2kg would be loaded into all single deep holes except
Uphole points.
Shot hole firing would be executed by MACHA® shooting system (MACHA is the product
name of Macha International Incorporation, a company based in Houston, Texas, USA). This
will be carried out remotely from the recording instrument via radio link. The acquisition
system initiates the shooting cycle by signaling the encoder radio shot firing unit (on the
recording platform) to transmit the shot release code to the shooters decoder unit in the field.
The decoder and the encoder synchronize once both sides are on arm and the same privacy.
After a programmed delay, the encoder issues a time-break pulse, to the acquisition system,
which starts recording. At the same time the decoder unit issues a firing pulse to the blaster,
which detonates the dynamite and sends Confirmatory Time Break (CTB) signal to the
acquisition system.
Bad shots are shots that are fired but could not be recorded by the recording instrument in the
recording truck due to break in transmission (line breaks) along the recording cables on the
receiver lines, such shot hole positions shall be moved about a meter, re-drilled and re-taken.
Theoretical planned shot point positions that can not be taken either due to obstruction
(buildings, pipelines, etc) or creeks/rivers shall be moved in multiples of 50m, 100m, 150m,
etc until a safe shooting location is achieved.
Proper tamping technique shall be employed to avoid blowouts. Contractual penalties for shot
blowouts shall be used to ensure that proper tamping is enforced. In case of any blow out
(pumping out of loosely tamped soil), deployed environmental crews shall ensure that the shot
hole area is restored, cap wires etc removed and taken to the base camp for re-cycling.
Blow outs and misfires if any shall be documented and reported to DPR and NAPIMS.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
24 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.6.6.7.3
Sercel 408XL Recording System
The Sercel 408XL recording system shall be used to record the generated seismic signals.
Plate 2.8 Picture showing a recording instrument
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
25 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.6
Project Schedule
The project is expected to start in January 2006 and end in October 2006. The programme
schedule is as follow:
2005
2006
J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D
EIA
Permitting/Formation of PAC
Mobilization/Base camp construction
GPS observation/monumentation
Srvey/line cutting
Recording activities
Damages Assessment/Compensation
Abandonment/Restoration
Fig. 2.6 Project Schedule
2.7
The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey will be planned to minimise impact on existing track and
farm roads within the communities. During the course of the operation, any track or farm road
that is destroyed by the movement of operational heavy-duty trucks shall be repaired.
Community assisted projects shall be identified and agreed on through participatory rural
appraisal. Project Advisory Committee shall facilitate the implementation process for the
projects.
2.8
Damage Assessment and Compensation
Vegetation and any other asset inevitably damaged during the course of survey line cutting,
drilling and recording operations, shall be assessed and compensation paid using OPTS
industry recommended rate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
26 of 27
____________________________________________________________________________
2.9
At the end of seismic activities, all used sites shall be restored to their pre-occupied state. A
site restoration certificate would be issued by SPDC to the contractor upon satisfactory
restoration of the environment. Federal Ministry of Environment shall be notified so that site
restoration can be verified.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
27 of 27
__________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER TWO
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1
Introduction
Seismic data acquisition survey is one of the first activities in oil prospecting, exploration
and exploitation. It is essentially carried out to locate viable hydrocarbon reservoirs in the
sub-surface, develop new fields and meet the Joint venture (SPDC, AGIP, ELF, NNPC)
commitments.
A typical seismic data acquisition project lasts for a relatively short period of time and does
not usually involve the establishment, or use of long-term facilities and structures. The
survey activities are expected to commence in Q4 2005 while actual data recording is
planned to commence in Q1 2006. With an average seismic data recording production of
50km2 / month, the survey activities would last for 10 months.
The total land area of the survey is about 498 km2. The estimated workforce is 1,500.
2.1
The 3D seismic data over OML 28 would include the eastern extension of the Etelebou
field which is due to be appraised in 2008/9. The western portion of OML 22 includes the
Enwhe fields. Enwhe West is partially covered by 3D seismic data and total expected of
non-associated gas recovery for the accumulation is estimated at some 500 Bcf. In the
absence of 3D seismic data, it is not possible to make an adequate assessment of the
reserves for the Enwhe fields. The development of the Etelebou gas cap (some 600 Bcf) is
planned to precede the oil development (Gbaran Ubie Phase 1). Enwhe and Rumuekpe
fields are being considered for the 2010-2012 Gbaran Phase 2 appraisals and the Gbaran
Phase 3 development. The absence of 3D seismic data prevents an adequate assessment
of the area. Therefore early 3D seismic data is required to adequately study the gas
potential.
2.2 Project sustainability
Economic
Crude oil generates approx 80% of Nigeria Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Etelebou,
Enwhe and Rumuekpe fields that are within the coverage area of the current 3 D seismic
survey evacuates approximately 102,000 bpd. In order to increase the production level,
further exploration is desirable to confirm the availability of oil and nonassociated gas.
Hence, the desirability for the 3D seismic survey .
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
1 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Technical
As Exploration and Production operators with over 30 years experience in the Niger Delta,
SPDC has the proven ability to conduct the 3D seismic survey. Strict adherence to
internationally and nationally acceptable standards, innovative technologies that are
economically viable and environmentally friendly shall be utilized in the execution of the
proposed project.
Environmental
Seismic survey techniques vary according to the environment and are guided by FMENV,
DPR, SPDC and other international standards. In this regard, the best environmentally
acceptable techniques / methods would be employed to ensure minimum negative impacts
on the environment. The incorporation of findings and recommendations of this EIA at the
various stages of the project activity, and adherence to the EMP would ensure
environmental sustainability.
2. 3 Project Alternatives
Do Nothing Option
This requires abandonment of the proposed seismic data acquisition campaign in
Rumuekpe (OML 22 ) and Etelebou (OML 28).
Without the seismic data acquisition, Etelebou field cannot be properly appraised in the
planned 2008/2009 appraisal and profitably harnessed. Similarly, without seismic data in
Enweh field, it will be impossible to make an adequate assessment of the abundant
reserves in this field.
Adopting a no-project scenario where the Seismic Survey is not conducted will result in:
•
Decline in hydrocarbon reserve
•
Loss of revenue to the Federal Government and company from inability to probe
the reserves and produce
Based on all these reasons, a no-project option is Not Recommended and was rejected.
Seismic Technique Options
The seismic techniques considered for the proposed project include the 2D and 3D
techniques while the acoustic energy sources considered are vibroseis and explosives.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
2 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
The considerations were based mainly on Health, Safety and Environment requirements
as well as economic and technical feasibilities.
In the 2D seismic technique, data is collected along a linear array of receivers as shown in
Figure 2.1. This line is then shot by moving the shot point and the array forward in
synchrony as the data is recorded until the entire line is completed. The resultant
subsurface image is only two dimensional (x,z). This technique will impact less on the
environment in terms of line cutting, but it does not give the true shape of the subsurface
structures. Therefore, it was not chosen.
While 2D surveys can be used for reconnaissance and to resolve simple structures at
depth, complicated structures causing out-of-plane reflections (sideswipe) can only be
imaged properly using 3D reflection techniques in which a 3D volume (x,y,z) of crust is
sampled and monitored using a planar, rather than a linear array of shots and receivers. In
practice, this is accomplished by laying out thousands of geophones along parallel lines of
receiver groups and then shooting into the entire array (receivers) from each shot point
along a series of orthogonal shot lines as in Figure 2.2. Although complicated by the fact
that a typical 3D survey contains orders of magnitude more data to process, the actual
processing steps are fairly similar to those for 2D surveys. The end result, however, is a
data cube that can be sliced to produce synthetic 2D profiles in any arbitrary direction
through the data, horizontal slices at arbitrary depths (time slices), horizon slices showing
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
3 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
reflectivity variations in map plan for picked marker horizons, and 3D tomographic images
that can be viewed from any perspective.
The schematic diagram of the 3D seismic technique is presented in Figure 2.2.
Based on the overwhelming advantages of 3D over 2D seismic data, the 3D seismic
technique has been adopted for this campaign.
3D Seismic Geometry
The brickwall and cross spread geometry options of 3D seismic geometry were considered
and the latter was the preferred option because it has less impact on the environment and
its technical superiority.
In addition to technical justification for a wide geometry, this geometry is chosen because.
As the name suggests, source and receiver line spacing are orthogonal and widely spaced
when compared to the brick geometry.
Energy Source Options
The sources of energy considered for the project are: airgun, watergun, vibrators and
explosives sources. Among these sources of energy, explosives were preferred because
of its technical efficiency and environmental appropriateness. Specifically:
Airgun/waterguns as energy sources are effective only in large water bodies, which are not
found within the project area. Therefore, these options were rejected.
•
Use of vibrators requires mounting on a buggy or truck. This limits its use in the Niger
delta due to access constraints. Therefore, this option was rejected.
•
The advantage of explosives is that it has the full range of frequency content and can
easily be taken into the seismic line. Therefore, extra access need not be created
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
4 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
when using explosives. In addition, the risk of contamination of ground water by the
chemical components of the explosives is minimized through complete combustion.
2.4
Project Location
The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) 3D seismic data acquisition (Fig 2.1)
would cover some parts of Rivers State (Ahoada-West, Ahoada-East and Abua/Odual
Local Government Areas) and Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa Local Government
Areas).
The proposed outline co-ordinates are shown on the Table 2.1.
Table 2.1: Coordinates (Easting and Northing) of the planned 3D seismic data
acquisition in Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28).
OML 22 (RUMUEKPE)
OML 28 (ETELEBOU)
Easting (m)
Northing (m)
Easting (m)
Northing (m)
1
455710.920
115600.878
436117.800
118187.100
2
464878.327
115583.317
441239.860
118187.100
3
464878.327
107967.594
441141.28
101687.100
4
469003.511
107967.594
436117.800
101687.100
5
468986.760
105000.000
436117.800
118187.100
6
470940.000
105000.000
7
470940.000
94171.000
8
462083.000
94171.000
9
462060.497
96695.298
10
454406.707
96702.668
11
454406.707
102943.331
12
455685.079
102964.678
13
455710.920
115600.878
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
5 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Legend
LGAs
Project Area
TAG
BAYELSA
RIVERS
Fig. 2.3: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State showing the proposed Project Location
Fig 2.4a: Map of the proposed project location – Etelebou (OML 28)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
6 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Fig 2.4b: Map of the proposed project location – Rumuekpe (OML 22)
2.5 Project Description
United Geophysical Nigeria Limited (UGNL) and Integrated Data Services Limited (IDSL)
Joint Venture also called JV 171 have been contracted by SPDC to carry out the 3D
seismic data acquisition over Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) IDSL is a sister
company of Nigerian National Petroleum Company (NNPC).
Company Site Representatives and SPDC staff would closely supervise the 3D seismic
data acquisition activities.
The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) seismic survey shall include the following
activities:
•
Scouting exercise
•
Permitting – License To Operate (LTO)
•
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
•
Mobilization of contractor to site
•
Land clearing for campsites, fuel dumps and explosives magazine sites
•
Surveying - line cutting for receiver/shot positions
•
•
Recording – Laying of geophones/hydrophones & detonation of explosives
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
7 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
•
Road repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPs)
•
Damages assessment and compensation
•
Environnemental restoration
•
Post Impact Assessment (PIA)
2.5.1
Scouting Exercise
JV 171 (United Geophysical Nigeria Limited [UGNL] and Integrated Data Services [IDSL]
operating in a joint venture partnership) has carried out a general scouting exercise of the
area with the main objectives of identifying the communities within the project area; roads
and rivers/creeks that would be used for the movement of personnel/equipment as well as
material supply, communication equipments, and health facilities. It has also
established/chosen suitable site for camps (with due regards to the expected production
rate), and the best access to the different types of obstructions that may affect subsurface
coverage in the course of the survey.
2.5.2
The host communities would be informed on seismic operations during permitting and
other subsequent fora (people’s parliament, Project Advisory Committee meeting, etc).
Their consent would be obtained during permitting so as to operate in their area.
This is the process of obtaining permission from the community/individuals as the case
may be and relevant government bodies to enable uninhibited access to living premises
and farmlands in the course of seismic operations.
JV 171 community affairs staff would engage communities, individuals, relevant
government bodies and other stakeholders at an agreed date to explain the processes
involved in seismic operations and possible associated hazards. After the meeting, a
permit form that would serve as agreement would be presented for signatures so as to
ensure that peace and harmony prevail during and after the seismic operations.
Project Advisory Committee (PAC) that comprises government representatives,
community leaders/elders, youths and women representatives shall be set up prior to
commencement of the seismic operations. The PAC’s duty is to manage issues that may
arise with the communities or relevant government bodies in the areas of operation,
coordinate Community Assisted Projects (CAP) and employment issues.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
8 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Open Fora in form of community engagements shall be periodically held with the PAC
membership participation during the course of the seismic survey operation. During such
meetings, issues such as JV company’s policy vis-à-vis community’s interest as it relates
to the seismic activities in the area and demands shall be discussed. Community Elders,
Chiefs, Youths, Women leaders and NGOs would be invited to attend such fora.
Employment opportunities shall be extended to the communities by JV 171 with due
regards to the contract and bearing in mind 60% community employment ratio prescribed
by the Federal Government of Nigerian. PAC members (with the permanent members in
attendance) would share this employment quota amongst the various communities within
the prospect area and thereafter communicate the information to the communities. The
communities would carry out internal selection and present their employment quota list to
JV 171 for employment. JV 171`s Community Affairs Department would interview the
selected people. Successful candidates would be medically certified fit, swim tested, given
safety induction and technical training, issued with personal protective equipments (PPE)
before they commence work.
The lists of communities so far identified that would be impacted by OML 22 & 28 3D
seismic data acquisition are shown on the Tables 2.2 and 2.3
Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed in OML 22
S/N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
COMMUNITY
OKOGBE
OBHOLOBHOLO
ULA-OKOBO I
OBODHI
UYAKAMA
OGBEDE
ODHIGWE
ULA-OKOBO II
OSHIKA
OZOCHI
KALAOGBOGOLO
OPU-OGBOGOLO
EGBOAMA
IHUAMA
OCHIGBA
ULA-IKATA
CLAN
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
IGBUDUYA
ENGENI
LGA
AHOADA-WEST
AHOADA-WEST
AHOADA-WEST
AHOADA-WEST
AHOADA-WEST
AHOADA-WEST
AHOADA-WEST
AHOADA-WEST
AHODA WEST
AHODA WEST
AHODA WEST
STATE
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
ENGENI
ENGENI
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
AHODA WEST
AHODA WEST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
9 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
S/N
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
COMMUNITY
IHUIKE
ULA-UPATA
IHUBULUKO
EDEOHA
IKATA
IDU-OKE
IHUABA
UDEBU
OKOMA 1
OKOMA 11
OBUMEZE
OKPOROWO
ODIABIDI
OKPOGUOHODU
OGBELE
IHUOWO
OSHIUGBOKO
EGBELEKE
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
AMINIGBOKO
ARUKWO
OWEREWERE
OBARANYI
EMESU
OKOBOH
EMABU
EGUNUGHAN
OMALEM
OGHORA
OTARI
OGBEMA
EMILAGHAN
OKANA
ODAGA
OMELEMA
OMAKWA
OMARAKA
CLAN
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
UPATA
EHUDA
CLAN (1)
EMUGHANI
EMUGHANI
EMUGHANI
EMUGHANI
EMUGHANI
EMUGHANI
EMUGHANI
EMUGHANI
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
OGBO-ABUA
LGA
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
AHOADA-EAST
STATE
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
ABUA ODUA
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
RIVERS
Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed in OML 28
S/N
COMMUNITY
CLAN
LGA
STATE
1
AMERIKPOKO
2
OBEDIUM
OGBIA
OGBIA
BAYELSA
3
URUAMA
ENGENE
AWELGA
RIVERS
4
OTUASEGA
OGBIA
OGBIA
BAYELSA
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
10 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
S/N
COMMUNITY
CLAN
LGA
STATE
5
IBELEBIRI
OGBIA
OGBIA
BAYELSA
6
OTUEGWE
OGBIA
OGBIA
BAYELSA
7
8
OKARKI
OKPARAKI
ENGENE
ENGENE
AWELGA
AWELGA
RIVERS
RIVERS
9
ODAU
ODUA
ABUA/ODUAL
RIVERS
10
11
KUNUSHA
OPOLO
ENGENE
EPIE
AWELGA
YENAGOA
RIVERS
BAYELSA
12
OKUTUKUTU
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
13
EDEGWE
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
14
EDEPIE
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
15
16
17
AGUDUMA
AKENFA
NYENGWE
EPIE
EPIE
EPIE
YENAGOA
YENAGOA
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
BAYELSA
BAYELSA
18
IGBOGENE
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
19
ISHAYI
ENGENE
AWELGA
RIVERS
20
MBIAMA
ENGENE
AWELGA
RIVERS
19
AKENPAI
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
20
AKIOBGOBGOLO
ENGENE
AWELGA
RIVERS
21
OGBEDE
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
RIVERS
22
23
IGOVIA
ODIEKE
ENGENE
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
AWELGA
RIVERS
RIVERS
24
ODIOPITI
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
RIVERS
25
UKPETEDE
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
RIVERS
26
ODIOLUGBOJI
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
RIVERS
27
ODIGBOR
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
RIVERS
28
AGBOH
ENGENE
AWELGA
RIVERS
29
ORUAMA
30
ENGENE
AWELGA
RIVERS
31
ONE MAN
COUNTRY
AGHIA
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
32
NEDUGO
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
33
EMEZI 1
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
RIVERS
34
EMEZI 2
IGBUDUYA
AWELGA
RIVERS
35
ZARAMA
36
OGBOLOMA
EPIE
YENAGOA
BAYELSA
37
IKODI
ENGENE
AWELGA
RIVERS
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
11 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
If a community previously unidentified is encountered during the execution phase of
seismic operations, normal process of verification with the relevant Government authorities
shall be carried out and the community list updated.
2.5.3
The contractor shall mobilize all necessary personnel, materials and equipment to site
after permitting the camp sites and jetties. Where SPDC sites shall be used, permission
shall be obtained in addition to obtaining formal SPDC’s work order.
Prior to mobilization, SPDC shall carry out pre-mobilization inspection of all items and
personnel to be mobilized to site. All equipment and personnel that would be mobilized to
site shall be certified fit for purpose and approved by SPDC before deployment to site.
About 1500 personnel shall be used for the siesmic operation, with 60% of the workforce
coming from the communities.
2.5.4
Land Clearing - For Campsites, Fuel Dumps/Generator House, Vehicle
Parking Lots and Explosives Magazine Sites
This process involves manual clearing for camp sites (including vehicle parking lots), fuel
dumps, generator house, recording truck positions and explosives magazine site.
The crew would use portacabins as office and residential accommodation. This would
largely minimize fresh cuttings.
Although, activities in the camp site require running of generator sets as source of power,
the noise level from the power-generating sets shall be routinely checked to ensure that it
does not exceed 85dB(A) around the generator sets by lagging the place and providing
earmuffs for staff who shall maintain the equipment.
Previously occupied sites would be used wherever possible to minimize impact on the
environment.
Maintenance of vehicles, generator sets and line equipment would be done within the
base camp.
The proposed camp site locations are:
•
Omerelu base camp
•
Oyakama Satellite camp and Explosives magazine site
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
12 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
•
Temporary landing base at Obaranyi.
The pictures below show typical improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat
embarkation and disembarkation.
embarkation and disembarkation for water borne activities
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
13 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
2.5.5 Surveying (GPS, Equipment Calibration, Control, Receiver/Source Lines
Cutting and Topographic Map Generation)
The main tasks during survey exercise include correct positioning of shot points and
receiver stations for use either by the Drilling or Recording sections. This would be done
by the conventional survey methods. Cutting activities for the control, receiver and source
lines shall be done manually with a machete.
In open areas and farmlands where there is clear line of sight between the instrument man
and the man with the pole for measurements, no cutting shall be done.
The planned distances to be cut in linear kilometers are:
OML 22
Control lines
Receiver lines
Source lines
OML 28
Control lines
Receiver lines
Source lines
20kms
873.90kms
687.87kms
15kms
387.50kms
261.60kms
In order to minimize damage to the environment, satellite imagery maps of the area shall
be used during the survey planning. Trees with girth more than 15cm shall not be cut
except where they pose threats to lives and equipment. The crew’s Party Chief and
Company Site Representative or Operations Geophysicist shall give approval before the
cutting of any tree above approved girth. Overhanging branches may be cut where
necessary to enable workers move safely along the receiver and source lines.
These seismic lines cut would create avenue for movement of men and equipment
throughout the prospect. The line cleaners shall be supervised to ensure that the lines are
not cleared to ground level. By adopting this procedure, vegetation is expected to
regenerate within a short period of time.
Efforts (awareness campaigns, appropriate warning signs etc) shall be made to
discourage communities from converting such traverses into access routes. All forms of
survey cutting in farms shall be minimized and buntings shall be used to indicate the line
(traverse) direction and to prevent seismic workers from wandering across farms.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
14 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Areas of interest (sacred areas, forest reserves, burial grounds, shrines etc) shall be
identified and avoided.
2.5.5.1 Global Positioning System (GPS)
The Global Positioning System (GPS) is a satellite-based positioning system operated by
the USA Department of Defence (DOD). This system provides all-weather, worldwide, 24hours positioning and time information. The satellite’s broadcast signals can be tracked by
receivers for positioning and navigation purposes. GPS points are required to control the
entire survey network to ensure homogeneity and accuracy of the traverses. Carefully
spaced out GPS stations shall be chosen to ensure easy access and freedom from other
elevated obstructions such as huts, houses, trees and areas devoid of electro-magnetic
interferences. Twenty (20) new GPS control positions with one witness each shall be used
and monuments emplaced at desired positions.
2.5.5.2 Control Lines
Control lines would be cut to link up the established GPS positions. The control lines
would be designed to either coincide with receiver or source lines. These control lines
would equally be used as receiver and source lines to minimize cutting.
2.5.5.3.
Receiver Lines
Receiver lines would be positioned using Leica TC1100/1001/1103 Total Station survey
instruments. Receiver lines would be spaced 400m apart over the surface area from a
minimum of two control points or from existing control lines.
Receiver lines contain geophone and hydrophone stations. Receiver stations would be
positioned using Total Station survey instruments. The same equipment in tracking mode
will be used for hydrophone stations in Orashi and Sombreiro Rivers as well as their major
tributaries. The maximum river width in the area is about 150 m.
Receiver station positions along receiver lines would be spaced at an interval of 50m. The
orientation of the receiver lines would be 900 North/South.
OML 22 is expected to have 42 receiver lines with total distance of about 874km, while
OML 28 would have 22 receiver lines with total distance of about 505km.
2.5.5.4 Source Lines
Source lines would be established in the same manner as the receiver lines using the
same survey instruments. The source lines orientation would be 900 East/West. This
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
15 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
means that the source lines would be established at positions perpendicular to the
receiver lines.
The source lines would be spaced at 600m intervals while the shot positions (shot points)
would be spaced at 50m intervals.
Shot points would be acquired using dynamite sources. There would be no air gun usage
in this operation. Shot points that fall within water bodies shall be moved to land location
and explosives (dynamite and caps) used as the energy source.
2.5.5.5 Topographic Map Generation
Topographic maps are post-plot topographical maps, showing details of natural and manmade features existing along the lines within the prospect area. In addition, the map
shows the final actual position and type of stations and shot points used in the seismic
acquisition operations.
On daily basis, each survey crew would submit complete and accurate line trace/omission
and hazard report. The report would clearly indicate pipeline, oil/water well,
village/settlement, house, river, sacred/forbidden bush, line bridges, etc actual position
and distance to the seismic lines. The line trace record is for information on receiver lines,
while omission record is information for source lines. Hazards information can be on either
line trace or omission reports. The information supplied would be used to produce a
topographic map at the end of the seismic campaign.
2.5.6
Drilling of Shot Points
Shot points (shot positions) shall be spaced at 50m intervals on the source lines. The
drilling activity involved clearing of shot points in some cases to a radius of about 1m.
Three shot holes drilling techniques would be used. On dry land terrain, thumping with
steel casing and Hand augering would be carried out while in flooded areas and edges of
rivers, flushing technique using drilling engine would be carried out.
2.5.6.1 Thumping Technique
Thumping technique is utilized in dry land area. The thumping activity entails manually
thumping a 4.5m steel casing into the ground. The steel casing is manually lifted and
hammered into the ground onto the point where the hole is to be made. After each
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
16 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
hammering of the steel casing, earth cutting is squeezed into the bore of the casing. The
casing is then rotated so that more earth material will be cut by the improvised cutting end
of the casing that act as a bit. The casing is then pulled out and a wooden hammer is used
to hit the base of the casing so that the earth material is loosened and removed from the
bore. This process is repeated until the required depth of 4m is achieved.
2.5.6.2 Hand augering Technique
Hand augering technique is utilized in dry land area. Hand augering utilizes the principle of
bolt and nut fittings as well as the rotary drilling principle. The hand auger is a simple tool.
The tool is made up of steel rod with a spiraling groove like blade of about 1m at the base.
At the upper part of the tool is a clamp, which is used in screwing the auger into the
ground. The cuttings from the earth are squeezed into the groove. The auger is pulled out
from time to time to remove the earth cuttings. This process is repeated until the required
depth of 4m is achieved.
Five single pattern holes centered on the shot point pegs would be thumped / augered to
4m depths on dry terrain using steel casing or hand augers.
Cuttings from the thumped / augered holes would be used to back-fill and properly tamped
the loaded holes before detonation.
Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes.
Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
17 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Plate 2.2b: Thumping shallow pattern holes (Removing debris).
2.5.6.3 Flushing Technique
Flushing technique utilizes the rotary drilling principle. The equipments used in this
technique are, water pump, drill casings, swivel heads, clamps and hoses. The casing is
fixed with a clamp at a reasonable height where it is possible for the drillers (two turners)
to hold the clamp firmly, press the casing vertically down and at the same time turning it in
the same direction. The casing is connected to the swivel head while the swivel head is
linked to the water pump via a hose. Another hose link the water pump to the sucking mud
pit. Two pits shall be made, sucking pit (0.7m*0.7m) and cutting collector pit (0.5m*0.5m).
E-Z mud will be mixed with water in the sucking pit thus becoming mud (mud water).
The pump will suck mud water from the sucking pit and pump it to swivel head from where
it will enter the casing. The mud water being under pressure from the pump, it will burrow
into the earth it comes in contact with it.
The positioning of the casing ensure that, the mud jet is directly at the point where the hole
cutting is required to be made while the turning of the clamp by the drillers impact the
effect of the rotary table in rotary drilling technique.
The earth materials that is cut by the mud jet will be flushed out by the incoming mud
through the annular space between the casing and the shot hole bore. This flushed
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
18 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
materials mixed with the mud will flow to the cutting collecting pit. The cuttings will
naturally be separated from the mud by gravity and the clean mud will flow back into the
mud sucking pit. The cycle is repeated until the required depth is achieved.
Water would be taken from nearby creeks and other water bodies around the area of
operation for flushing.
Five single pattern holes centered on the shot points would be flushed to 6m depths using
this technique. Where necessary at the edge of Orashi River, 40m single deep holes
would be flushed.
Uphole logging positions would be located and acquired at 4km x 4km grid over the
prospect areas. Uphole points would be flushed to 60m depths.
Each uphole would be lined with plastic casings. A harness of 12 hydrophones would be
lowered into the cased hole. The spacing of the hydrophones on the harness would be at
sampling interval of 1m, 3m, 5m, then at 5m from 5 to 30m, and 10m thereafter up to the
60m depth. A shot hole of 2m depth away from the uphole survey hole would be thumped
for energy source. A maximum of 200 g explosives would be used as the source and
properly tamped. Plastic will be recovered from the holes after logging.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
19 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
In situations where upholes cannot be carried out due to lack of water, Low Velocity Layer
(LVL) data acquisition would be carried out using the same charge size and depth of
source hole. Geophones would be spaced on the ground.
The only significant difference between 6m, 40m and 60m holes flushing is the use of
drilling mud in the deeper holes (40 and 60m) for holes stability. E-Z mud is the hole
stabilizer that would be used. It would be mixed in the mud-pit which serves as a mixing
tank. Diagrammatic features of holes and single deep holes is shown in Fig 2.2.
The mud pits would be properly back-filled and covered after flushing the holes, logging
and loading as the case may be.
Human presence, noise and vibration from the pumping machine during drilling, flushing
and detonation of explosive activities scare away animals within the vicinity. At the end of
the activities, the animals would carry on with their normal life.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
20 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
PATTERN
10m
10m
10m
10m
1m
Source Line
1m
Drilled Hole
50m
Source Peg
SINGLE DEEP HOLES
1m
Source Line
1m
Drilled Hole
50m
Source Peg
Fig 2.3: Diagrammatic pattern of holes and single deep holes
2.5.7 Recording (Laying of Geophones, Hydrophones, Shooting Distances, Detonation
of Explosives and Recording)
This involves laying of geophones and hydrophones on the receiver stations and
detonating explosives on the perpendicular source lines to generate minor energy, which
are reflected and recorded on magnetic tapes via the recording instrument. The recording
instrument that would be used is Sercel 408XL installed inside a recording truck. Please
see 2.6.6.7.3 (Sercel 408XL Recording System).
The active recording spread would consist of 6 receiver lines. Each receiver line would
have 200 channels and 96 shots per salvo. Nominal fold to be acquired with this geometry
is 48 fold.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
21 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
2.6.6.4 Geophones (Land Detectors)
Geophones are used on land to detect signals. They consist of a sensor element with coil
resistance and a damping resistor sealed in a marsh case. They would be laid along the
already cut and established receiver lines.
Two strings of geophones per receiver station would be laid in a linear array centered on
the surveyed peg and connected in parallel to the Field Digitization Unit (FDU).
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
22 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Plate 2.5: A Field Digitisation Unit
2.6.6.5 Hydrophones (Marine Detectors)
Hydrophones would be used as marine detectors. They shall be deployed as single
hydrophone units on river crossings, minor creeks and ponds of water. A single
hydrophone unit would be placed at each peg position. In deepwater the hydrophones
would be weighted with chain links to avoid drifting.
2.6.6.6 Shooting Distances
As a minimum, experimented safe shooting distances based on Environmental Guidelines
and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN) / Department of
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
23 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Petroleum Resources (DPR) shall be maintained to avoid any damage to structures
(Section 57 of Survey Act of 1964 stipulates 100 yards as minimum shooting distance
permitted). Surveyors, drillers and shooters shall be supervised to ensure compliance with
minimum distances. Flagmen would be used to keep off trespassers from straying to the
shot sites and control traffic on the highways and roads. The DPR and Shell
recommended shooting distance are shown in Table 2.4 and 2.5
Provision 57 of the explosives act of 1964 and the explosives regulations 1967 stipulates
that:
(i)
“ No blasting operations shall be carried on in surface or opencast works within one
hundred yards of any place to which the public have access except with the
permission in writing of an inspector and subject to any special conditions he may
consider necessary to impose having regard to the public safety”.
(ii)
“Whilst blasting operations are in progress in surface in surface or opencast works all
due precautions shall be taken by means of red flags, watchmen and otherwise, to
ensure that no person is allowed to approach within dangerous range of the blasting
operations”.
Table 2.4, showed the accepted industry minimum shootingdistances as defined in
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN)
which is published by Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR).
Table 2.4: DPR and Shell group minimum shooting distances
Objects to be
Up to 1kg
1 to 3kg
3 to 6kg Detonation
protected
Detonation (m) Detonation (m) (m)
Pipes of any
type
30
60
120
40
60
120
any type
100
200
Vimax = 12mm/sec
Dyke Structures
50
100
= 25mm/sec
Pumping station
with pipes of
any type
Water wells of
Table 2.5 shows the contractual minimum shooting distances that would be observed in
course of the seismic campaign.
Table 2.5: SPDC Nigeria minimum shooting distances
Objects to be
Minimum
Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep
protected
distances (m) holes 2kg
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
24 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Tarmac roads
25
Overhead cables
50
Houses
100
Pattern
Houses
150
Deep holes
Pumping station
100
Objects to be
Minimum
Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep
protected
distances (m) holes 2kg
Dyke structures
100
Pipelines
100
Water/oil wells
200
2.6.6.7 Explosives and Detonation of Explosives
2.6.6.7.1 Explosives
Standard explosives for seismic data acquisition shall be used. All shot holes shall be
properly tamped to the surface after loading. In flooded terrain, charges shall be anchored in
shot holes.
Only seismic caps shall be utilized (Seismic Electric Detonators). Caps shall be water
tight, radio proof, and have shunted lead wires. Cap bursting time shall not exceed onefourth of the recording sampling interval, and to assure this is possible the cap
specifications shall conform to the Blaster type, output energy, and signal.
The seismic crew on-site storage facility shall be licensed (crew based). Specially modified
vehicles (four wheel drive) and certified personnel shall be used to transport explosives
from the suppliers to the seismic crew storage facility.
2.6.6.7.2 Detonation of Explosives
Each shooting crew shall be deployed with a decoder radio shot firing system.
Dynamite (0.4kg) would be loaded into each of the 5 shot holes (total 2kg), that were
thumped (except LVL holes) or flushed while 2kg would be loaded into all single deep
holes except Uphole points.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
25 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
Shot hole firing would be executed by MACHA® shooting system (MACHA is the product
name of Macha International Incorporation, a company based in Houston, Texas, USA).
This will be carried out remotely from the recording instrument via radio link. The
acquisition system initiates the shooting cycle by signaling the encoder radio shot firing
unit (on the recording platform) to transmit the shot release code to the shooters decoder
unit in the field. The decoder and the encoder synchronize once both sides are on arm and
the same privacy. After a programmed delay, the encoder issues a time-break pulse, to
the acquisition system, which starts recording. At the same time the decoder unit issues a
firing pulse to the blaster, which detonates the dynamite and sends Confirmatory Time
Break (CTB) signal to the acquisition system.
Bad shots are shots that are fired but could not be recorded by the recording instrument in
the recording truck due to break in transmission (line breaks) along the recording cables
on the receiver lines, such shot hole positions shall be moved about a meter, re-drilled and
re-taken.
Theoretical planned shot point positions that can not be taken either due to obstruction
(buildings, pipelines, etc) or creeks/rivers shall be moved in multiples of 50m, 100m,
150m, etc until a safe shooting location is achieved.
Proper tamping technique shall be employed to avoid blowouts. Contractual penalties for
shot blowouts shall be used to ensure that proper tamping is enforced. In case of any blow
out (pumping out of loosely tamped soil), deployed environmental crews shall ensure that
the shot hole area is restored, cap wires etc removed and taken to the base camp for recycling.
Blow outs and misfires if any shall be documented and reported to DPR and NAPIMS.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
26 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
2.6.6.7.3
Sercel 408XL Recording System
The Sercel 408XL recording system shall be used to record the generated seismic signals.
Plate 2.8 Picture showing a recording instrument
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
27 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
2.6
Project Schedule
The project is expected to start in January 2006 and end October 2006. The programme
schedule is as follow:
2005
2006
J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D
EIA
Permitting/Formation of PAC
Mobilization/Base camp construction
GPS observation/monumentation
Srvey/line cutting
Recording activities
Damages Assessment/Compensation
Abandonment/Restoration
Fig. 2.4 Project Schedule
2.7
The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey will be planned to minimise impact on existing track
and farm roads within the communities. During the course of the operation, any track or
farm road that is destroyed by the movement of operational heavy-duty trucks shall be
repaired.
Community assisted projects shall be identified and agreed on through participatory rural
appraisal. Project Advisory Committee shall facilitate the projects implementation process.
2.8
Damages Assessment and Compensation
Vegetation and any other asset inevitably damaged during the course of survey line
cutting, drilling and recording operations, shall be assessed and compensated using
OPTS industry recommended rate.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
28 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________
2.9
At the end of seismic activities, all used sites shall be restored to their pre-occupied state.
A site restoration certificate would be issued by SPDC to the contractor upon satisfactory
restoration of the environment. Federal Ministry of Environment shall be notified so that
site restoration can be verified.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Two
29 of 29
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER THREE
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Acquisition of baseline data
The purpose of the baseline data acquisition is to establish the status of the various environmental
components before the execution of the project. In order to achieve this, the environmental
parameters were acquired from literature survey of different studies conducted within the proximity
of the OML 22 and 28 project area and field confirmation of identified gaps. The components of the
environment covered are biophysical (rainy and dry seasons), social, and health. Ground truthing
of observations in the reports were confirmed through field visits on the 9th -10th November 2005.
In addition, there was a stakeholders’ sensitisation exercise from 10th November to 12th November
2005. The broad objectives of this process included:
•
Education and enlightenment of identified stakeholders (communities, Government
agencies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), community based organisations
(CBOs) on the need for their involvement in the conduct of the seismic study and to
assist the project team in articulating the concerns of the communities as well as those
of their immediate environment;
•
Building trust and confidence that would enhance the capacities of the identified
stakeholders through participation in the project and
•
Forming and promoting partnership with identified stakeholders through networking,
information sharing and participation in consultation exercises.
3.2 The biophysical environment
The following components of the biophysical environment were investigated:
•
Climate and meteorology
•
Air quality and noise
•
Vegetation
•
Land use/cover
•
Wildlife
•
Geology and hydrogeology, including groundwater quality
•
Soil/sediment quality
•
Aquatic studies
•
Hydrobiology and fisheries
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
1 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3 Climatic conditions
The OML 22 and 28 3D seismic survey area lies within the humid tropical belt of which the Niger
Delta is a part. The climate of the area is influenced considerably by the Atlantic Ocean that is
about 45 km away.
3.3.1 Rainfall
The rain falls throughout the year (Fig. 3.1) with peaks in June and September and lower amounts
of rainfall from November to February.
The mean annual rainfall is high, above 2200 mm. This
can be explained as being due to the proximity (about 45 km) of the area to the Atlantic Ocean
from which the southwest trade winds bring moisture-laden air into the surrounding areas. Two
seasons namely, wet and dry, characterize the area. The wet season spreads from April to
October while the dry season last from November to March.
800
700
Rainfall, mm
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Jan.
Feb.
March.
April.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Months
Fig 3.1 Monthly rainfall pattern in the project area
(Source: International Institute of Tropical Agriculture, Onne/Nigerian Meteorological Agency)
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
2 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.3.2 Relative Humidity (RH)
The annual pattern of relative humidity correlated with that of the rainfall described above. High
values (over 95%) occurred in the area in the rainy season. In the dry season, the high daily
relative humidity values ranged from 86.5 to 92.0% and occurred between 2100 and 2400 and
later from 0100 to 0800. The daily relative humidity showed lower values of 45.5-66.0% obtained
between 1300 and 1600 (Fig 3.2).
Relative Humidity(%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
:0
09
0
:0
08
0
:0
07
0
:0
06
0
:0
05
0
:0
04
0
:0
03
0
:0
02
0
:0
01
00
24
00
23
00
22
00
21
00
20
00
19
00
18
00
17
00
16
00
15
00
14
00
13
00
12
00
11
00
10
T ime (h)
F ig. 3.2 R elative Humidity (%) for the project area
3.3.3 Wind
Southwesterly winds were prevalent in the rainy season in the area. The predominant wind speeds
ranged from 0.3 – 3.2 m/s in Ahoada. The wind directions in the project area are Westerly (W),
South Westerly (SW), North Westerly (NW) and Southerly (S). In the dry season, the predominant
wind speeds in the project area ranged from 0.3-1.5 m/s, followed by winds with speed of 3.4-5.4
m/s. The wind directions are more of Southwesterly (SW), followed by Westerly (W) and
Northwesterly (NW) and Southeasterly (SE) directions. The implication is that atmospheric
pollutants would be dispersed in the cardinal directions. At Gbarantoru, the wind directions were
similar to that observed in Ahoada, but it had wind speed of up to 8.0 – 10.7 m/s.
3.3.4 Temperature
The hourly mean air temperatures in the area ranged from 24.5 to 29.00C in the rainy season.
Hourly temperatures above 28 °C (29 – 320C) occurred between 0900 and 1700 hours. The lower
temperatures (24.5 – 280C) were recorded between 0200 and 0500 hours. In the dry season, the
hourly high temperature values ranged from 33.0 to 34.0oC and they occurred between 1300 and
1600 hours. The lowest temperatures ranged from 25.0 to 25.5oC and occurred from 2200 to 2400
hours (Fig 3.3)
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
3 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
40
temperature
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Time
Maximum Temp.
Minimum Temp.
Mean Temp.
Fig 3.3: Changes in hourly temperatures at Ahoada
3.4 Air quality
The concentrations of air contaminants were low except for the concentrations of suspended
particulate matter in some locations (Table 3.1)
Table 3.1: Ambient air quality parameters of OML 22 - 28
Location
Kolo Creek
Otuasega
Okporowo
Ihuama/Rumuekpe
Yenagoa
Yenezue-gene
Concentrations (µg/m3)
37
20.6 5.2
11.5
8.4
5.7
12.7
28.3 4.6
15.3
21.0 3.5
21.9
2.3
1.6
1.0
1.0
0.7
0.7
256
287
15.0
6.8
0.1
0.1
7.3
0.7
0.7
1.0
1.0
1.5
404
350
382
385
-
(Source: Field trip: SPDC 2002, 2003, 2004, Gbaran Ubie IOGP)
3.5 Noise level
Noise levels measured at different sources (Table 3.2) show variation from 54-87 dBA. Noise
levels measured near areas of heavy vehicular movements were generally higher than those
measured in areas of low movement of vehicles.
The background noise level in the study area measured between 0900 and 1800 ranged from 49
to 56 dB (A) except at a point in Idu-Ekpeye where a high level {100 dB (A)} was recorded at a
palm kernel deshelling (removal of shell of the nuts) plant. The levels (except at Idu-Ekpeye) were
within FMENV allowable limit of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours continuous operation.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
4 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.2: Noise levels from different sources at OML 22 and 28 3D seismic survey
route
Community
Ahoada
Source of noise
Road side
Vulcaniser
In the town
Outskirt of town
Roadside
Market
Health centre
Centre of town
Hospital
Okada park
Road side
Market
River edge
Main road
Jetty area
Water side
Market area
Abua
Mbiama
Yenagoa
Noise Level (dB(a))
63
68
60
57
58
60
55
62
54
87
72
65
60
65
56
55
60
The background noise level in the Project area (Table 3.3) of the study area measured between
0900 and 1800 h ranged from 49 to 56 dB (A) except at Idu-Ekpeye where a high level {100dB (A)}
was recorded at a palm kernel deshelling plant. The levels (except at Idu-Ekpeye) were within
FMENV allowable limit of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours continuous operation.
Table 3.3: Ambient air quality of the project area
STATION
FMENV
Abua +
Ahoada +
IduEkpeye
Control
SPM
3
(µg/m )
NO2
3
(ug/m )
SO2
3
(ug/m )
H/C
3
(ug/m )
H2S
3
(ug/m )
CO
3
(ug/m )
NH3
3
(ug/m )
Noise dB (A)
R
D
R
R
D
R
R
D
R
R
R
D
90 dB(A)
600
10.
0
10.
0
4.5
17.
5
18.
9
6.5
75-113
0.1 0.1
260
0.1
0.2
2.5
160
5.5
0.1
0.1
11.2
1.8 2.2
0.1
0.1
52
54
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.1
2.8
4.6
0.1
0.1
2.5
2.9
ND
ND
51
53
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.2
1.8
ND
ND
1.0
1.4
ND
ND
55
10.
5
15.
5
0.1
0.1
ND
0.1
2.1
2.5
ND
ND
1.2
2.1
ND
ND
54
*100
53
Commu.
Ula Ikata
R
6.3
D
R
0.8
R
0.5
D
R
4.0
R
0.1
D
R
1.5
D
R
0.2
R
49
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
55
5 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.3: Ambient air quality of the project area contd
STATION
SPM
3
(ug/m )
NO2
3
(ug/m )
SO2
H/C
3
(ug/m )
3
H2S
3
(ug/m )
CO
3
(ug/m )
NH3
3
(ug/m )
Noise
(A)
R
R
dB
(ug/m )
R D
R
D
R
D
R
D
R
D
R
D
Idu Ekpeye
5.0
0.2
0.6
2.0
0.1
1.0
Ukpeliede
7.5
0.3
0.6
0.9
0.1
1.0
Ebrass
11.2
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.1
1.0
Ikata
8.3
0.9
0.5
1.2
0.1
1.0
Oyigba
9.2
1.0
0.7
2.9
0.1
1.5
Edoha+
10.6
1.1
0.8
4.9
0.1
1.0
Ogoda
4.7
0.7
0.5
1.0
0.1
1.0
Oshika
5.6
0.9
0.6
1.9
0.1
1.0
Odiereke
6.6
1.0
0.6
2.0
0.1
1.0
Elebele
5.0
1.0
0.6
3.0
0.1
1.0
Okutukutu
11.3
1.6
1.1
12.3
0.1
1.5
Otuasega+
7.7
0.4
0.8
2.5
0.1
1.0
Yenagoa
21.9
2.3
1.6
15.0
0.1
2.0
Nedugo17.5
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.1
1.0
Agbia
Okoloibiri
7.4
0.5
0.6
2.4
0.1
1.0
Ogboloama
5.9
0.5
0.5
1.1
0.1
1.0
Yenezue
1.0
1.0
0.7
6.8
0.1
1.5
gene
Igbogene
1.1
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.1
1.0
Note: ND = Not detected, detection limit = 0.001; R =Rainy season, D = Dry season
*Value obtained at a palm kernel deshelling plant
D
0.9
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.8
0.9
0.6
1.7
0.3
D
56
49
50
49
50
50
51
54
53
54
55
54
56
50
0.4
0.3
0.7
49
50
56
0.4
50
(Source: Field trip: SPDC 2003, 2004, Gbaran Ubie IOGP)
3.6 Vegetation
The vegetation of the study area consists of freshwater swamp forest, derived secondary forest,
fallow and farmlands.
3.6.1
Freshwater swamp forest
The freshwater swamp forest, consisting of primary, 16.02%, (1172.78 km2) and secondary
forests, 31.83%, (1133.84 km2) occupied extensive areas in the project area. It thus occupies
about 48% of the land area. This forest has high species diversity (Table 3.4i) and the component
species have multiples of functions to the people such as food, medicine and, spices.
The checklist of the species composition of the vegetation in OML 28/OML 22 is shown in Table
3.4a and 3.4b.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
6 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.4a Species diversity of the vegetation of the OML 22 and OML 28
Presence in zone
Species
Abelmoschus esculentum
Acacia sp
Acrostichum aureum
Ageratum conyzoides
Alcornea cordifolia
Common name
Okra
Salt fern
Christmas bush
Allanblankia floribunda
Alstonia boonei
Life
form
H
S
F
H
S
T
Stool wood
OML 28
*
OML 22
Economic
Importance
Fo
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
M
M
T
Amaranthus hybridus
Ananas comosus
Andropogin gayanus
Annona muricata
Anthocleista djaleonensis
Anthocleista vogelii
Anthostema aubryanum
Antiaris africana
Arthocarpus communis
Aspilia africana
Asystasia gangetica
Avicennia africana
Baillonella toxisperma
Bambusa vulgaris
Baphia nitida
Bauhinia rufescens
Brachystegia eurycoma
Berlina grandiflora
Bidelia ferruginea
Breynia nivosa
Bridelia micrantha
Caesalpinia pulcherrima
Calopogonium mucunoides
Capsicum annuum
Carica papaya
Casuarina equisetiifolia
Ceiba pentandra
Celtis integrifolia
Ceratophyllum damersun
Citrus aurantifolia
Citrus sinensis
Cleistopholis patens
Clittoria ternantea
Pipelineapple
Sour Spp
Cabbage tree
Sapling wood
White mangrove
Bamboo
Pride of Barbados
Mucuna
Pawpaw
Whistlig Pine
Lime
Orange
H
H
G
T
T
T
T
T
T
H
H
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
S
T
S
St
S
T
T
T
T
A
T
T
T
St
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
V
Fo
Fo
M
M
Tm
Fo
Fo
Tm
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
M
M
SP
Fo
Fo
Fo
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
7 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
`
Table 3.4a Species diversity of the vegetation of the OML 22 and OML 28 contd
Presence in zone
Species
Cnestis ferruginea
Cocos nucifera
Cola gigantea
Cola lepidota
Cola millenii
Colocasia esculenta
Combretum nigricans
Combretum paniculatum
Combretum platypterum
Commelina erecta
Costus lucanusianus
Chromolaena odorata
Chrysolabanus orbicularis
Crotolaria retusa
Cyathula prostrata
Cyclosorus striatus
Cymbopogon citratus
Cynodon dactylon
Cyperus articulatus
Cyperus dilatatus
Cyperus distans
Cyperus papyrus
Dacryodes edulis
Dactyloctenium aegyptium
Dalbergia sp
Desmodium retusa
Dioscorea spp
Diospyros mespiliformis
Dissotis roundifolia
Drepanocarous lunatus
Eichhornia crassipes
Elaeis guineensis
Common name
Coconut Palm
kola
Cola
Cocoyam
Siam weed
Plum of the West
Indies
Yam
Rock rose or Sheepeyes
Water hyacinth
Life
form
S
T
T
T
T
H
C
C
C
H
H
H
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
S
H
H
F
H
G
A
H
H
H
T
G
T
H
Tw
T
H
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
S
A
T
*
*
*
H
H
T
T
H
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
H
T
S
H
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Bush buck’s ear
Fig
Bitter cola
Gmelina
Rubber
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Fo
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
M
F0
Fo
Tm
*
*
*
Oil Palm
Eleusine indica
Emilia praetemissa
Entandrophragma utile
Eriegeron floribundus
Euphorbia gossipifolia
Ficus exasperata
Ficus mucoso
Ficus spp
Garcinia kola
Gmelina arborea
Gossiweilodendron
Guarea cedrata
Heliotropium indicum
Hevea brasiliensis
Hibiscus tiliaceus
Hyptis suaveolens
Economic
Importance
M
Fo
F0
F0
*
Tm
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Fo
R
*
*
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
8 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Presence in zone
Species
Icacinia sp
Ipomoea aquatica
Ipomyea involucrata
Ipomoea pes-caprae
Irvingia gabonensis
Irvingia smithii
Ixora coccinea
Jatropha curcas
Khaya grandifolio
Khaya ivorensis
Kyllinga nemoralis
Lemna paucicostata
Lemna weltwischii
Lophira alata
Lovoa sp
Margaritaria discoidea
Mangifera indica
Manihot esculenta
Manilkara obovata
Mansonia altissima
Mariscus alternifolius
Milicia excelsa
Milletia thonningii
Mimosa pigra
Mimosa pudica
Mitragyna ciliata
Mitragyna inermis
Mitragyna stipulosa
Musanga cecropioides
Musa parasidiaca
Musa sapientum
Myrianthus arboreus
Nauclea diderrichii
Nauclea latifolia
Neptunia olearacea
Newbouldia laevis
Nymphaea lotus
Ocimum grattissimum
Oxystigma manni
Pandanus candlelabrum
Panicum maximum
Parkia boglobosa
Pedinanthus thithymyloides
Pennisetum polystachion
Pentadesma butryaceae
Pistia stratiotes
Eichornia crassipes
Common name
Bush mango
Sedge
Iron wood
Mango
Cassava
Massonia
Iroko
Abura
Abura Timber
Umbrella tree
Plantain
Banana
Obeche
Akoko
Water lily
Srew pine
Elephant Grass
Water lettuce
Life
form
C
A
Sc
A
T
T
S
S
T
T
H
A
T
T
T
T
T
S
T
T
H
T
T
H
H
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
S
H
T
A
S
T
F
G
T
H
G
T
A
Economic
Importance
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F0
M
Tm
Tm
*
*
T
T
*
*
*
Fo
Fo
Tm
*
Tm
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Tm
T
Tm
M
Fo
Fo
Fo
Tm
M
M
V
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Fo
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
9 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Presence in zone
Species
Portulaca oleracea
Psidium guajava
Pterygota macrocarpa
Pycnanthus angolensis
Raphia hookeri
Rauvolfia vomitoria
Ricinodendron heudelotii
Saccharum officinarum
Sacciolepsis sp
Scoparia dulcis
Scripus cubensis
Selaginella myosurus
Senna alata
Sida acuta
Sida rhomboidea
Spondias mombin
Sporobolus pyramidalis
Starchytarpheta augustifolia
Sterculia sp.
Symphonia globulifera
Synedrella nodiflora
Talinum triangulare
Tecoma stans
Telfairia occidentalis
Terminalia catappa
Terminalia superba
Tetracarpidium
conophorum
Thalia weltwischii
Thespesia polpunea
Thevetia neriifolia
Treculia Africana
Triplochiton scleroxylon
Triumfetta rhomboidea
Uapaca angolense
Uapaca heudelotii
Urena lobata
Vernonia amygdalina
Voacanga africana
Vossia cuspidata
Xanthosoma sagittifolia
Common name
Raffia palm
Suger cane
Hornbeam Leaf
Rat’s tail grass
Water leaf
Afara
Obeche
Bitter leaf
cocoyam
Life
form
H
T
T
T
T
S
T
S
A
H
G
F
S
H
H
T
G
H
T
T
H
H
T
H
T
T
T
H
T
T
T
T
S
T
T
S
H
T
A
H
Economic
Importance
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Fo
Tm
M
F0
M
Fo
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
M
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Fo
*
*
*
*
*
V
M
V
Fo
Tm
Fo
Fo
Tm
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
V
Fo
KEY
T = Tree,
G= Grass, SP = Spice, S = shrub, C =Climber, Fo = Food (including fruits, wine etc)
H = Herb, A = Aquatic macrophytes, F = Fern, Sc = Scrambler, Tm = Timber
Tw = Twinner, M = Medicine,
R = Rubber
(Source: Field trip: SPDC 2002, 2003, 2004, Gbaran Ubie IOGP)
The vegetation consists of economic tree species (Table 3.4) such as raffia palms (Raphia hookeri
and Raphia sp), oil palm (Elaeis guineensis), umbrella tree (Musanga cercopioides), Lophira
alata, Terminalia superba (afara), Uapaca sp, Khaya grandifolia (mahogany),Anthocleista vogelli,
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
10 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Alstonia boonei, Ficus sp, Hallea ciliata Alstonia sp and Sterculia sp. Sedges, ferns, and grasses
occurred on the mud banks of creeks and rivers.
Table 3.4b: Plant species composition in the freshwater swamp forest in OML 22 &
28 3D seismic survey area
S/N
Scientific Name
English Common
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Alchornea cordifolia
Alstonia boonei
Anthocleista vogelli
Anthostema aubryanum
Ancistrophyllum secundiflorum
Cercestis afselii
Cyrtosperma senegalense
Elaeis guineensis
Ficus trichopoda
Hallea ciliata
Lophira alata
Nephrolepis biserrata
Raphia hookeri
Pentadesma butyraceae
Klainedosa gabonensis
Symphonia globulifera
Uapaca staudtii
Homanium spp.
Panadanus togoensis
Christmas bush
Stool wood
Cabbage tree
Frequency of Occurrence
( %)
2
3
5
4
8
5
11
4
2
9
3
4
19
8
1
2
5
2
Rattan palm
Bind the drum
Swamp arum
Oil palm
Fig
Abura
Iron wood
Wine palm
Screwpine
3
(Source: Field Trip 2002, 2003, 2004)
A vertical section of freshwater swamp forest shows many strata. The uppermost stratum was
dominated by the widely spaced emergent tree species such as T. superba, Piptdeniastrum
africanum, and Alstonia boonei. They had an average height of about 30m. The canopy layer
consisted of palms and many tree species such as Uapaca sp, Irvingia gabonensis, Nauclea
diderrichii and Gacinia kola.
This layer had an average height of 25m. The lowest stratum
consisted of trees such as Anthocleita vogelli, Macarium dendrum and R. hookeri. Undergrowths
such as lianes, ferns and other woody climbers (Calamus decratus, Cercestis afzelii, and Culcosia
scadens) dominated the lower forest layer. There were many epiphytes within the forest. The
dominant species included Asplenium africanum and Platycerum stemaria. The average biomass
per hectare was 6500kg. The numerical densities of the main economic plant species ranged from
6 to 570 plants per hectare (Table 3.5). The economic plants were mainly timbers but also
including cash crop such as banana and plantain
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
11 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.5: Population densities of key economic plant species of freshwater swamp forest
S/No
Scientific Name
English
common
Population
Name
(Plants/hectare)
1
Elaeis guineensis
Oil palm
62 ± 14
2
Khaya grandifolia
Mahogany
7±3
3
Lophira alata
Iron wood
6±3
4
Calamus decratus
Rattan palm
12 ± 4
5
Uapaca studtii
6
Raphia spp
Wine palm
34 ± 28
7
Terminalia superba
Afara
14 (±5)
8
Nauclea diderrichii
Opepe
17 (±2)
9
Musa
Banana/Plantain
570 ± 14
Bush mango
11 ± 2
Density
27 ± 9
sapientum/Musa
parasidiaca
10
Irvingia gabonensis
11
Piptadeniastrum africamum
12
Musanga cercopioides
13
Alstonia sp
8±3
14
Sterculia sp
6±2
15
Avicennia nitida
18 ± 3
Umbrella tree
White mangrove
14 ± 5
15 ± 4
(Source: SPDC 2002, 2003, 2004 Gbaran Ubie node IOGP EIA Report)
3.6.2
Farmlands
Extensive areas of land were cultivated as farmlands and plantations in the project area. The
farmlands were widespread through major areas of the project area. They occurred as small
cultivated plots and also as plantations and they occupied 15% of the land area. The farmers
cultivated crops such as maize (Zea mays), plantain (Musa sp), banana (Musa sp), cassava
(Manihot esculenta), cocoyam (Colocasia esculenta), water yam (Dioscorea alata), yams
(Discorea spp), sweet potatoes (Ipomea batata), coconut (Cocos nucifera), groundnut (Arachis
hypogea), okra (Hibiscus esculentum), sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum), pineapples (Ananas
comosus), pepper (Capsicum sp), and vegetables. Poorly managed farms, in addition, had a
variety of weeds including Sida acuta, Eleucine indica, Solenostemum sp and Commelina
benghalensis. The plantations contained mainly oil palm trees that had legumes as the main
weeds
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
12 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.6.3. Fallow
Bush fallow was often associated with sparse vegetation and bare soil in the area. Sparse
vegetation occupied 18.42% of the land area while bare soil which was ascribed to anthropogenic
influences covered 13.29%. Bush fallow within the study area was colonised by a mixture of plants
(Table 3.6). These consisted of trees such as Elaeis guineensis, Musanga cecropiodes, Trema
guineensis, Baphia nitida, Spondia mombin and weeds such as Chromoleana odorata, Synedrella
nudiflora and Aspilia africana.
Table 3.6: Plant species composition and frequency of occurrence in the
bush fallow.
S/N
Scientific name
Common English names Frequency of occurrence (%)
1
Anthocleistia vogelii
Cabbage tree
3
2
Rauvolfia vomitoria
Stool wood
5
3
Baphia nitida
Cam wood
15
4
Albizia zygia
Albizia
9
5
Spondias Bombin
Hog plum
2
6
Maesobotrya arborea
7
Aspilia africana
Haemorrhage plant
23
8
Chromoleana odorata
Siam weed
35
9
Elaeis guineensis
Oil palm
5
10
Anthonotha macrophylla
11
Imperata cylindrical
Spear grass
5
12
Bambusa vulgaris
Bamboo
2
13
Pentaclethra macrophylla
Oil bean tree
4
1
14
3.6.4 Aquatic macrophytes
Species of aquatic macrophytes were not seen in the brackish waters of the project area. In the
freshwater areas, water hyacinth (Eichornia crassipes) and water lettuce (Pistia stratiotes) were
dominant in watercourses. In the rivers, streams and creeks studied water hyacinth, P. stratiotes,
and Ipomea aquatica occurred prominently.
3.6.5
Crop pathology
The cultivated crops in farms within the study area grew luxuriantly, especially in well-maintained
farms. There was no major outbreak of any disease. The observed diseases, which occurred at
low severity, were predominantly associated with cassava. These include mosaic, leaf blight,
anthracnose and brown leaf spots attacking all varieties of the crop in the field. The pathogens
identified in the laboratory included cassava mosaic virus, Colletotrichum gleosporoides,
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
13 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Corvularia lunata and Xanthomonas campestris. These pathogens were also observed in diseases
of okra, banana, plantain, maize and oil palm trees.
3.6.6 Insect pests of crops
Insects collected in the field were representatives of various orders and families of insects.
Species included Acrida tunnita (Acrididae), Homorocoryphus vicinus (Tettigonidae), Atelocera
spinulsoa (Pentatomidae), Lycus foliaceus (Lycidae) and Ryothemis notatus (Libellulidae). These
were either parasites or pollinators.
3.6.7 Heavy metal concentrations in plants
The concentration of heavy metals in the tissues of some plant species showes variations among
species (Table 3.5). In food crops, including M. esculenta (cassava), Zea mays (maize), Elaeis
guineensis (oil palm), the concentrations of heavy metals in the plant tissues are low and not
enough to cause phyto-toxicity or harm to consumers. There is no significant difference between
the concentrations of these metals in plants from control sites and those collected from the study
sites.
Table 3.7 Concentrations of heavy metals in tissues of plant species
Plant species
Heavy Metal concentration ranges (mg/Kg tissue)
V
Plants from study
areas
Manihot esculenta
0.06
-
0.09
Elaeis guineensis
0.17
-
0.20
Zea mays
0.11
-
0.18
Plants from
control areas
Manihot esculenta
0.04
-
0.07
Dioscorea rotunda
0.14
-
0.21
Zea mays
0.09
0.16
-
Ni
Pb
Cr
Zn
Cd
Fe
<0.0
<0.0
<0.0
18.2
<0.0
21.2
01
01
01
24.6
01
25.8
<0.0
<0.0
<0.0
12.9
<0.0
29.1
01
01
01
15.2
01
32.4
<0.0
<0.0
<0.0
7.0 - 8.1
<0.0
16.3
01
01
01
01
17.2
<0.0
<0.0
<0.0
19.1
<0.0
19.1
01
01
01
22.6
01
24.3
<0.0
<0.0
<0.0
14.7
<0.0
28.6
01
01
01
17.2
01
30.7
<0.0
<0.0
<0.0
6.3 - 7.4
<0.0
16.7
01
01
01
01
18.4
-
-
-
-
Mn
-
-
-
9.81
Cu
-
20.7
4.1
11.2–
6.9
13..9
8.2
19.1
-
28.2
-
9.2
10.4
–
20.1
28.9
2.9
–
6.2
2.2
3.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
-
14 of 118
<0.0
01
-
<0.0
01
-
<0.0
01
-
8.0
-
<0.0
01
4.7
13.1
-
2.6
-
3.8
13.1
-
3.2
Hg
<0.0
01
-
<0.0
01
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.6.8
Land use
The data obtained from the satellite imagery of the study area show that land use within the project
area consists of primary forest (16.02%), secondary forest (31.83%), farmland (15%), sparse
vegetation (18.42%), bare soil (13.29%), urban/industrial (0.42%), water (2.96%), and sand
(0.12%) (Fig. 3.4).
3.6.9
Farmlands and fallow lands
Farmlands are widely distributed in the east of the Orashi river running through the project area.
Farmlands consist of small cultivated plots. Subsistence agriculture is carried out and the crops
included plantain, banana, maize, coconut, yams, cocoyam, water yam, sugar cane, groundnut,
sweet potato, cassava, okra, pepper, and vegetables. Shifting cultivation was practiced as the
cultural land use technique of farming. A large plantation existed in the east.
Fallow lands characterised by sparse vegetation and bare soil occurred at the eastern part of the
area.
0.12%
15.00%
16.02%
13.29%
31.83%
18.42%
0.42%
1.94%
2.96%
Forest I
Forest II
Mangrove
Water
Urban
Sparse Vegetation
Bare Soil
Farmland
Sand
Fig.3.4: Landcover features (percentage) in project area and environs
3.6.10 Land cover for the project area
The land cover types in the project area revealed by satellite imagery (Fig. 3.5) are forest 1, forest
2, farmland, water and sparse vegetation. The figure shows that forests constitute the greater
percentage of the land cover while sparse vegetation and farmland are conspicuous. Water
covered only a very small area and include two main rivers, numerous ponds, lakes and borrow
pits. The percentage distribution of the different components of the land cover for OML 22 is
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
15 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
shown in Table 3.8 (Fig 3.6) which shows that forest type 1 constitutes 54.03%, forest type 2 forms
16.98%, sparse vegetation 14.57%, farmland, 13.70% and water 0.72%.
Table 3.8: Land cover statistics of the project area
Land cover
Area (km2)
Percentage (%)
Farmland
13.70
99.114
Forest 1
16.98
122.837
Forest 2
54.03
390.838
Sparse vegetation
14.57
105.402
Water
0.72
5.228
Total
723.419
100.00
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
16 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fig 3.5: Land cover features of OML 22 & 28 project area
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
17 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
% Land cover for the prospect area
15%
1%
14%
Farmland
17%
Forest 1
Forest 2
Sparse vegetation
Water
53%
Fig 3.6: Proportions of different land cover types in the project area
3.6.11:Water bodies
Water occupies 2.96% (104.02 km2) of the total land cover and it occurred as meandering river
channels (which are many in the area), standing bodies of water (lakes, fish ponds, small ponds,
and burrow pits), with creeks and creeklets located in areas occupied by swamp forest vegetation.
SPDC and third party oil pipelines cross the rivers at a number of points. Thus, in the event of oil
spill through pipeline leakage along the river crossings, or chemical spill incident, the possibility
that the river network and the surrounding environment would be impacted is great. The water
bodies served as source of drinking water, and support such activities as fishing, transportation,
waste disposal including sewage, and religious purposes.
Sand occupies 0.12% (4.33 km2) of the total land cover and is associated with the river meanders
as sandbars.
3.6.12 Built up areas
Urban/industrial areas occure in regions with sparse vegetation and bare soil close to cultivated
farmlands. They consist of small to medium sized settlements east of the Orashi river and
infrastructure associated with SPDC and third party facilities such as flowstations, pipelines and
wellheads are scattered in the whole area
The settlements in the study area were classified into towns and villages. The towns in the area
included Ahoada, Abua, Mbiama, Kaima, and Rumuekpe. There are numerous villages in the
area.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
18 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.6.13 Industrial land use
Land use for industrial purposes is mainly by the petroleum companies, state governments and
individuals.
3.6.14 Ecologically sensitive areas
The ecologically sensitive areas are the swamp and rain forests. The swamp forest is a productive
area. It serves as spawning and nursery grounds for shell- and fin-fishes.
The flooding of the
swamp forest area during the peak of the rains provide spawning and nursery grounds for shelland fin-fishes. It equally serves as nesting sites for aquatic and migratory birds and other animals.
The swamp forest is rich in biodiversity (wide variety of economic plants, medicinal plants and
animal life).
3.7 Wildlife
The wildlife consists of wide varieties of invertebrates (millipedes, butterflies, spiders,
grasshoppers, crickets, praying mantis), and vertebrates (amphibians, reptiles, birds and
mammals). Many macro-invertebrates are exploited for food. These include the land snails,
termites, beetle larvae, and crickets (Table 3.9). In the forests, the honey of bees was harvested
for food and medicinal use
Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area
Group and
Scientific Name
Common
Names
Class Gastropoda
Archachatina
achatina
Order Diptera
Family Tabanidae
Family Muscidae
Musca domestica
Snail
Family Culicidae
Culex sp
Aedes sp
Anopheles
Family
Ceratopogonidae
Distribution
Level of
Abundance
Remarks
Forest
Common
Handpicked
forest
Forest and farm
Common
Inflict painful bite
Nuisance on fresh
and decaying food
House fly
Urban
areas, Very
farm
forest, common
swamps
Mosquito
Swamp, forest,
Common
Mosquito
Mosquito
Swamp, forest
Common
Swamp, forest, Common
urban centres
Forest and farm Common
in
Inflicts painful bites,
transmit diseases
,,
,,
Bite irritates
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
19 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area contd
Group and
Scientific Name
Order Coleoptera
Family Carabeidae
Family
Curculionidae
Family
Scarabeidae
Order
Hymenoptera
Family Formidae
(Ants)
Family Apidae
Apis mellifera
Order Orthoptera
Family
Tettigonidae
Family
Gryllotalpidae
Family Mantidae
Family Acrididae
Order Isoptera
Family Termitidae
Order Lepidoptera
Family
Bombycidae
Common
Names
Distribution
Beetle
Beetle
Dung beetle
Forest and farm Occasional
Forest and farm Occasional
Forest, swamp, Common
larvae in trunks
of palms
Ants
Forest
farms
and Common
Forest
swamp
and Common
Bees
Common
Farm
Few
Remarks
Larvae sold by the
road side
Some inflict painful
bite
Yield honey, Inflicts
painful bite
Phytophagous
Burrows in soil
Praying
mantis
Grass
hopper
Forest, swamp Common
and farm
Forest,
farms Very
and swamp
common
Predatory
insects
Phytophagous
Termites
Forest
farms
Edible
Butterfly
Forest,
farm, Common
swamp
Forest,
farm, Restricted
swamp
Forest,
farm Restricted
and swamp
Pollinators
Circada
Forest
Restricted
Associated
with
circadian rhythm
Cotton
stainer
Forest and farm
Restricted
Dragonfly
Forest,
swamp
Moth
Moth
Family Noctuidae
Order Hemiptera
Order Plecoptera
Family Baetidae
Baetis sp
Farm and forest
Cricket
Family Saturnidae
Family Circadidae
Family
Pyrrhocoridae
Dysdercus sp
Order Odonata
Family Libellulidae
Level of
Abundance
Swamps
Pond skater
Forest
swamp
and Common
farm, Very
common
an
Pollinators
Pollinators
Dragon flies were
everywhere
Common
and Very
common
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
20 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area contd
Group and
Scientific Name
OTHERS
Class Arachnida
Order Aranae
Common
Names
Distribution
Level of
Abundance
Spider
Order Acarina
Mites
Homes, forest, Spiders
are
swamps, farms very common
Forest and farm Common
soils
Remarks
Among the vertebrates, the amphibians (frogs) were the least exploited although they were used
as food occasionally. Lizards were observed in farms, villages and in the towns. Monitor lizards
were observed at the banks of rivers while crocodiles were reported as being found in the major
tributaries of Orashi and Sombreiro rivers. Mammals were the main vertebrate hunted for bush
meat. Several methods were used and these include trapping, dog hunting and shooting with
Dane gun. A list of common vertebrates of the project area is shown in Table 3.10
Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area.
Vertebrates
Common Name
Conservation
Status
Common toad
Frog
Bull frog
Tree frog
Web-toed frog
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
*Agama agama
Lizard
Common
Rare
*Bitis sp
Cobra
*Python sebae
*Varanus sp
Vipera gabonensis
*Crocodylus niloticus
*Scincidae
Royal python
Monitor lizard
Viper
Crocodile
Skink
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Common
Green back heron
Great white egret
Snowy egret
Rare
Common
Common
White necked stork
Rare
Class Amphibia
*Bufo regularis
*Rana papiens
Rana sp
Hyla sp
Xenopus
Class Reptilia
Class Aves
Family Ardeidae
Butorides striatus
*Camerodius albus
*Egretta garzetta
Family Ciconidae
*Ciconia episcopus
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
21 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area contd.
Vertebrates
Common Name
Conservation
Status
Family Accipitridae
Gypohierax angolensis
Palm nut vulture
Common
Family Columbridae
*Columba uncinta
Grey wood pigeon
Common
Fruit pigeon
Common
Treron calva
Red eyed dove
Common
*Streptopelia semiterquata
Family Psittacidae
Psittacus erithacus
Grey parrot
Rare
Senegal kingfisher
Common
Blue breasted
Kingfisher
Common
Rosy bee eater
Rare
Family Alcendinidae
*Halycyon senegalensis
*Halycyon malimbica
Family Meropidae
Merops malimbicus
Family Bucetoridae
*Tolus fasciatus
Class Mammalia
Order Artiodactyla
Family Hippotamidae
Hexaprotodon liberiensis
Hippopotamus amphibus
Family Tragulidae
Hyemoschus aquaticus
Family Cricetidae
*Cricetomys gambianus
Family Bovidae
*Cephalophus maxwelli
Cephalophus migrifrons
Cephalophus oglibyi
Neotragus batesi
Syncercus cafer
Tragelaphus scriptus
Tragelaphus spekei
Order Sirenia
Family Trrichechidae
Trichechus senegalensis
Black and white tailed
hornbill
Common
Pigmy hippopotamus
Hippopotamus
Rare
Rare
Water chevrotain
Rare
Giant Gambian rat
Common
Maxwell duicker
Black fronted duicker
Ogilby’s duicker
Bates dwarf antelope
African buffalo
Bush buck
Sitatunga
Common
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Rare
Few
Manatee
Rare
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
22 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area continues
Vertebrates
Common Name
Conservation
Status
Order Pholidota
Family Manidae
*Manis tetradctyla
Long tailed pangolin
Rare
Manis tricuspis
Tree pangolin
Rare
Order Carnivora
Family Viveriidae
Genetta pardina
Fenetta cristata
*Viverra civetta
Family Felidae
Panthera pardus
Order Primates
Family Cercopithecidae
*Cercopithecus mona
Cercopithecus sclateri
*Cercoptithecus tantalus
Cercocebus torquatus
Family Colobidae
Colobus verus
Procolobus badius
Family Lorisidae
Perodictius poto
Family Pongidae
Pans troglodytes
Order Rodentia
Family Muridae
Arvicanthis niloticus
Lemniscomys striatus
*Mus hausea
*Rattus rattus
Family Scinridae
*Anomalurs beecrofti
Funisciuris stangeri
*Xerus erythropus
*Funisciuris anerythrus
Family Thyronomidae
Thryonomys swinderianus
Family Cricetidae
*Cricetomys gambianus
*Observed during the field trip
(Source: Field trips 2000, 2003, 2004).
Large spotted genet
Crested genet
Civet cat
Rare
Rare
Rare
Leopard
Mona monkey
Sclateri’s guenon
Tantalus monkey
Red capped mangabey
Common
Endemic
Rare
Rare
Olive colobus
Red colobus
Common
Common
Potto
Common
Chimpanzee
Rare
Nile rat
Spotted grass mouse
House mouse
Black house rat
Common
Common
Common
Common
Beecroft’s flying squirrel
Giant forest squirrel
Squirrel
Tree squirrel
Greater cane rat
Giant Gambia rat
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
Common
3.8 Geology/Hydrogeology/Geotechnics
The 3D seismic survey area is located within the Niger Delta. The geolog consists of alluvial
deposits of Pleistoceneage and Holocene age. The land surface in the area is characterized by
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
23 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
low-lying plains typical of the modern Niger Delta. These plains have swamps that are commonly
flooded during the peak of rainy season. The area slopes imperceptibly in the southern direction
towards the Atlantic Ocean and is drained by a network of rivers and their adjoining creeks.
The sediments obtained from the boreholes can be categorised into three (3) major groups as
follows:
•
clay, woody, greyish brown
•
clay, grey
•
sand, grey, poorly sorted
The woody clay consistutes the topsoil and had a greyish brown colour and its clay content is
between 94 - 98%, with only about 2 - 5% sand (Table 3.11). The next layer that was the grey clay
(7 – 10m) with no woody materials and having clay contents that ranged between 87 - 97%. The
third layer (8 m and beyond) was predominantly grey sands (between 68 and 95%) that are poorly
sorted.
Table 3.11: Sieve Properties of borehole core samples in Kolo Creek-Rumuekpe Study Area
Sample
depth
(m)
BH1
0 – 0.5
Mass of dry sample (g)
58
7–8
55.3
8 – 10
60
BH2
0–1
63.2
9 – 10
53
10 – 14
87.5
BH3
0–1
72.3
2
Mass retained
Mass passing
% Passing
Mass retained
Mass passing
% Passing
Mass retained
Mass passing
% Passing
Mass retained
Mass passing
% Passing
Mass retained
Mass passing
% Passing
Mass retained
Mass passing
% Passing
Mass retained
Mass passing
% Passing
0
58
100
0
55.3
100
0
60
100
0
63.2
100
0
53
100
0.3
87.2
97
0
72.3
100
Sieve Diameter (mm)
1
0.425
0.150
0
58
100
0
55.3
100
5.8
54.2
90
0
63.2
100
0
53
100
2.5
84.7
96
0
72.3
100
0
58
100
0
55.3
100
31.3
22.9
38
0
63.2
100
0
53
100
27.3
58.2
66
0
72.3
100
0
58
100
0
55.3
100
45.6
14.4
24
0
63.2
100
0
53
100
56.7
31.8
36
0
72.3
100
0.075
2
56
97
6.2
49.1
88.8
47.7
12.3
20
1.3
61.9
98
2.9
50.1
95
59.2
28.3
32
1.5
70.8
98
%
Sand
3
%
Clay
97
11.2
88.8
79.5
20.5
2
98
5
95
68
32
2
98
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
24 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.11: Sieve Properties of borehole core samples in Kolo Creek-Rumuekpe Study Area contd
Sample
Mass of dry sample (g)
Sieve Diameter (mm)
%
%
depth
Sand
Clay
2
1
0.425
0.150
0.075
(m)
Mass retained
0
0
0
0
3.2
7–8
61
5
95
Mass passing
61
61
61
61
57.8
% Passing
100
100
100
100
95
Mass retained
1.1
3.8
30.1
60.3
62.8
10 – 11
73.3
86
14
Mass passing
72.2
68.4
43.2
48.3
10.5
% Passing
98
93
52
18
14
BH4
Mass retained
0
0
0
0
2.8
0–1
63.5
4
96
Mass passing
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
60.7
% Passing
100
100
100
100
96
Mass retained
0
0
0
0
1.6
8–9
70
3
97
Mass passing
70
70
70
70
68.2
% Passing
100
100
100
100
97
Mass retained
2.1
6.2
31.2
28.1
2.8
11 – 12
83.5
84
16
Mass passing
81.4
754.2 44
15.9
13.3
% Passing
97
90
53
19
16
BH5
Mass retained
0
0
0
0
3.5
0–1
62.5
6
94
Mass passing
62.5
62.5
62.5
62.5
59
% Passing
100
100
100
100
94
Mass retained
0
0
0
0
2.5
7–8
70
4
96
Mass passing
70
70
70
70
67.5
% Passing
100
100
100
100
96
Mass retained
2.0
8.2
40.5
60.5
62.5
11 – 12
65.8
95
5
Mass passing
63.8
55.6
15.1
5.1
3.3
% Passing
97
84
23
8
5
BH6
Mass retained
0
0
0
0
3.2
0–1
63.2
5
95
Mass passing
63.2
63.2
63.2
63.2
60
% Passing
100
100
100
100
95
Mass retained
0
0
0
0
2.0
8–9
71.5
3
97
Mass passing
71.5
71.5
71.5
71.5
69.5
% Passing
100
100
100
100
97
Mass retained
3.1
10
30.8
20.1
1.5
11 – 12
78.2
84
16
Mass passing
75.1
65.1
34.8
14.2
12.7
% Passing
96
83
45
18
16
3.8.1 Aquifers
The aquifers in the area are confined by about 10 meters of clay that is atop of poorly sorted sands
whose hydraulic conductivity values from 5.5 x 10-4 cm/s in borehole 3 (Tables 3.12 and 3.13;
Figures 3.5 and 3.6) while the overlying clays have the lower hydraulic conductivity values
between 10-5 and 10-9 cm/s (Bowels, 1984). Since these materials have low hydraulic conductivity
values, wastes dumped on the surface will percolate at very slow rates, and would require a very
long time to eventually reach the aquifer. The aquifers are therefore relatively protected.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
25 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.12 Parameters of Boreholes Drilled in the Study Area
Borehole
Code
BH1
BH2
BH3
BH4
BH5
BH6
Borehole Location
Easting
434090
434062
431875
439000
454500
469150
Northing
Depth
(m)
98438
95468
95312
102500
105000
107500
10
14
11
12
12
12
Casing
(m)
Screen
(m)
0–8
0 – 10
0 - 10
0–9
0–8
0–8
8 – 10
10 –14
10 - 11
9 – 12
8 – 12
8 - 12
Gravel
Packin
g (m)
7 – 10
9 – 14
9 - 11
8 – 12
8 – 12
8 - 12
Groutin
g
(m)
0–7
0–9
0-9
0–8
0–8
0-8
Elevati
on
a.m.s.l
(m)
10.6
9.8
9.6
11.0
11.5
13.0
S.W.L
(m)
Dry
season
4.8
4.5
4.5
4.8
4.9
5.0
Table 3.13 Hydraulic Conductivity Values of Borehole Materials in the Study Area
Borehole
Code
BH1
BH2
BH3
BH4
BH5
BH6
Depth of material (m)
Type of material
0 – 0.5
7–8
8 – 10
0–1
9 – 10
10 – 14
0–1
7–8
10 – 11
0–1
8–9
11 – 12
0–1
7–8
11 – 12
0–1
8–9
11 – 12
Clay, woody
Clay
Sand
Clay, woody
Clay
Sand
Clay, woody
Clay
Sand
Silty sand, woody
Clay
Sand
Silty sand, woody
Clay
Sand
Silty sand, woody
Clay
Sand
Hydraulic conductivity
(cm/s)
-5
-9
-5
-9
1 x 10 – 1 x 10
-4
5.3 x 10
1 x 10 – 1 x 10
-4
9.0 x 10
-5
-9
1 x 10 – 1 x 10
-3
2.0 x 10
-5
-9
-5
-9
1 x 10 – 1 x 10
-4
5.3 x 10
1 x 10 – 1 x 10
-2
4.0 x 10
-5
-9
1 x 10 – 1 x 10
-3
1.2 x 10
3.8.2 Water Levels
The water levels measured in the boreholes range from 5.1 m in borehole 3 to 7.0m in borehole 6.
It should however, be noted that the water in the boreholes only rises to these levels when drilling
or excavation reaches the sands (aquifers) which are about 10m deep. If the aquifers are not
reached, the top 10m remains dry. The stratigraphic/lithologic logs of the three boreholes are
shown in Figures 3.7 and 3.8.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
26 of 118
Water
head
(m)
5.8
5.3
5.1
6.2
6.6
7.0
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.8.3 Groundwater Flow Direction
Groundwater flow direction in the area was determined using the data from three boreholes (Table
3.12). From the data, groundwater flow direction in the area is from the northeast to the southwest.
This is in conformity with the regional groundwater flow direction in the Niger Delta, which is from
the northern highlands towards the coast in the south. Thus if there is any pollution of groundwater
in the area, those south of the point of pollution are most likely to be affected.
3.8.4 Physicochemical characteristics of borehole water samples
The physicochemical characteristics of the borehole water samples are given in Table 3.23 which
shows that the pH of the borehole water samples is acidic with values in the range from 4.76 5.37. This is quite expected as the rains wash humic acid leachates from decaying forest
vegetation into the ground water. The TSS values are also low with values ranging between 9.3
and 14.26mg/l in all boreholes. The turbidity of the borehole water samples is quite low with
ranges from 0.39 –to 1.88 NTU. This is a reflection of the low TSS in the boreholes.
The TDS values for the boreholes are low with ranges from 22.4 - 35.01mg/l. These values are
indications of the inland nature of the aquifers and their remoteness from the influence of any
saline intrusion.
The hardness of the borehole water samples is moderate. They are higher than most of the
surface water sources except for the Kolo Creeklet. Ranges from 10 to16mg/l are common. The
levels observed could be attributed to the leaching of hardness enhancing species like magnesium
and calcium, which abound in the soil systems around the study area.
The alkalinity of the samples is generally low and ranged from 15 to 21mg/l. The conductivity of
the water samples ranged from 53.6 to 69.3µS/cm.
The DO levels of the borehole water samples are moderate to support any biological oxidation of
organic matter. The values ranged from 1.5 – 2.6mg/l.
The BOD results for all the borehole water samples are less than 1.0mg/l indicating the low
organic matter content of the water.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
27 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The COD levels of the borehole are low with ranges within 1.5-3.5mg/l. This confirms the result
obtained for the BOD and is also indicative of the near absence of dissolved oxygen depleting
substances.
The oil and grease contents of the borehole samples are low having ranges from 0.031 to 0.09
mg/l.
The THC level of the borehole water samples were low also with values in all the samples ranging
between 0.03 and 0.117mg/l.
The anionic species were low in the borehole samples, with ranges around 0.18 - 0.31mg/l for
NO3, 0.02 - 0.07mg/l for PO43- and 5.0-8.2mg/l for chloride.
3.8.5 Concentrations of heavy metals in groundwater samples
The concentrations of heavy metals in groundwater samples are presented in Table 3.14. All the
heavy metals analysed (except Zn, Fe, Mn, and Cu) were below detection limits of the test
equipment. The value of these metals are low and within regulatory limits. Zn values range from
0.018 - 0.121mg/l, Fe is in the range 8.36 - 14.26mg/l, Mn ranged from 0.07 to 0.15mg/l while Cu
was in the range 0.01 to 0.05mg/l in the borehole water samples. These parameters and those of
the physico-chemical features are within the limits set by the Federal Ministry of Environment for
drinking water.
The results of the physicochemical analyses of the ground water show that it had similar
characteristics when compared with the surface water in the study area. The values obtained for
most of the parameters are within the same ranges.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
28 of 118
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.14 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Borehole Water Samples
Sample
Code (in Mg/l)
PH
TDS
TSS
Turbidity (NTV)
Hardness
Alkality
DO
BOD
COD
O/G
THC
Cond (µS/cm)
NO3
PO3
Cl
BH1
4.76
35.01
14.26
1.81
16
20
7.6
<1.0
3.5
0.089
0.117
67.5
0.24
0.05
0.8
BH2
4.8
31.4
12.1
1.88
13
17
6.5
<1.0
3.0
0.068
0.04
63.2
0.31
0.05
8
BH3
4.78
28.3
12.8
1.73
15
21
7.1
<1.0
2.8
0.073
0.058
69.3
0.21
0.07
8.2
BH4
4.98
26.2
10.2
0.42
11
18
7.3
<1.0
2.9
0.031
0.018
58.2
0.18
0.04
6.0
BH5
BH6
5.1
22.4
9.3
0.39
10
15
8.0
<1.0
2.6
0.063
0.04
53.6
0.27
0.02
5
5.37
26.3
10.2
0.45
12
18
7.7
<1.0
1.5
0.042
0.03
58.3
0.25
0.04
6
Table 3.15 Heavy Metal Content of Borehole Water Samples Situated in the Study Area
Sample
Code
BH1
BH2
BH3
BH4
BH5
BH6
V
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Ni
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Cr
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Concentrations of heavy metals (mg/l)
Pb
Zn
Mn
Cu
Fe
BDL 0.121
0.145
0.051
12.55
BDL 0.018
0.07
0.02
9.24
BDL 0.103
0.11
0.01
10.28
BDL 0.067
0.08
0.03
10.13
BDL 0.082
0.15
0.02
8.36
BDL 0.106
0.12
0.01
8.78
Cd
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Hg
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL = below detection level of 0.0001 mg/l
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
29 of 118
Final EIA Report of OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Depth
(m)
BH1
BH2
BH3
1 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Topsoil, silty sand,
woody
14
Clay greyish
Sand, poorly
sorted, gray
Fig. 3.7: Stratigraphic/lithologic logs of
Boreholes Drilled in Kolo Creek area
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
30 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Depth
(m)
BH4
BH5
BH6
111
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
1
2
Clay, greyish
Topsoil, silty
sand, woody
Fig. 3.8: Lithologic logs of boreholes along the pipeline
route from Kolo Creek to Rumuekpe
Sand, poorly
sorted, gray
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
31 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.9: Soil Studies
3.9.1 General Description
The rain forest soils are found in all the fields of the project area
3.9.2: Rain Forest Soils
The rain forest soils belong to the Inceptisol, Entisol, Oxisol and Alfisol soil Orders of the United
States Department of Agriculture (USDA) soil classification scheme.
The rainforest soils
constitute over 90% of the soils of this project area. They are mineral soils formed as a result of
the weathering of siliceous sandstone fragments over varying periods of time. The soils ranged
from the recently formed Entisols and Inceptisols, to the more mature Alfisols and Oxisols (Fig
3.9).
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
32 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.9.3 Soil Texture
The soils from OML 22 and 28 seismic survey area are predominantly loamy sand at top and middepth horizons and sandy clay loam at bottom soil horizons in the rainy season (Table 3.15).
Similar textural classifications of the soils were obtained in the dry season.
The soils had a
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
33 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
percentage sand content ranging from 2.02 to 85.72% with a mean of 59.26% in the topsoil, 1.00
to 70.50% at with a mean of 44.26% mid-depth and 0.61 to 70.25% with a mean of 39.7% in the
bottom soil horizons during the rainy season. The soils also have percentage clay contents
ranging from 0.04 to 24.16% with a mean of 12.48% in the topsoil, 0.06 to 66.11% with a mean of
26.16% at the mid-depth and 0.06 to 74.42% with a mean of 30.90% in bottom soil horizons in the
dry season.
There were therefore no significant textural differences between the rainy and dry seasons in the
soils of the project area at a 95% level of probability.
There are usually no significant textural changes in tropical soils on a short-term basis or in
between two seasons (Ogunkunle, 1983).
Table 3.15 Summary of textural analysis of soils from the project area
Percentage
Parameters
Sand
Silt
Clay
Sand
Silt
Soil horizon
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Range
Mean
Rainy Season
59.26
44.26
39.7
14.93
15.45
14.9
12.48
26.16
30.9
Dry Season
0.92 – 90.06
66.22
0.91 – 90.61
59.03
0.90 – 90.66
55.80
0.03 – 15.58
7.17
0.02 – 19.57
8.65
2.02 – 85.72
1.00 – 70.50
0.61 – 70.25
0.04 – 38.32
0.04 – 34.96
0.06 – 38.18
0.04 – 84.16
0.06 – 66.11
0.06 – 74.42
SD (±
±)
Soil classification
27.71
25.59
27.8
12.07
12.26
13.3
9.90
25.80
31.3
Loamy sand
Loamy sand
Sandy clay loam
Loamy sand
Loamy sand
Sandy clay loam
Loamy sand
Loamy sand
Sandy clay loam
31.15
30.80
31.48
5.29
5.42
Loamy sand
Loamy sand
Sandy clay loam
Loamy sand
Loamy sand
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
34 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.15 Summary of textural analysis of soils from the project area contd
Percentage
Parameters
Soil horizon
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Clay
Range
0.02 – 19.60
0.06 – 27.75
0.04 – 64.00
0.07 – 74.10
Mean
Dry Season
8.78
11.37
17.10
20.05
SD (±
±)
6.50
9.21
17.05
21.20
Soil classification
Sandy clay loam
Loamy sand
Loamy sand
Sandy clay loam
SD = Standard Deviation
3.9.4 Soil chemistry
3.9.4.1 Soil pH
As summarised in Table 3.16, the pH of the soils of project area vary from extreme acidity (3.98)
to moderate acidity (5.60) in the topsoil horizon, with a mean pH of 4.59 during the rainy season.
The soil pH also vary from 3.92 to 5.60 in the mid-depth horizon and 3.88 to 5.50 in the bottom
soil during the rainy season, thereby showing a similar acidic trend.
observed for the pH of the project area soils during the dry season.
A similar trend was also
These values reflected the
acidic nature of tropical soils in the rain forests of the Niger Delta. The rainforest soils are known
to contain acidic cations that increase in concentration with an increase in precipitation and
waterlogged conditions (Ekundayo and Ghatise, 1997).
3.9.4.2 Organic carbon, nitrate-nitrogen and available phosphorus
The organic carbon content range between 1.30 and 92.40% in the topsoil horizons of the project
area in the rainy season (Table 3.16).
The organic carbon content range between 0.44 and
91.46% in the mid-depth horizon, and from 0.26 to 92.08 in the bottom soil horizons of the mineral
and organic soils of the project area the rainy season.
Similarly, in the dry season, the
percentage organic carbon levels ranged from 1.20 to 93.60% in the topsoil horizons; 0.36 to
93.69% in the mid-depth horizons and 0.20 to 93.78% in the bottom soil (Table 3.16).
The mean nitrate-nitrogen values are moderately high, being 1.25, 1.26, and 1.20 mg/kg soil for
the top, mid-depth and bottom soils respectively of the project area during the rainy season (Table
3.16).
In the dry season, mean nitrate-nitrogen levels (0.48, 0.27 and 0.21 mg/kg soil) of the
project area soils declined significantly at 95% level of probability (Table 3.16).
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
35 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Mean available phosphorus levels (3.90, 2.63, and 2.18 mg/kg soil) for soils of the project area in
the rainy season were not significantly different from the mean phosphorus levels (3,01, 2.18 and
1.99 mg/kg soil) obtained in the dry season (Table 3.16).
The mean nitrate-nitrogen, total organic carbon and available phosphorus contents of soils of the
project area in both the rainy and dry seasons, fell within the range of values reported for similar
ecosystems in the Niger Delta. The swamp forest ecosystem is known to contain high amounts of
organic materials mainly because of the high rate of turnover of detritus in the form of decaying
plant tissues as observed in the Histosols from this area.
3.9.4.3 Oil and grease
The low mean concentrations of oil and grease (2.68, 2.38 and 2.30 mg/kg soil) obtained in the
top, mid-depth and bottom soils from the project area during the rainy season (Table 3.16) are
significantly different from oil and grease values obtained in the dry season from the top, middepth and bottom soils of the same zone (3.86, 3.55 and 3.60 mg/kg soil) (Table 3.16).
The low
oil and grease concentrations from the soils are indications that the soils had not been exposed to
high levels of hydrocarbon contamination.
Table 3.16 Summary of the nutrient status of soils from the project area
Parameters
Soil horizon
Range
Rainy season
PH
Organic carbon (%)
Available
phosphorus
(mg/kg)
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
3.98 - 5.6
3.92 - 5.6
3.88 - 5.5
1.30 - 92.40
0.44 - 91.46
0.26 - 92.08
2.12 - 5.10
0.64 - 4.66
0.92 - 4.78
Value of parameter
Mean
4.59
4.44
4.37
14.94
14.22
14.0
3.90
2.63
2.18
SD (±)
0.50
0.48
0.48
32.66
32.63
32.80
1.05
0.09
0.86
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
36 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.16 Summary of the nutrient status of soils from the project area contd
Parameters
Soil horizon
Range
Nitrate-Nitrogen
(mg/kg)
Sulphate (mg/kg)
Chloride (mg/kg)
Oil and grease
(mg/kg)
pH
Organic carbon (%)
Available
phosphorus
(mg/kg)
Nitrate-Nitrogen
(mg/kg )
Sulphate (mg/kg)
Chloride (mg/kg)
Oil
&
(mg/kg)
grease
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Value of parameter
Mean
Rainy Season
1.02 - 1.78
1.02 - 1.62
0.92 - 1.66
1.30 - 4.01
1.02 - 3.62
0.88 - 3.66
12.10 - 60.10
8.65 - 48.40
8.10 - 41.50
0.04 - 3.92
0.02 - 5.10
0.02 - 5.10
Dry season
2.86 – 4.96
2.62 – 4.70
2.44 – 4.61
1.20 – 93.60
0.36 – 93.69
0.20 – 93.78
1.05 – 5.84
0.36 – 6.80
0.21 – 6.92
0.01 – 1.06
0.01 – 1.96
0.01 – 1.06
1.04 – 10.91
0.36 – 10.62
0.20 – 10.44
4.90 – 56.92
3.30 – 57.14
3.26 – 56.98
0.01 – 14.02
0.01 – 14.26
0.01 – 14.78
SD (±)
1.25
1.26
1.20
2.59
2.24
2.14
31.19
28.89
26.8
2.68
2.38
2.30
0.24
0.20
0.20
1.05
0.95
1.00
13.32
12.10
11.7
1.64
1.57
1.61
3.80
3.70
3.61
15.82
15.16
14.94
3.01
2.18
1.99
0.48
0.27
0.21
3.44
3.18
3.12
20.08
18.67
17.22
3.86
3.55
3.60
0.60
0.66
0.68
34.18
34.52
34.67
1.48
1.91
2.00
0.47
0.37
0.36
3.08
3.18
3.33
14.94
15.11
16.37
4.95
4.75
4.86
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
37 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.9.5 Exchangeable Cations (Alkaline earth metals)
A summary of the concentrations of exchangeable cations (alkaline earth metals) found in the soil
horizons of the project area in both the rainy and dry seasons are shown in Table 3.17.
Mean values for Na+ were 25.89, 21.48, and 21.00 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth and
bottom soils from the area in the rainy season (Table 3.17). The concentrations of Na+ in the top,
mid-depth and bottom soils (19.54, 20.02, and 18.14 meq/100g soil respectively) in the dry
season were not significantly different from those obtained in the rainy season (Table 3.17).
Mean values for K+ were 34.44, 26.16, and 26.1 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth and bottom
soil horizons of the soils from the area in the rainy season. Mean values for K+ in the dry season
in the area (29.69, 30.0, and 31.41 meq/100g soil) were not significantly different from the values
obtained in the rainy season soils (Table 3.17). There were no significant differences between the
concentrations of K+ obtained at the various soil horizons in the project area.
Mean values for Ca2+ were respectively 41.63, 31.34 and 25.6 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth
and bottom soil horizons of soils from the area in the rainy season. Mean values obtained in the
dry season in top, mid-depth and bottom soils (39.42, 37.81 and 33.88 meq/100g soil) were not
significantly different from mean Ca2+ levels obtained in the rainy season in the zone soils (Table
3.17).
Mean Mg2+ values were 27.78, 18.45 and 18.50 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth and bottom
soils respectively from the project area in the rainy season (Table 3.17). Mean Mg2+ values in the
top (27.26), mid-depth (25.15) and bottom (26.97) soil horizons from the project area in the dry
season were not significantly different from mean Mg2+ values obtained in the rainy season (Table
3.17).
In the rainy season, mean values for Exchangeable Acidity (E.A) were 23.30 in the top, 26.00 in
the mid-depth and 26.84 meq/100g in the bottom soil horizons of soils from the project area in the
rainy season.
Mean E.A. values obtained in the dry season in the top, mid-depth and bottom
soils respectively are 23.30, 26.00 and 26.84 meq/100 soil and these values were not significantly
different from mean E.A. values obtained in the rainy season (Table 3.17).
The mean E.A.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
38 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
values obtained fell within the range of values obtained for similar ecosystems in the Niger Delta.
The dominance of non-expanding kaolinitic clay mineral colloids in the soil aggregates of the
Niger Delta region of Nigeria could enhance an increase in E.A. values.
The electronegatively
charged colloidal clay mineral surfaces would not retain much of their adsorbed basic cations
(Mg2+, K+, Na+, Ca2+), as a result of high seasonal rainfall, and a fluctuating water table
occasioned by tidal inundations.
These leaching losses of basic cations would lead to the
+
dominance of acidic cations like H and Al3+ on both the colloidal surfaces and the soil solution
(Ekundayo and Obuekwe, 2000).
The mean Cation Exchange Capacity (C.E.C.) values were 144.68, 113.30 and 107.0 meq/100g
soil in the top, mid-depth and bottom soil horizons in the rainy season (Table 3.17).
Mean
concentrations of C.E.C. in the top, mid-depth and bottom soils from the zone in the dry season
(160.93, 147.96 and 149.90 meq/100g soil) were not significantly different from mean
concentrations of C.E.C. obtained in the rainy season (Table 3.17).
No significant differences
existed between the C.E.C. concentrations obtained at the various depths in soils from the project
area (Table 3.17)
Table 3.17 Summary of alkaline earth metals of soils from the project area
Parameters
Sodium
Potassium
Calcium
Magnesium
Soil
horizon
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Level, meq/100g soil
Range
Mean
Rainy Season
12.60 - 37.95
25.89
6.20 - 36.10
21.48
5.84 - 33.20
21.00
3.90 - 44.35
34.44
4.10 - 40.38
26.16
3.60 - 33.40
26.1
18.40 - 56.16
41.63
20.60 - 44.24
31.34
18.66 - 38.65
25.6
7.10 - 40.26
27.78
8.20 - 31.75
18.45
9.20 - 32.60
18.5
SD (±)
9.45
8.01
8.12
12.13
10.14
8.57
11.07
7.65
8.60
8.57
6.92
6.02
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
39 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.17 Summary of alkaline earth metals of soils from the project area contd
Parameters
Exchangeable
Acidity
Cation
exchange
capacity
Soil
horizon
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Middle
Bottom
Top
Potassium
Middle
Bottom
Top
Calcium
Middle
Bottom
Top
Magnesium
Middle
Bottom
Exchangeable Top
Acidity
Middle
Bottom
Cation
Top
exchange
Middle
capacity
Bottom
Sodium
Level, meq/100g soil
Range
Mean
Rainy Season
9.60 - 30.00
19.42
7.54 - 38.00
21.60
7.0 - 36.40
20.4
44.60 - 185.51
144.68
71.72 - 162.14
113.30
46.84 - 160.34
107.0
Dry Season
10.12 – 34.90
19.54
8.06 – 31.26
20.02
8.02 – 28.14
18.14
16.19 – 46.61
29.69
16.90 – 51.06
30.00
16.14 – 54.36
31.41
14.26 – 56.22
39.42
12.20 – 62.90
37.81
10.04 – 56.36
33.88
12.30 – 37.42
27.26
10.64 – 41.69
25.15
12.42 – 44.72
26.97
12.60 – 35.00
23.30
14.36 – 34.00
26.00
12.04 – 47.90
26.84
78.84 – 192.33
135.20
66.44 – 214.45
137.90
59.26 – 222.28
137.23
SD (±)
8.05
8.04
8.08
39.26
30.96
32.4
7.94
7.80
6.80
9.81
11.90
13.60
10.06
16.10
16.94
7.37
11.68
13.11
6.95
8.08
10.30
38.34
51.00
56.82
3.9.6 Heavy metals
The concentrations of heavy metals in soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area are shown in
Table 3.18. The Table shows that the concentrations of heavy metals such as lead, copper,
chromium, manganese, zinc and cadmium were generally below 0.2mg/kg but the concentrations
of iron exceeded 3.5 mg/kg. The concentrations of these heavy metals fluctuated minimally
between soil depths and seasons of the year. The heavy metal concentrations of soils fell within
the range of values reported for similar ecosystems in the Niger Delta. The observed relatively
high values in the concentrations of iron at all the horizons and depths in both the rainy and dry
seasons’ soils could be as a result of the dominance of red-coated oxides of iron and aluminium in
the Oxisols of the project area.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
40 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.18 Heavy metals of soils from 22-28 3D Seismic Survey area
Parameters
Soil
Concentrations, mg/kg
horizon
Range
Mean
SD (±)
Rainy Season
Top
0.18 – 16.66
3.56
5.36
Iron
Middle
0.20 - 17.44
4.72
6.04
Bottom
0.18 – 20.44
4.60
7.78
Top
0.04 - 0.28
0.15
0.07
Lead
Middle
0.02 - 0.24
0.15
0.08
Bottom
0.02 - 0.26
0.13
0.09
Copper
Top
0.10 - 0.36
0.23
0.07
Middle
0.06 - 0.28
0.19
0.07
Bottom
0.04 - 0.2
0.15
0.06
Top
0.02 - 0.18
0.17
0.09
Chromium
Middle
0.01 - 0.18
0.15
0.09
Bottom
0.01 - 0.20
0.10
0.07
Top
0.04 - 0.22
0.15
0.06
Manganese Middle
0.04 - 0.21
0.14
0.06
Bottom
0.03 - 0.30
0.13
0.07
Top
0.09 - 4.45
0.54
1.13
Zinc
Middle
0.09 - 3.20
0.49
0.81
Bottom
0.08 - 1.90
0.30
0.46
Top
0.10 - 0.66
0.27
0.18
Cadmium
Middle
0.06 - 0.66
0.24
0.21
Bottom
0.0 - 0.34
0.16
0.09
Dry Season
Top
0.10 – 16.94
3.68
5.41
Iron
Middle
0.14 – 18.32
4.77
6.12
Bottom
0.09 – 20.45
4.66
7.83
Top
0.06 – 0.26
0.17
0.06
Lead
Middle
0.04 – 0.26
0.13
0.07
Bottom
0.08 – 0.29
0.14
0.09
Copper
Top
0.08 – 0.34
0.23
0.09
Middle
0.06 – 0.32
0.19
0.07
Bottom
0.06 – 0.39
0.19
0.09
Top
0.01 – 0.31
0.13
0.11
Chromium
Middle
0.01 – 0.29
0.11
0.09
Bottom
0.01 – 0.34
0.11
0.11
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
41 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.18 Heavy metals of soils from 22-28 3D Seismic Survey area contd
Parameters
Soil
Concentrations, mg/kg
horizon
Range
Mean
SD (±)
Dry Season
Top
0.04 – 0.24
0.15
0.07
Manganese Middle
0.04 – 0.26
0.14
0.07
Bottom
0.04 – 0.31
0.16
0.09
Top
0.23 – 4.47
1.12
1.21
Zinc
Middle
0.16 – 3.22
0.99
0.92
Bottom
0.16 – 1.94
0.97
0.71
Top
0.01 – 0.68
0.23
0.21
Cadmium
Middle
0.01 – 0.72
0.21
0.22
Bottom
0.01 – 0.84
0.21
0.23
S.D = Standard Deviation
3.9.7: Soil Colour
The soils from the project area showed three colour variations (Tables 3.19). These are:
•
Reddish brown Hues (5YR, 7.5YR, 2.5YR) of the Oxisols a, Elele Alimini, Rumuekpe;.
•
Greyish brown Hues (10 YR) of the Entisols at; Ahoada; and the Inceptisol at Idu Ekpeye.
•
Dark grey (10 YR) to grey (5 YR) Hues in the Histosols of Abua Central and Buguma
bridgehead.
However, the Histosols, Aquic Udipsamments (Entisols) and the Aquic Hapludept (Inceptisol) at
Idu Ekpeye showed an increasing intensity of grey colouration (10 YR and 5 YR Hues) with
increasing depth (Table 3.19). Due to consistent wet conditions of the soils from the project area
for more than nine months of the year, the soils had a high ground water table that receded in
depth in the dry season months from November to January. The high groundwater table and
moist soil conditions gave rise to reduced oxygen levels in the soils, which encouraged reduction
of iron oxides from the ferric state to the ferrous.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
42 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.19: Munsell Soil Colour Notations of Soils of 22 – 28 3D Seismic Survey
Location
Egbeda
Oxisol
*Odau
Alfisol
*Kala-Emeya
Alfisol
*Opolo
Entisol
*Zarama
Entisol
Idu-Ekpeye suburb
Inceptisol
Akinima
Alfisol
Idu-Ekpeye flowstation
Entisol
*Eluma/Mbiama
Alfisol
Okogbe
Entisol
*Emesu
Alfisol
*Abua central
Histosol
Horizon
depth(cm)
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 110
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 210
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 165
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 80
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 70
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 110
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 115
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 85
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 160
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 72
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 125
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 – 70
Soil
Colour
Munsell
colour
notation
Reddish brown
5 YR 4/4
Reddish brown
5 YR 4/4
Reddish brown
5 YR 4/4
Light greyish brown
10 YR 6/1
Greyish brown
10 YR 3/4
Grey
5 YR 4/1
Dark greyish brown
10 YR 3/2
Light Greyish brown
10 YR 6/1
Light Greyish brown
10 YR 6/1
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Light brown
7.5 YR 5/6
Greyish brown
10 YR 5/2
Light greyish brown Light 10 YR 6/1
greyish brown
10 YR 6/1
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Greyish brown
10 YR ¾
Greyish brown
10 YR 3/4
Grey
5 YR 4/1
Greyish brown
10 YR 3/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 3/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 3/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Light brown
7.5 YR 4/4
Light brown
10 YR 4/4
Light brown
10 YR 4/4
Dark brown
7.5 YR 5/8
Greyish brown
10 YR 4/2
Grey
5 YR 4/1
Dark grey
10 YR 3/1
Grey
5 YR 4/1
Grey
5 YR 4/1
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
43 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.9.8: Soil Physical Properties
Some of the physical properties of soils of the project area are shown in Table 3.20
3.9.9: Bulk density
The soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area could be grouped into three categories of bulk
densities as follows:
•
Soils with moderate to high bulk density, ranging from 1.21 gcm-3 to 1.46 gcm-3 in the
topsoil. The soils in this group are Entisols, Inceptisols or Oxisols.
•
Soils with a moderate bulk density, ranging from 1.14 gcm-3 in the bottom soil of
Eluma/Mbiama to 1.28 gcm-3. The soils in this group are Alfisols.
•
Soils with a relatively low bulk density, ranging from 0.62 gcm-3 in the mid-depth and
bottom soil horizons of Buguma bridgehead to 0.66 gcm-3 in the topsoil horizon of Abua
Central. The soils in this group are Histosols or organic soils.
Table 3.20: Physical properties of soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area
Location
*Zarama
Entisol
*Opolo
Entisol
*Odau
Alfisol
Okolobiri
Inceptisol
Idu-Ekpeye Suburb
Inceptisol
Akinima
Alfisol
Horizon
Depth
(cm)
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 70
Bulk
Density
(gcm-3)
1.46
1.46
1.45
Porosity
(%)
AWHC(%)
39.64
39.65
39.60
19.18
19.60
19.66
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 80
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 210
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 110
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 110
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 115
1.45
1.46
1.60
1.22
1.21
1.20
1.40
1.25
1.25
1.34
1.34
1.26
1.28
1.20
1.20
39.72
39.60
50.88
24.45
24.36
21.05
47.80
40.86
40.86
40.14
40.02
32.85
30.99
20.68
20.52
20.43
20.56
19.35
44.39
47.88
51.64
21.45
22.80
22.82
19.81
19.88
29.96
28.81
39.69
39.88
Effective
depth of
soil (cm)
70
80
210
110
110
115
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
44 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.20: Physical properties of soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area contd
Location
Idu-Ekpeye
Flowstation
Entisol
Eluma/Mbiama
Alfisol
Okogbe
Entisol
*Ahoada
Entisol
*Emesu
Alfisol
*Abua Central
Histosol
Horizon
Depth
(cm)
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 85
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 160
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 72
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 95
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 125
0 – 15
15 – 30
30 - 70
Bulk
Density
(gcm-3)
1.32
1.32
1.30
1.22
1.20
1.14
1.40
1.40
1.36
1.24
1.25
1.24
1.27
1.26
1.19
0.66
0.64
0.63
Porosity
(%)
AWHC(%)
36.44
36.40
36.38
22.63
21.80
18.14
50.16
50.06
48.02
24.69
24.78
24.80
30.90
26.30
21.44
21.02
19.94
19.86
21.63
21.66
21.69
38.20
38.36
46.75
20.03
20.09
21.14
28.63
28.97
28.99
26.10
27.30
48.64
43.92
44.60
46.18
Effective
depth of
soil (cm)
85
160
72
95
125
70
Key: AWHC –– Available Water Holding Capacity of Soil
3.9.10: Porosity
The soils of the project area could be grouped into the following categories of porosities:
•
The moderately to highly porous Entisols, Inceptisols and Oxisols, which ranged in porosity
from 24.69% in the top soil horizon of Ahoada to 50.16% in the top soil horizon of Okogbe
• The slightly to moderately porous Alfisols which range in porosity from 18.14% in the bottom
soils of Eluma / Mbiama to 30.90% in the topsoils of Emesu.
• The slightly porous Histosols, whose porosity is 19.86% in the bottom soils of Abua Central.
The porosity of tropical soils is directly related to their percentage clay, sand and organic carbon
contents (Babalola and Lal, 1977). The Entisols, Inceptisols and Oxisols had mean percentage
sand content of 72.17%, whilst the Alfisols had mean percentage clay content of 44.65%. The
high organic carbon content (92.18 to 93.78%) of Histosols of Abua Central hindered the
permeability and penetration of water through the soil. This is due to the colloidal nature of
organic matter, which absorbs and retains moisture in its micropores just like clay colloids (Lal,
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
45 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
1976). The highly porous soils at Ahoada and Okogbe contain many macropores, which allowed
easy passage of water and mineral salts that could be lost by leaching through the profile.
3.9.11: Available Water Holding Capacity (AWHC)
On the basis of their AWHC, the soils of the project area can be grouped into three categories:
•
The low to moderate AWHC Entisols, Inceptisols and Oxisols, with values ranging
between 19.81% in the top soil of Idu-Ekpeye and 39.69% in the bottom soil of
Akinima.
•
The moderate to high AWHC Alfisols, with values ranging between 28.81% in the topsoil and
39.69% in the bottom soil horizons of Akinima
• The high AWHC Histosols, with values ranging between 38.36% in the topsoil horizon of
Eluma/Mbiama and 46.75% in the bottom soil horizon.
The colloidal nature of clay and organic matter would enhance the absorption and retention of soil
moisture in the aggregates of Alfisols and Histosols (Babalola and Lal, 1977).
3.9.12: Effective Soil depth
The soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area can be grouped into two categories of effective
soil depths as follows:
• The shallow to moderately deep Entisols, Inceptisols and Histosols, which vary in
70 cm to the ground water table at Abua Central to 110 cm
depth from
to the groundwater table at Idu-
Ekpeye.
• The moderately deep Alfisols, Entisols and Oxisols, which vary in depth from 125cm at Ahoada
Central to the water table of 160cm at Eluma / Mbiama.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
46 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.9.13 Relationship between soil types and vegetation in OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey
area
The Histosols are shallow organic soils with a high water table that receded in depth in the dry
season months from November to January.
The Histosols had a depth of 70cm at at Abua
Central (Table 3.20). The Histosols occurred only in soils from swamps and consist of freshly
decomposing organic plant and animal residues (Aquic Udifibrists) and fully decomposed organic
plant and animal residues (Aquic Udisaprists).
The Entisols and Inceptisols are shallow to moderately deep mineral soils and ranged in depth
from 70cm 110cm at Zarama. The Entisols and Inceptisols, which were further classified
according to the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Classification Scheme (Soil
Taxonomy of 1975) as Aquic Udipsamments and Aquic Hapludepts, are synonymous with water
loving, shallow rooted annual and biennial crops, root and stem tubers such as sugar cane
(Saccharum officinarum), cocoyam (Colocasia sp), water yam (Dioscorea alata), plantain and
banana (Musa sp) in the two zones.
The Oxisols are moderately deep, and ranged in depth from 110cm to 150cm at Elele Alimini.
Oxisols are usually rich in oxides of iron and aluminium, and have a dominant reddish hue (soil
colour) and are normally acidic in soil reaction (pH). The Oxisols are synonymous with iron oxide
and acid tolerant crops and tree species such as the native pear (Dacroydes edulis), the bush
mango or ogbono (Irvingea gabonensis), mango (Mangifera indica), pineapple orchards (Ananas
comosus), cassava (Manihot esculenta L. Crantz), fluted pumpkin or Ogu (Telefaria sp.) and the
Okra plant (Abelmoschus esculentus L. Moench).
The Alfisols range in depth from 115 cm to 160 cm at Eluma/Mbiama. Alfisols, which are
synonymous with the presence of an argillic or clay-rich mid depth and bottom soil horizons are
associated with trees and broad-leafed evergreen species such as Rhodedendron, Camellia,
flowering vines and Forsythia sp.
Alfisols were also associated with most arable crops and perennials because of their high clay
content in the sub-surface horizons, which enable most shallow, medium and deep-rooted trees
and crop species to thrive in these soils. Arable and tree crops commonly cultivated in the
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
47 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Alfisols are yams (Dioscorea sp.), plantains (Musa sp), cassava (Manihot esculenta L. Crantz), oil
palm (Hevea brasiliensis), mango (Mangifera indica), pawpaw (Carica papaya) and several
vegetables and species such as peppers (Capsicum annum), fluted pumpkin (Telefaria sp), okra
(Abelmoschus esculentus L. Moench) and bamboo trees.
3.9.14: Soil Microbiology
3.9.14.1: Bacterial and fungal counts
In the rainy season, the total heterotrophic bacterial counts in the topsoil in OML 22 & 28 3D
seismic survey area were from 2.4 to 3.6x106 cfu/g with the mean of 2.9x106 cfu/g. Those for middepth soils ranged from 0.7 to 1.4x106 cfu/g and the mean is 1.1x106 cfu/g. Bottom soils
contained 0.1 to 0.6x106 cfu/g with a mean of 0.3x106 cfu/g. The mean percentage of hydrocarbon
degrading bacteria ranged from 0.009 to 0.025% (Table 3.21). The total heterotrophic bacterial
densities (Table 3.21) did not change significantly in the dry season.
The total fungal load (Table 3.21) for top soils ranged from 2.0 to 3.0x106 cfu/g with a mean of
2.5x106 cfu/g, mid-depth soils from 0.5 to 1.1x106 cfu/g with a mean of 0.8x106 cfu/g and bottom
soils have a range of 0.1 to 0.4x106 cfu/g with a mean of 0.2x106 cfu/g in the rainy season. The
percentage hydrocarbon utilizing fungi in the soils of the project area range from 0.008 to 0.02%.
The values obtained in dry season were lower (Table 3.21).
The high microbial densities in the soil samples indicate that the soil contains high concentration
of nutrients that supported the growth of the microbes.
decomposing fungal load varied from 0.006 – 0.20%.
did not increase significantly in the dry season.
The mean percentage hydrocarbon
Heterotrophic bacterial and fungal loads
The low hydrocarbon utilizing microbial load
indicated an environment not grossly contaminated with hydrocarbons.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
48 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.21: Summary of microbiological characteristics of soil samples from the project
area
Sample
type
ParaMeters
S
Total
heterotrop
hic count
6
(cfux10 /g)
Total fungal
count
6
(cfux10 /g)
Hydrocarb
on
utilising
bacteria
2
(cfux10 /g)
Rainy Season
4.2 – 8.3
Hydrocarb
on
utilising
fungi
2
(cfux10 /g)
%
Hydrocarbon
utilising
bacteria
%
Hydrocarb
on
utilising
fungi
2.4 – 3.6
2.0 – 3.0
3.2 – 6.7
0.014 – 0.031
0.013
Range
M
–
0.028
0.7 – 1.4
0.5 – 1.1
0.8 – 2.3
0.5 – 1.0
0.006 – 0.030
0.003
–
0.018
B
0.1 – 0.6
0.1 – 0.4
0.1 – 0.4
0.1 – 0.2
0.002 – 0.040
0.003
–
0.020
S
2.9
2.5
7.1
5.0
0.025
0.020
1.1
0.8
1.4
0.6
0.01
0.0098
B
0.3
0.2
1.2
0.1
0.009
0.0078
S
0.35
0.28
1.20
1.00
0.006
0.004
0.34
0.2
0.45
0.24
0.006
0.004
0.15
0.09
0.10
0.05
0.009
0.006
M
M
MEAN
±S.D
B
Dry Season
S
2.5 – 3.6
2.6 – 3.4
3.6 – 8.2
3.7 – 7.3
0.9 – 1.9
0.9 – 1.6
0.7 – 2.0
0.5 – 1.5
B
0.3 – 0.7
0.2 – 0.8
0.1 – 0.6
0.1 – 0.4
S
3.07
2.85
7.03
5.48
0.0108
0.0292
0.0037
0.0189
0.0019
0.0200
0.022
1.37
1.30
1.33
0.91
0.010
0.007
B
0.52
0.57
0.30
0.20
0.006
0.004
S
0.33
0.31
1.14
1.07
0.005
0.006
0.27
0.23
0.44
0.30
0.004
0.004
0.14
0.16
0.15
0.10
0.005
0.002
M
M
M
RANG
E
MEAN
±S.D
B
–
–
–
0.0029
0.0252
0.0006
0.0156
0.0013
0.0067
0.017
S = Surface soil
M = Mid-depth soil
B = Bottom soil
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
49 of 118
–
–
–
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
The oil degrading bacteria genera in the soils in all the fields are mainly Bacillus, Pseudomonas,
Acenetobacter, Micrococcus and Actinomyces. The hydrocarbon utilizing fungal genera in the soil
were Penicillium, Aspergillus, Fusarium and yeasts. These filamentous hydrocarbon utilising fungi
spread rapidly within the soil, exposing their large surface area to the oil, and consequently utilise
greater quantities of oil than bacteria.
3.10: Aquatic studies
There are numerous water bodies including rivers, lakes, streams, swamps and ponds of varying
sizes. There are two major river systems namely, Orashi R and Sombreiro River. There are also
all-season burrow pits. The Orashi and Sombreiro waterways serve as means of transportation
between the inhabitants of neighbouring communities. These surface waters serve as sources of
potable water, for washing, as fishing ground and as sinks for domestic wastes. Sand winning
activities occur at several points on these rivers.
3.10.1: Physico-chemistry of surface and bottom water samples
A summary of the data for the physico-chemical features of the project area (Table 3.22) in the
rainy season is as follows: The surface water temperature ranged from 25.0 – 29.2°C (mean
27.6°C). The pH was from 5.2 – 6.4 (mean 5.8); DO from 4.1 – 6.3 mg/l (mean 5.6 mg/l); BOD5
from 0.5 – 1.8 mg/l (mean 1.1 mg/l) and COD from 8.8 – 17.9 mg/l (mean 13.3 mg/l). The values
of other parameters are TSS which ranged from 1.0 – 3.8 mg/l (mean 1.84 mg/l); TDS from 23.0 –
650.3 mg/l (mean 153.2 mg/l); turbidity is from 4.8 – 29.8 NTU (mean 13.2 NTU); conductivity
from 42.2 – 1183.3 µS/cm (mean 22.1 µS/cm); chloride from 11.8 – 630.3 mg/l (mean 104.8 mg/l);
nitrite-nitrogen from 0.005 – 0.018 mg/l (mean 0.009 mg/l); nitrate-nitrogen from 0.3 – 1.1 mg/l
(mean 0.55 mg/l); ammonium-nitrogen 0.1 – 0.5 mg/l (mean 0.26 mg/l); phosphate-phosphorus
0.005 – 0.42 mg/l (mean 0.05 mg/l); and oil and grease from 1.0 – 3.9 mg/l (mean 2.25 mg/l). The
values for the bottom water samples for the different parameters are not significantly different (P <
0.05) from those of the corresponding surface water samples. In the dry season, the mean values
for temperature, pH, COD, TDS, conductivity and chloride increased while those for DO, BOD,
TSS, turbidity, and oil and grease decreased (Table 3.22).
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
50 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.22: Summary of physico-chemical parameters of water samples from Orashi and
Sombreiro rivers in OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey
Parameters
FMENV
Limits
(Highest
desirable
level)
Levels of parameters
Surface
Range
Mean
Bottom
SD
Range
Mean
SD
Rainy Season
Temp.(°C)
25.0 - 29.2
27.6
± 1.40
25.4 – 29.4
27.7
± 1.40
5.2 - 6.4
5.8
± 0.47
5.4 - 6.4
6.1
± 0.49
DO (mg/l)
4.1 - 6.3
5.6
± 0.63
4.4 - 6.6
5.8
± 0.65
BOD5 (mg/l)
0.5 - 1.8
1.1
± 0.38
0.5 - 1.8
1.1
± 0.38
COD (mg/l)
8.8 - 17.9
13.3
± 2.73
8.8 - 18.2
13.2
± 2.79
TSS (mg/l)
1.0 - 3.8
1.84
± 0.94
1.0 - 2.2
1.5
± 0.41
TDS (mg/l)
23.0 - 420.3
153.2
± 188.39
25.9 – 680.1
160.5
± 196.52
4.8 - 29.8
13.2
± 7.09
4.9 - 29.9
13.1
± 7.46
42.2 - 683.3
221.0
± 345.73
42.2 – 1233.5
228.7
± 360.39
11.8 - 630.3
104.8
± 195.06
11.8 – 635.5
105.6
± 196.58
NO2 – N (mg/l)
0.005 - 0.018
0.009
± 0.0054
0.005 – 0.018
0.009
± 0.0052
NO3 – N (mg/l)
0.3 - 1.1
0.55
± 0.27
0.3 - 0.8
0.54
± 0.23
PO4 – P (mg/l)
0.005 - 0.42
0.05
± 0.13
0.005 – 0.42
0.05
± 0.13
NH4 – N (mg/l)
0.1 - 0.5
0.26
± 0.12
0.1 - 0.5
0.25
± 0.12
1.0 - 3.9
2.25
± 1.43
0.9 - 3.8
1.92
± 1.03
28.7 – 31.6
30.7
1.4
29.1 – 31.8
30.9
1.3
6.2 – 7.6
7.1
0.50
6.5 – 7.6
7.1
0.36
DO (mg/l)
2.1 – 4.8
3.8
0.84
2.5 – 4.9
3.8
0.78
COD (mg/l)
11.8 – 19.5
14.4
3.0
11.9 – 21.3
14.8
3.50
BOD5 (mg/l)
0.5 – 1.3
0.8
0.30
0.6 – 1.4
0.97
0.30
PH
7.0-8.5
Turbidity (NTU)
5.0
Conductivity.
(µS/cm)
Chloride (mg/l)
Oil and grease
200.0
0.01
(mg/l)
Dry Season
Temp (0C)
PH
7.0-8.5
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
51 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.22: Summary of physico-chemical parameters of water samples from Orashi and
Sombreiro rivers in OML 22 & 28 contd.
Parameters
FMENV
Limits
(Highest
desirable
level)
Levels of parameters
Surface
Bottom
Range
Mean
SD
Range
Mean
SD
TSS (mg/l)
1.0 – 1.7
1.35
0.33
1.0 – 1.8
1.4
0.35
TDS (mg/l)
42.0 – 460.8
166.6
147.3
43.0 – 465.3
154.1
153.1
Turbidity
5.0
(NTU)
Conductivity
(µScm-1)
Chloride
200.0
(mg/l)
NO2 – N (mg/l)
4.9 – 10.2
7.8
1.75
4.9 – 10.2
7.8
1.75
69.3 – 794.5
254.2
263.7
71.1 – 802.4
231.2
269.1
12.4 – 780.3
125.6
288.7
12.5 – 782.2
125.9
289.3
0.001 – 0.015
0.07
0.19
0.001 – 0.015
0.07
0.19
NO3 – N (mg/l)
0.3 – 0.83
0.51
0.21
0.3 – 0.85
0.51
0.24
NH4 – N (mg/l)
0.1 – 0.85
0.41
0.25
0.1 – 0.89
0.42
0.26
PO4 – P (mg/l)
0.004 – 0.014
0.026
0.05
0.004 – 0.015
0.026
0.05
17.2 – 62.8
27.8
16.11
17.5 – 63.7
28.4
16.25
1.81
0.36
1.2 – 1.81
1.14
0.93
SO42- (mg/l)
200.0
Oil & Grease 0.01
1.3 – 2.4
(mg/l)
Source: Field data 2003 and 2004
3.10.2: Heavy metal of surface and bottom water samples
Surface and bottom water samples were analysed for heavy metals (vanadium, nickel, chromium,
lead, zinc, manganese, copper, iron, cadmium and mercury) in the rainy and dry seasons. The
concentrations obtained are generally low (Tables 3.23). The concentrations of zinc, manganese,
copper and iron exceeded FMENV limits. The rather high concentrations of these metals could
be associated with the levels of industrial activities in the project area.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
52 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.23 Concentrations of heavy metals in the surface and bottom water samples from
OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area
Parameters
FMENV
Concentrations, mg/l
(mg/l)
Limits
Bottom
Surface
(Highest
desirable
Range
Mean
SD
Range
Mean
SD
level)
Rainy Season
Vanadium
0.01 – 0.02
0.004
± 0.004
0.01 - 0.02
0.02
± 0.0
Nickel
0.01 – 0.02
0.01
± 0.0
0.01 - 0.02
0.01
± 0.006
Chromium
0.01 – 0.1
0.04
± 0.05
0.01 - 0.05
0.025
± 0.017
Lead
0.01 – 0.03
0.017
±0.008
0.03 - 0.03
0.02
±0.006
Zinc
5.0
0.5 - 2.4
0.88
± 0.79
0.7 - 1.7
1.02
± 0.67
Manganese
0.05
0.1 - 0.2
0.13
± 0.048
0.1 - 0.2
0.15
± 0.052
Copper
0.05
0.01 – 0.18
0.67
± 0.075
0.01 - 0.2
0.06
± 0.064
Iron
0.1
0.05 – 0.36
0.19
± 0.11
0.05 - 0.3
0.18
± 0.09
0.01 – 0.02
0.012
± 0.004
0.01 - 0.2
0.015
± 0.005
Cadmium
Dry Season
Vanadium
0.01 – 0.02
ND
ND
0.01 – 0.02
ND
ND
Nickel
0.01
ND
ND
0.01
ND
ND
Chromium
0.01
ND
ND
0.01
ND
ND
Lead
0.01 – 0.02
0.015
0.005
0.01 – 0.02
0.015
0.05
Zinc
5.0
1.0 – 1.7
1.25
0.25
1.0 – 1.7
1.25
0.22
Manganese
0.05
0.1 – 1.3
0.4
0.52
0.1 – 1.3
0.5
0.56
Copper
0.05
0.01 – 0.10
0.05
0.04
0.01 – 0.10
0.06
0.04
Iron
0.1
0.1 – 0.2
0.16
0.04
0.1 – 0.2
0.18
0.08
Cadmium
0.01 – 0.02
ND
––
0.01 – 0.02
ND
––
Mercury
ND
ND
––
ND
ND
––
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
53 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3. 10.3: Aquatic Microbiology
A summary of the microbial load of surface and bottom water samples from the project area is
shown in Table 3.24. In the rainy season, the heterotrophic bacterial load in surface waters
ranged from 0.51 to 0.91 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 0.74 x 106 cfu/ml. The bottom waters
contained 7.21 to 11.40 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 9.11 x 106 cfu/ml. Similarly, the fungal load of
surface waters ranged from 0.12 to 0.61 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 0.40 x 106 cfu/ml. The
bottom water contained 4.21 to 7.21 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 5.6 x 106 cfu/ml. The mean
percentages of hydrocarbon utilising bacteria and fungi in surface waters of the project area were
1.29 and 1.42 respectively. The values for bottom water samples were much less than 1%. The
corresponding dry season microbial loads (Table 3.24) are significantly lower. These values are
low and are within the range for waters not grossly polluted with oil (Atlas & Bartha, 1981). The
generally low levels of occurrence of the hydrocarbon-utilising bacteria indicated low levels of
hydrocarbons or crude oil – related contaminants in the water bodies. The results obtained
(Tables 3.24) show that the bottom waters contain higher microbial load than the surface waters.
The higher microbial load in the bottom waters could be due partly to the depositional effect of
gravity on the microorganisms in the surface and within the water column, and partly as a result of
the higher concentration of nutrients and detritus in the sediment of the water bodies.
The population density of coliforms (Tables 3.24) obtained were in some instances higher than 10
organisms per 100 ml water sample and therefore exceeded the FMENV desirable limit for
potable water. Household water samples from hand dug well, streams, mono-pumps from the
area confirmed the presence of faecal coliforms. The WHO requires that drinking water should be
devoid of faecal coliform bacteria.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
54 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.24: Summary of microbiological characteristics of surface and bottom
samples from OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area
Sampl
e type
ParaMeters
Total
heterotr
ophic
count
6
(cfux10 /
ml)
S
0.51
0.91
0.74
B
Range
(cfu/ml)
Mean
(cfu/ml)
S.D ±
Range
(cfu/ml)
Mean
(cfu/ml)
S.D±
S
Range
(cfu/ml)
S
S
B
B
S
S
B
B
B
Mean
(cfu/ml)
S.D±
Range
(cfu/ml)
Mean
(cfu/ml)
S.D±
Total
fungal
count
6
(cfux10 /m
l)
- 0.12
0.61
0.40
0.12
0.13
7.21 – 4.21
11.40
7.21
9.11
5.6
Hydroca
rbon
utilising
bacteria
2
(cfux10 /
ml)
Hydrocarbo
n
utilising
fungi
2
(cfux10 /ml)
%
Hydrocarb
on
utilising
bacteria
%
Hydrocarb
on
utilising
fungi
water
Coliform
s*
(MPN/10
0ml)
Rainy Season
– 0.01 – 0.01 – 0.12
0.23
0.08
0.05
0.0003
0.0022
1.29
– 0.0002
0.0050
1.42
– 3.2
15.3
9.1
0.07
– 0.03
1.19
0.59
0.00086
0.0015
0.0001 – 0.0001
0.0014
0.0017
0.00055
0.0003
4.2
– 5.7
21.7
11.8
1.21
0.93
0.33
0.83
– 0.08
0.47
– 0.01
0.07
0.63
0.19
0.31
0.13
0.04
0.03
6.72 – 3.52
12.02
9.41
– 0.09
2.42
0.04
– 0.04 – 0.21
0.09
0.49
0.04
Dry Season
– 0.01 – 0.13
0.05
0.04
– 0.08 – 1.02
0.00048
0.00047
0.0001
0.0012
–
0.0006
0.0011
0.0001
0.0030
0.0020
0.0022
– 0.0001
0.0013
–
–
5.29
0.0003 –
0.0054
6 – 14
9.57
3.15
–
11 – 31
8.96
7.07
0.74
0.29
0.0009
0.00062
19.71
1.88
1.88
0.90
0.25
0.0011
0.00044
7.99
S = Surface water samples
B = Bottom water samples
*
WHO/FMENV Most Probable Number (MPN) limit for coliforms is 10/100ml of samples.
Samples containing greater numbers are not potable and such sources require chlorination.
3. 10.4 Groundwater quality
The results of the analyses of water samples from six boreholes located in the project area are
shown in (Table 3.25).
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
55 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
The groundwater therefore met the WHO chemical quality requirements of water meant for human
consumption.
It should be noted that the boreholes from which groundwater samples were
collected were located at considerable distances from septic tanks/soak away pits and
underground fuel storage tanks in order to eliminate contamination from these sources.
5.3
7
26.2
22.4
26.3
10.
2
6.5
1.73
15
21
7.1
0.42
11
18
7.3
0.39
10
15
8.0
0.45
12
18
7.7
3.0
2.8
2.9
2.6
1.5
0.11
7
0.04
67.5
0.24
0.05
8.0
63.2
0.31
0.05
8
69.3
0.21
0.07
8.2
-
17
0.08
9
0.06
8
0.07
3
0.03
1
0.06
3
0.04
2
Cl
(mg/l)
13
3.5
3-
1.88
<1.
0
<1.
0
<1.
0
<1.
0
<1.
0
<1.
0
PO4
(mg/l)
7.9
-
20
NO3
(mg/l)
16
Cond.
(µS/cm)
1.81
THC
(mg/l)
28.3
DO
(mg/l)
BOD
(mg/l)
COD
(mg/l)
O/G
(mg/l)
BH6
4.7
8
4.9
8
5.1
14.
26
12.
1
12.
8
10.
2
9.3
Alkali-nity
(mg/l)
BH5
35.0
1
31.4
Hardness
(mg/l)
BH4
4.7
6
4.8
Turbidity
(NTV)
BH3
TSS
(mg/l)
BH2
TDS
(mg/l)
BH1
pH
Sample
Code
Table 3.25: Physico-chemical parameters of borehole water from the project area
0.05
8
0.01
8
0.04
58.2
0.18
0.04
6.0
53.6
0.27
0.02
5
0.03
58.3
0.25
0.04
6
3.10.5 Heavy metals of groundwater
Nickel, vanadium, lead, cadmium and mercury were not detected. The mean concentration (mg/l)
of iron in the groundwater ranged from 8.4 – 12.6 mg/l the project area (Table 3.15). This
concentration is higher than the WHO limit and the water will require appropriate treatment to
make it suitable for human consumption.
Zinc, copper and manganese were in very low
concentrations occurred at a mean concentration of 0.25 mg/l. This value is within the WHO limit
of 15 mg/l for potable water.
3.10.6: Groundwater microbiology
Bacterial load of borehole water samples from the project was very low, being less than 10 cfu/ml.
Coliforms, particularly Escherichia coli, were not detected. Fungi were not isolated. The
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
56 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
groundwater samples from the project area therefore met FMENV desirable microbiological limits
for drinking water.
Table 3.26: Total heterotrophic bacterial, fungal and coliform counts, and total percentage
hydrocarbon utilising bacteria and fungi of water samples from boreholes
Northing
Easting
13
14
15
16
17
19
Mean
12
HB ,
cfu/ml
HF ,
cfu/ml
HDB ,
cfu/ml
HDF ,
Cfu/ml
CC
TS
BH1
9
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
BH2
7
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
BH3
4
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
NIL
10
Zero
Zero
Zero
FMENV
Limit
CF
18
Sample
type
EC
BH 1 to 3 = Groundwater samples from boreholes 1 to 3 located on the outskirts of Ahoada and
Gbarantoru.
WHO / FMENV Most Probable Number (MPN) limit for coliforms is 10/100ml of sample. Samples
containing greater numbers are not potable and such sources require chlorination.
12
Heterotrophic bacteria
13
Heterotrophic fungi
14
Hydrocarbon degrading bacteria
15
Hydrocarbon degrading fungi
16
Coliform count (MPN/100 ml)
17
Total streptococcusfaecalis count (MPN/100 ml)
18
Clostridium perfrin-gens count (MPN/100 ml)
19
Escher-chia col count (MPN/100 ml)
Presence of faecal pollution indicator organisms (Escherichia coli and Streptococcus faecalis)
suggests recent faecal pollution while that of Clostridium perfringens indicates past faecal
pollution. Such sources of water require chlorination prior to drinking.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
57 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.11: Sediment
3.11.1 Physico-chemistry
The mean values (meq/100g) of the alkaline earth metals (sodium, potassium, calcium and
magnesium) in the sediment of the project area are 21.9, 4.41, 2.0 and 2.15 respectively (Table
3.27). The mean concentrations (mg/kg) of chloride (4.7), nitrate-nitrogen (0.06), and ammoniumnitrogen (0.02), in the area were low. These values indicated that the sediments were from
freshwater environments. The values of these nutrients are however adequate for the sustenance
of the biota in the sediment in the two zones.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
58 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.27: Sediment physico-chemistry in OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area
Sampling Stations
Stream
Orashi R
Near
(Eme)
Ahoada)
23.1
20.8
Sombreiro
R
(Ahoada)
23.2
Sombr
eiro R
Mean
SD
20.5
Orashi R
(Mbiama
)
17.2
31.9
21.9
3.5
2.8
3.7
4.3
6.9
4.4
5.8
5.4
4.41
1.5
2.0
1.9
1.9
4.2
5.6
2.6
2.8
2.5
2.0
1.18
3.2
2.0
2.3
3.8
4.9
2.5
2.7
3.6
2.15
0.9
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.09
0.13
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.06
0.03
<0.0
01
<0.0
01
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
0
<0.001
0.02
0.03
0.02
<0.001
<0.001
0.04
<0.00
1
0.02
PH
5.4
5.6
5.6
5.5
6.4
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.7
0.6
Oil & grease
µg/g
Chloride
µg/g
1.5
2.2
1.9
2.7
2.0
3.5
2.6
0.6
2.0
0.8
2.4
2.6
1.9
3.8
6.5
5.4
4.4
3.7
4.7
4.3
Parameters
Idu
Ekp
eye
19.3
Burro
w pit
Ubie
18.6
3.2
Ca,
meq/100g
Mg,
meq/100g
NO3-N µg/g
NO2-N µg/g
Na,
meq/100g
K ,meq/100g
+
NH4 -N µg/g
Akinima
Detection limit = 0.001mg/kg
3.11.2: Heavy metals
Among the heavy metals, chromium, nickel, vanadium, cadmium and mercury were not detected.
However, the mean values (mg/kg), obtained for iron (0.16), zinc (1.2), copper (0.03), and
manganese (0.12) were within the range of values obtained for the Niger Delta area.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
59 of 118
0.00
1
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.28: Heavy metal content of sediment samples from OML 22 & 28 seismic survey
area
SombreiroBuguma/
Degema Rd
0.04
Mean
SD
0.2
Sampling Stations
Stream
Orashi - Sombreironear
Emezi
Ahoada
Ahoada
0.2
0.1
0.07
0.16
0.10
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
0.04
<0.001
0.02
0.01
1.0
0.9
1.1
1.2
1.8
1.2
1.1
1.2
0.01
4
0.25
0.01
0.01
<0.001
0.1
0.1
<0.001
0.02
0.01
0.03
0.04
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.12
0.04
Chromium
<0.001
<0.001
0.03
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
0.04
Nickel
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
Vanadium
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
Cadmium
0.02
0.01
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
Mercury
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.001
<0.00
1
<0.00
1
<0.00
1
<0.00
1
0.00
9
0
Heavy
Metal
(mg/kg)
Idu
Ekpeye
Burrow
pit-Ubie
Akinim
a
Orashi
Mbiama
Iron
0.1
0.15
0.1
Lead
0.02
0.02
Zinc
1.1
Copper
Manganes
e
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
60 of 118
0
0
0
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.11.3 Sediment Microbiology
In the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey project area, the total heterotrophic bacteria count (cfu/g)
in the sediment range from 1.24 to 2.52 x 108 with a mean of 1.88 x 108 in the rainy season. The
fungal load ranged from 0.76 to 2.21 x 108 with a mean of 1.44 x 108. In the dry season, the
bacterial and fungal loads increased significantly (p<0.05) (Table 3.29).
The percentage hydrocarbon utilising bacteria range from 0.022 – 0.058% with a mean of 0.037%
in the zone. The corresponding values for hydrocarbon utilising fungi were 0.007 – 0.029% with a
mean of 0.017%. The percentage hydrocarbon utilisers were significantly lower in the dry season
(Table 3.29).
Table 3.29: Summary of microbiological properties of sediment samples from the project area
Parameters
Range
(cfu/ml)
Mean
(cfu/ml)
S.D±
Range
(cfu/ml)
Mean
(cfu/ml)
S.D±
Total
heterotrophic
bacterial
count/g
8
(cfu x 10 )
1.24 – 2.52
Total
Fungal
count/g
(cfu x 108
cfu/g)
1.88
0.76
2.21
1.44
0.38
0.50
1.76 – 3.02
2.36
0.91
3.92
1.72
0.47
1.08
Hydrocarb
on
Utilising
bacterial
count/g
4
(cfu x 10
cfu/g)
Hydrocarbo
n utilising
fungal
count/g
4
(cfu x 10
0.07
Dry season
– 0.72
– 0.31 – 0.51
2.01
1.06
0.43
0.45
%
Hydrocarbon
utilising fungi
)
Rainy season
– 0.45
– 0.14 – 0.34
1.04
0.67
0.23
0.20
%
Hydrocarbon
utilising
bacteria.
0.07
0.022
0.058
0.037
0.013
0.0011
0.0067
0.0040
0.002
– 0.007 – 0.029
0.017
0.006
– 0.0013
0.0047
0.0030
–
0.0012
3.12 Benthic macrofauna
The nature of the benthos of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area and their associated
macrofauna are shown in Table 3.30. The benthos had detritus in all the stations, as well as fine
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
61 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
sand, silt and coarse sand. In the rainy season, all the stations except Ogbagi had benthic
macrofauna. The identified macrofauna included bivalves (Egeria sp), palaeomonid prawns
(Macrobrachium and Atya spp), periwinkles (Tympanostonus sp), Trichoptera nymphs,
Ephemeroptera nymphs, Odonata nymphs, chironomid and chaoborid larvae and oligochaete
annelids. Insect larvae including chironomid and chaoborid, nymphs of Odonata, Ephemeroptera,
and Trichoptera were widely distributed. Juveniles of the palaeomonids, Atya and Macrobrachium
species as well as periwinkles and oligochaete annelids were also collected from the benthos.
Fish eggs and fish larvae were collected in two stations. The river channels had dried up in three
stations during the dry season (Table 3.30). In the dry season, periwinkles were prominent among
the benthic macrofauna along with the developmental stages of insects such as Trichoptera
Odonata and Diptera. The macrofauna densities were much higher in the dry season than in the
rainy season. The benthos was actively disturbed by the activities of sand digging at Mbiama and
Emezi beach.
The high diversity of species observed in the benthos of the zone is a characteristic feature of
stable ecosystems.
Table 3.30: Benthos and benthic macrofauna (no/m2) of OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area
Station
Nature of sediment
Macrofauna present
Rainy Season
Dry Season
Ogbagi
Fine sand, silt and Nil
Dried up
stream
detritus
Burrow
Fine sand, silt and One chaoborid larvae, one Three
pit
detritus
chironomid
larvae,
chironomid larvae and one four naids.
insect pupa
Idu
Coarse
Ekpeye
sand and detritus
stream
sand,
fine One
periwinkle,
four Dried up
palaeomonid prawns (Atya
sp, Macrobrachium sp)
Akinima
Fine sand, silt and Four Odonata nymphs + Three
stream
detritus
one Trichoptera
Trichoptera,
five
Odonata nymph
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
62 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.30: Benthos and benthic macrofauna (no/m2) of OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area
Contd
Station
Nature of sediment
sand,
silt
and
Macrofauna present
Rainy Season
Dry Season
Four Ephemeroptera nymphs
Eight chironomid larvae, four
Burrow
Fine
pit
detritus
and one Trichoptera nymph.
chaoborid larvae
Orashi
R.
(Mbiama
)
Coarse sand, fine sand,
Three periwinkles and one
Three
silt and detritus
bivalve.
Palaeomonetes sp, one Atya
Ahoada
Silt and detritus
five
sp
Two chironomid larvae, one
stream
Orashi
R.
(Emezi
periwinkles,
Died up
oligochaete annelid
Fine
sand,
silt
and
Three chironomid larvae, one
Twelve
periwinkles,
three
detritus
oligochaete annelid
Palaeomonetes sp.
Coarse and fine sand +
Five bivalves (Egeria sp),
Four
detritus
three
Macrobrachium sp., three fish
beach)
Sombrei
ro R
(Bugum
aDegema
Rd)
Opolo-
two
palaemonid
fish
larvae
prawns,
and
one
spats,
six
larvae, fish eggs
periwinkle
Sand, silt and detritus
Two chironomid larvae
Epie
Kolo
bivalve
Six chironomids, two
chaoborids
Fine sand + detritus
Creek
Two chironomid larvae, one
Dried up
chaoborid larvae, two fish
larvae
Emeya
Coarse and fine sand
Two periwinkles, one Atyidae
Three chironomid larvae
prawn and one fish larva
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
63 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.13 Hydrobiology and Fisheries
3.13.1 Distribution and abundance of phytoplankton
Table 3.31 shows the species composition, distribution and abundance of phytoplankton in the
waters of the project area. There were at least eight species of phytoplankton in each station
although many stations had more than ten species. The species belonged to taxonomic groups
such as blue green algae, desmids, green algae, and diatoms.
The population density of phytoplankton in each station range from 15-42 individuals (each
individual comprised averagely of 7.5 cells). Diatoms dominated the phytoplankton population as
it constituted about 45% of the total number of phytoplankton while green algae formed about
28%.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
64 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.31: The species composition, distribution and abundance of phytoplankton in
OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area
Micraterias sp
Sub total
Chlorophyceae
(Green algae)
Protococcus sp
Botryococcus sp
Scenedesmus sp
Pediastrum sp
Eudorina sp
Volvox sp
Algal filaments
(spirogyra sp)
Sub total
Bacillariophycea
e
Navicula sp
Synedra sp
Amphora sp
Pinnularia sp
Roya sp
Melosira sp
2
2
2
5
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
9
4
1
2
2
2
11
2
4
6
18
4
1
23
2
2
2
4
3
3
5
4
2
2
5
2
2
6
14
6
4
16
5
2
5
1
2
2
4
%
2
3
23
7.7
2
1
1
2
3
1
1
10
15
58
19.
46
3
3
83
27.
85
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
3
3
8
7
3
2
3
2
1
2
3
2
5
2
2
3
1
Total
Sombreir
o
R
Sombreir
o
R
(BugumaDegema
Orashi R
(Mbiama)
Ubie
Burrow pit
KoloCreek
Emeya
2
Emezi
Desmidaceae
(Desmidds)
Closterium sp
Cosmarium sp
3
Ewhe
Oscillatoria sp
Anabaena sp
Spirulina sp
Merismopedia sp
Sub total
STATIONS
OpoloEpie
Phytoplankton
Group
Cyanophyceae
(Blue
green
algae)
2
2
4
4
2
4
4
4
5
3
4
2
1
2
2
3
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
65 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.31: The species composition, distribution and abundance of phytoplankton in
OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area contd
2
14
6
17
Total
27
22
31
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
Total
%
44.
97
10
0
Sombreiro
R
(BugumaDegema
Sombreiro
R (Ahoada)
Emezi
Ewhe
Orashi
R
(Mbiama)
Ubie
1
1
Tabellaria sp
Surirella sp
Campylodiscus
sp
Coscinodiscus
sp
Biddulphia sp
Ceratium sp
Gomphonema sp
Gyrosigma sp
Chaetoceros sp
Sub total
2
2
Burrow pit
Emeya
Kolo-Creek
Cyanophyceae
(Blue
green
algae)
STATIONS
Opolo-Epie
Phytoplankton
Group
2
10
17
2
1
2
2
2
1
4
3
5
9
14
11
3
9
37
134
36
38
19
15
31
42
298
3.13.2 Distribution and abundance of zooplankton
The zooplankton found in the water bodies (Table 3.32) belong to a wide range of taxonomic
groups such as protozoans, rotifers, cladocerans, ostracods, copepods, harpacticoids and larval
stages of insects and crustaceans. The zooplankton population was dominated numerically and
species diversity by the rotifers of which there were eight species. The crustaceans made up of
cladocerans, ostracods, copepods and harpacticoids were represented by ten species and
constituted about 35% of the zooplankton population (Table3.32). Larval stages of insects and
crustaceans were widely distributed demonstrating that the water bodies can support the
reproductive activities of different groups of animals that serve as food for fish species.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
66 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Phacus
Globigerina sp
Tintinopsis
Sub Total
ROTIFERA.
Brachionus sp
1
Brachionus sp
2
Keratella sp.
Filinia sp
Lecane sp.
Trichocerca sp
Polyarthra sp.
Lepadella sp
Sub Total
CLADOCERA
Ceriodaphnia
sp.
Moina sp.
Diaphanosoma
sp
Alona sp
Sub Total
OSTRACODA
Bosmina sp.
Bosminopsis
sp
Sub Total
COPEPODA
Paracalanns
sp
Acartia sp
Diaptomus sp
Mesocyclops
sp
Thermocyclop
s sp
1
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
7
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
9
6.04
2
3
1
2
44
29.53
14
9.40
11
7.38
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
4
3
1
4
5
2
2
1
6
5
1
5
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
4
2
2
1
Sombreiro
R (Ahoada)
Sombreiro
R (BugumaDegema Rd)
Emezi
2
1
1
Orashi
R
(Mbiama)
Ewhe
Emeya
Kolo-Cleek
Ubie
Burrow pit
Opolo-Epie
Table 3.32: The species composition, distribution and abundance of zooplankton
in the OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area
Zooplankton
Group
STATIONS
Tota %
PROTOZOA
l
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
67 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.32: The species composition, distribution and abundance of zooplankton
in the OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area contd
Zooplankton
Group
Sombreiro
R (BugumaDegema
26
17.45
10
40
26.85
25
5
149
3.35
100
1
1
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
8
2
2
2
2
12
6
5
2
3
3
14
4
2
2
19
3
18
2
1
1
10
14
13
14
Ewhe
2
10
Emezi
2
Emeya
HARPACTICOI
D
Sub Total
LARVAL
FORMS
Nauplii
Insect larvae
Copepodid
Sub Total
NEMATODA
Sub Total
Total
Kolo-Cleek
Sombreiro
R (Ahoada)
5
Ubie
%
Burrow pit
Total
PROTOZOA
Opolo-Epie
Orashi
R
(Mbiama)
STATIONS
1
3.13.3 Fisheries
The fish species collected and those observed in the catch of local fishermen in the project area
belong to 28 fish families and 58 species (Table 3.33). Fishing activities were observed in all
water bodies. Canoes, the sole fishing craft, were either the dugout type or were made of planks
neatly nailed together. They varied considerably in size from just under two metres to over four
metres overall length. Small sized canoes were operated mainly in the swamps and creeks while
larger ones were operated in the big rivers such as the Sombreiro and Orashi rivers. A few of the
canoes operated had outboard engines but the vast majority (over 98%) were manually propelled
by use of paddles.
Young children wade in the shallow waters throwing nets or clasping nets to
collect small fishes. Women were fishing mainly with basket traps but sometimes they used long
lines, set gill nets, and lift nets.
Fishermen operated different types of gears such as cast nets, gill nets, beach seines, filter nets,
long lines and encircling nets in near and distant waters.
Light traps were used to exploit
Pantodon sp and Pellonula leonensis. During the rainy season, elaborate filtering devices were
set across the width of small rivers (which were less than 10 metres in width). Such devices
trapped large number of fishes including juveniles. Basket traps were the gear of choice in the
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
68 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
swamps. They were particularly effective for exploiting Channa sp, Clarias sp, Synodontis spp
and prawns.
Exploitation of shellfish (Macrobrachium vollenhovenii and M. macrobrachion) was by use of
basket traps operated mainly by women. Periwinkles were hand picked from mudflats and areas
exposed during low tides.
During the commencement of the rainy season, the Characidae including Alestes baremose and
Hydrocynus forskhalii dominated the catch. Their dominance was soon replaced by the
mochokids and clariids for the greater part of the rainy season and early part of the dry season.
During the dry season, the bagrids and the cichlids were caught in large numbers.
Among the different fish families observed, the family Cichlidae had seven species, followed by
the families Clariidae, Mormyridae and Mochokidae with four species each, while the Clupeidae
and Bagridae had three species each.
There are numerous fish ponds and small lakes within the project area particularly around Ahoada
and Abua. Ownership of fish ponds range from small sized ponds owned by individuals, through
medium sized ones owned by families to large sized ones (> an acre) owned by the communities.
Community ponds and lakes were harvested at designated period of the year usually associated
with a festival. Individual and family ponds were usually harvested during the receding flood at the
cessation of the rains.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
69 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area
Habitat
A.I
Fish
Family
Species
and
Family Clupeidae
Pellonula leonensis
Ethmalosa fimbriata
Sardinella
marderensis
Family Cichlidae
Tilapia zillii
Tilapia mariae
Sarotherodon
galilaeus
Hemichronis fasciatus
Hemichromis
bimaculatus
Chromidotilapia
guentheri
Oreochromis niloticus
Family Bagridae
Chrysichthys
nigrodigitatus
Bagrus bayad
Clarotes
macrocephalus
Family Clarridae
Clarias albopunctatus
Clarias buthapogon
Clarias gariepinus
Heterobranchus
bidorsalis
Gear
C
C
C
6
1,2,5
1,2,5
Intertidal areas
Intertidal and open areas
Intertidal and open areas
C
C
C
C
C
R
C
1,2,3,4,5
1,2,3
1,2,3,4,5
1,2,3,4
4,6
3,6
1,2,3,4,5
Shallow waters including
brackish areas
Shallow waters
brackish areas
brackish waters
Swamps
Swamps
Shallow
waters
and
swamps
C
R
R
1,2,3,4,5
1,2,3,4,5
3,4
Open waters, estuaries
and lagoons
Rivers
Open water
C
C
C
R
1,2,3,4,
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4,5
Swamps
Swamps
Swamps
waters
Swamps
waters
and
shallow
and
shallow
Family Channidae
Channa obscura
Channa africana
Family Gobiidae
Gobius schlegelii
Gobius occidentalis
C
C
3,4
3,4
Swamps
Swamps
C
R
3,4
3,4
Near the shore line
Near shore line
Family Pantodontidae
Pantodon sp
C
8
Swamps, shallow flood
plains
Hepsetidae
Hepsetus odoe
C
1,2,4
Open waters,
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
70 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area contd
Fish
Family
Species
A.I
Gear
Habitat
C
R
1,2
1,2
Freshwater
lakes
Freshwater
lakes
rives
and
rives
and
Freshwater
lakes
rivers
and
Freshwater
lakes
Freshwater
lakes
Freshwater
lakes
rivers
and
rivers
and
rivers
and
and
Family Schilbeidae
Schilbe mystus
Eutropius niloticus
Family Mochochidae
Synodontis schall
Synodontis
membranaceous
Synodontis occelifer
Synodontis sp x
Family Mormyridae
Gnatonemus
tamandua
Campylomormrus sp
Hyperopisus bebe
Petrocephalus bovei
C
1,2,4
C
R
R
1,2,4
1,2,4
1,2,4
R
R
R
R
1,2,5
1,2,5
1,2,5
1,2,5
Large freshwater
and lakes
Large freshwater
and lakes
Large freshwater
and lakes
Large freshwater
and lakes
rivers
rivers
rivers
rivers
Family Polynemidae
Polynemus quadrifilis
C
1,2,4,5
Open
waters
estuaries
and
Family Periothalmidae
Periopthalmus papilio
A
3
Saline
swamps
intertidal areas
and
Family Mugilidae
Liza falcipinnis
Liza hoefleri
C
C
1,2,5
1,2.5
Intertidal
waters
Intertidal
waters
Family Elopidae
Elops lacerta
Family Sciaenidae
Pseudotolithus
elongatus
Pseudotolithus
epipercus
and
open
and
open
C
1,2,4
Open waters
C
R
1,2.5
1,2,5
and lagoons
and lagoons
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
71 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area contd
Family Lutjanidae
Lutjanus goreensis
Lutjanus eutactus
Family Cynoglossidae
Cynoglossus
senegalensis
Family Osteoglossidae
Heterotis niloticus
Family Polypteridae
Polypterus bichir
Calamoichthys
calabaricus
Family
Lepidosirenidae
Protopterus annectens
Family Gymnarchidae
Gymnarchus
niloticus
Family Characidae
Hydrocyon forskhali
Alestes baremose
Alestes
macrolepidotus
Family Anabantidae
Ctenopoma
kingslayae
Family Citharinidae
Citharinus citharus
Family Notopteridae
Xenomystus nigri
Family
Palaeomonidae
Macrobrachium
vollenhovenii
Macrobrachium
macrobracshion
Family Littorinidae
Pachymelenia aurita
Tympanostonus aurita
C
R
1,2,5
1,2,5
and lagoons
and lagoons
R
1,2,4
Open waters
C
1,2,5
Open waters of rivers
C
C
1,2,3
3
Swamps
Swamps
R
1,2,3,4
Swamps
C
1,2,3,4
Freshwater
lakes
C
C
R
1,2,3,5,
1,2,3,5,6
1,2,3,5,6
and lakes
and lakes
and lakes
R
3
Mainly in swamps
C
1,2,5
Open waters of rives and
lakes
R
1,2,3
Swamps
C
3
littoral areas
C
3
littoral areas
A
A
Hand picking
Hand picking
Mudflats and swamps
Mudflats and swamps
rivers
and
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
72 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
KEY
No of species = 53
No of families = 26
1 = Cast net
2 = Gill net
3 = Basket trap
4 = Long line/hooks
5 = Encircling nets/Beach seine
6 = Lift net
7 = Filter net
8 = Light trap
AI = Abundance Index
C = Common
R = Rare
3.14
Socio-Economics
3.14.1 Communities and Constituencies
The project area extends across 90 communities in Rivers and Bayelsa states. These towns,
villages and fishing settlements fall within 5 local government areas (LGAs), two in Bayelsa State
(Yenagoa and Ogbia LGAs) and three in Rivers State (Ahoada East, Ahoada West, and
Abua/Odual LGAs). The communities in the project area and their LGA’s are listed in Tables 2.2
and 2.3. Table 3.34 shows the distribution of communities within the study area.
Table 3.34: Distribution of Communities in LGAs in the Project Area
LGA
Rivers State
Ahoada
Ahoada East
West
Number of
communities in
OML 22
13
Number of
communities in
OML 28
19
Abua
Odua
Bayelsa State
Yenagoa
Ogbia
21
18
-
-
-
1
10
4
Note: Numbers of communities listed do not add up to 90, as listed in Tables 2.2 and 2.3
because communities with controversial or unclear LGAs were omitted.
Source: SPDC 2006, Groundtruthing/fieldtrip
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
73 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.14.2 Population Estimate and Demographics
3.14.2.1 Population
The analysis of population trends in the study area is constrained by the lack of accurate data.
Results of census carried out in the country in 1911, 1921, 1931, 1952/53, 1963 and 1991 have
been contested and largely rejected in Nigeria. Today, the projections of the 1991 census are
commonly utilized for development planning, partly because the government approves it and also
because it is generally considered as the closest to reality amongst other options, though there
are controversies surrounding the relative populations of states, especially the figures for
communities, which have since been withdrawn from circulation as a result of agitations. For the
purpose of EIAs, past attempts to estimate community populations by experts have met with utter
rejection by the communities, who commonly claim to have been undercounted. Therefore, this
section shall rely on the government 1991 census figures and population growth projection rates,
as well as data from smaller and more localized studies, as is considered as best practice for
socioeconomic surveys in Nigerian localities today.
Available population figures of the 1991 national population census for communities in the project
area are presented in Table 3.35, as well as their projections to 2005. This table shows that the
communities are rural, being less than 20,000 people considered as the minimum number for an
urban settlement. This is typical of the Niger Delta region, which has few large towns and the
associated catalytic effect of towns on development, a factor that has been identified as one of the
drawbacks to development in the region.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
74 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.35: Population of some of the communities in Project Area
COMMUNITY
1991 NPC Population Figures
Population Projections to 2005
Owerewere
Aminigboko
Egunughan
Emesu
Obrany
Arukwo
Okoboh
Otari
Nedugo
Ogboloma
Igbogene
Nyenegwe
Zarama
Akenfa
Agudama
Akenpai
Edepie
Etegwe
Okutukutu
Opolo
8706
12,401
5749
8189
1492
2125
829
1180
2,442
3478
2968
4227
4,735
6745
3,632
5173
3732
5316
2288
3259
3536
5037
473
673
2483
3537
1472
2096
1881
2679
448
638
1222
1740
524
746
1670
2378
3731
5315
Source: National Population Commission (NPC), 1991.
(Projections to 2005 with 2.83%, as prescribed for the whole of Nigeria.)
3.14.2.2 Socio-Demographic Data
3.14.2.2.1 Age Sex Distribution
The analysis of the data gathered from a recent survey of 332 households in the project area
indicates a slight dominance of females (51.2%) over males (48.8%).
The mean age was
estimated at 20.6±15.321 years, while the median age was 18 years. This implies that half of the
population is younger than 18 years, which was close to the national median of 17.5 years
reported in the Nigeria Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) of 1999. More recent studies
(NDDC Masterplan) support this pattern of age distribution, with more than 60% of the population
of the 5 LGAs in the study area being less than 29 years old and almost 80% being less than 40.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
75 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.36 Percentage Distribution of household members according to age composition
Administrative Units
0-4 5 - 9 10 - 14 15-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70 and
above
Rivers State
Abua/Odual
Ahoada east
Ahoada west
6.1
2.1
11.4
11.0
Bayelsa State
Ogbia
Yenagoa
7.7 9.0 11.4
11.0 11.4 13.8
9.8 11.1 14.7
9.6
8.3
13.5
12.5
14.4
13.8
19.3
13.9
29.7
23.2
22.5
29.4
35.4
35.3
34.0
17.8
27.1
16.3
15.7
17.3
16.2
15.1
11.4
15.6
8.3
8.8
9.5
7.0
8.4
6.0
1.8
4.0
5.6
5.7
3.5
4.1
3.9
7.9
3.4
1.6
3.4
1.2
2.6
1.3
0.2
1.3
1.6
0.7
0.7
0.2
(Source: CPED, 2003. Demographic baseline studies for the NDDC Niger Delta Masterplan)
The population pyramid of the study area indicates an age-sex structure typical of developing
country, having a broad (large) base, which implies a preponderant younger population. (Fig 3.10)
80+
7 5 -7 9
7 0 -7 4
6 5 -6 9
6 0 -6 4
5 5 -5 9
5 0 -5 4
4 5 -4 9
M a le
4 0 -4 4
F e m a le
3 5 -3 9
3 0 -3 4
2 5 -2 9
2 0 -2 4
1 5 -1 9
1 0 -1 4
5 -9
0 -4
-2 0 .0
-1 5 .0
-1 0 .0
-5 .0
0 .0
5 .0
1 0 .0
1 5 .0
2 0 .0
Figure 3.10: Population Pyramid of Study Area
(Source: SPDC 2004. Trans Niger HIA Report.)
Males outnumbered females in the younger ages of 0-14 and mature ages of 40 and above, while
females between 19 and 44 years old outnumbered their male counterparts. The relatively less
males than females between the ages of 19 and 44 could be attributed to:
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
76 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
i.
The common out-migration of males to seek for greener pastures in bigger towns and
cities with more vibrant economies and broader opportunities while the females stay
at home to take care of the families.
ii.
The pull exerted by oil industry labor requirements on local male populations, with
consequences of creating a large migrant workforce in the Niger Delta region and a
highly mobile youth population.
An age structure that favours the young people, who are naturally in the most volatile, venturing
and uncompromising phases of their lives, has implications for conflict as well as representation.
The central role played by women in advocacy could also be connected with their dominance
amongst people between 19 and 44 years old.
Youth dominance in the Niger Delta has not only reflected in numbers but also in increasing
militancy and incursion of the power and authority structures. This can be attributed to the
reactionary mindset of Niger Delta youth, resulting from feelings of being cheated out of their
deserved benefits from oil. They believe that past and present leadership have mortgaged their
future, and hold oil companies complicit in the matter.
3.14.2.3 Marital Status
Most of the household heads (90.5%) are or have been married, while the remaining 9.5% are
single-never married. The divorce rate is 0.6%, while 22.7% of the men have more than one wife
(Table 3.36).
Table 3.37: Marital Status in Project Area
Marital Status
Percentage
Monogamous
66.6
Polygamous
22.7
Separated
0.9
Divorced
0.6
Single
9.5
(Source: SPDC 2004. Trans Niger HIA Report)
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
77 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Not Married
10%
Married
Not Married
Married
90%
Fig 3.11 Marital Status in Project Area.
(Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report)
3.14.2.4 Household Size
The average number of persons per household is 6, which is slightly more than the national mean
household size of 4.9 and 5.2 for Rivers State (inclusive of Bayelsa State) reported by the
National Population Commission (Figure 3.12).
6
5
4
3
Household size
2
1
0
Project area
Rivers/Bayelsa states
Nigeria
Figure 3.12: Household size in Study Area, states and Nigeria.
(Sources: FOS/ILO 2000/2001; NPC, 1996)
3.14.2.5 Education status
Almost three quarters of the people in the study area have attended school to some level. About
seventy-three percent (73.2%) of household members aged 6 years and above have “ever been
to school”, implying an illiteracy rate of 26.8% in the study population. This compares well with the
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
78 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
illiteracy rate of 28% for Rivers state as a whole (NDHS1999). More recent studies show better
literacy rates: Table 3.38 indicates that in 2003, about 80 per cent of the adults on the average
could read and write, except in Ahoada west LGA with 68 per cent.
Table 3.38 Literacy level and educational attainment
Adult
Ever
Literacy attended
rate
school
Attained
Primary
education
Attained Attained Post
Secondary
Secondary
education
education
Rivers State
79.9
83.9
33.4
Abua/Odual
89.0
92.6
39.6
Ahoada east
80.6
80.7
37.9
Ahoada west
62.2
76.9
40.2
Bayelsa state
Ogbia
88.8
93
39.6
Yenagoa
75.4
84.4
42.2
(Source: NDDC2004, Masterplan for the Niger delta region)
49.5
48.1
45.2
44.1
17.1
12.3
16.9
15.7
50.9
42.7
9.5
15.1
100
90
Adult literacy
rate
80
70
Ever attended
school
60
50
Attained primary
education
40
Attained
secondary
school
education
Attained tertiary
education
30
20
10
0
Ogbia LGA
Yenagoa LGA
Ahoada east
LGA
Ahoada west
LGA
Abua-Odual
LGA
Rivers state
Bayelsa state
Figure 3.13a: Educational Attainment
(Source: NDDC 2004, Masterplan for the Niger delta region)
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
79 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
However, the breakdown of the averages shows that the illiteracy rate is 20.5% for males and
33.2% for females in the project area while it is 13% for males and 31% for females for Rivers
state as a whole, thereby implying that males in the project area lag behind their counterparts in
Rivers state. Expectedly, the proportion of the total population in the project area that forge ahead
to complete secondary and tertiary education is far less than those that have “ever been to
school”. In a recent survey covering 36 communities in the project area (Gbaran IOGP, 2003),
almost half (47%) of the total respondents interviewed had secondary education, 26% had
primary education and about 20% had tertiary education. Only 7% of the total sampled
respondents had no formal education. (Figure 3.13)
Primary Schl.: 26 percent
Secondary Schl.: 47 perecnt
Tertiary institution: 20 percent
No education:
7 perecnt
Figure 3.13b: Educational Attainment.
Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report
These findings were not too far from those found in the NDDC survey of the Niger delta, 2004,
where about half of the household members were currently in school at the time of the study and
the percentage of households currently in secondary school varied from 36 % to 51% (Table
3.39).
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
80 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.39: Household members currently in school and present grade
Currently Currently Currently in
in school in Primary Secondary
School
School
Rivers State
Abua/Odual
Ahoada east
Ahoada west
39.2
45.3
42.6
41.4
38.4
37.6
45.3
41.6
45.9
51.8
44.4
43.7
Currently in
Post
Secondary
School
15.7
10.6
10.2
14.7
Bayelsa State
Ogbia
Yenagoa
43.2
54.1
43.4
47.7
46.1
45.2
40.4
36.8
41.7
11.9
17.0
13.1
(Source: NDDC2004, Masterplan for the Niger delta region)
Very few school age children are out of school. Generally, there is hardly a community without a
primary school in the study area. Availability of primary and secondary schools is not so much the
problem as the inadequacies in the infrastructure, facilities and equipment. For instance, the
records of the Bayelsa State Ministry of Education show that Yenagoa L.G.A had a total of 139
primary schools and 18 secondary schools in 2002. Currently there are two tertiary institutions in
the study area and the College of Science and Technology in Yenagoa LGA (Table 3.40)
Table 3.40a: Selected Education Statistics (2002)
LGA
% of Pry
Ogbia
54
% of
Sec.
Schools
16
Yenagoa
139
18
Schools
Sec. school enrolment
Male
Female
Total
2003
1584
3587
2737
3225
5962
Tertiary Institutions
College
of
science
and technology
Source: Bayelsa state ministry of Education 2002: Records of Educational Institutions
Direct observation and information gathered from key interviews indicate that the buildings of
these schools are mostly dilapidated and lack adequate furniture, staff, quarters, toilets, teaching
aids and science equipment. Table 3.41 shows that schools in both Rivers and Bayelsa state
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
81 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
have the lowest Teacher/pupil ratio amongst the states of the Niger delta (1:123 and 1:117
respectively). Bayelsa State has the fewest number of schools (496) and almost twice the total
enrolment number of Akwa Ibom State, which has 1,066 schools.
Table 3.40b: Selected Education Statistics (2000)
State
No. of
Schools
No. of
classroom
s
% of
Classrooms
in Good
Condition
Total
Enrolment
%
Female
No. of
Teacher
s
Teacher/
Pupil
Ratio
Overall
Mean
Scores
(%)*
Abia
Akwa
Ibom
Bayelsa
Cross
River
Delta
Edo
Imo
Ondo
Rivers
National
1,103
1,066
9,177
9,128
25
25
427,642
244,392
50
51
9276
13,683
1:46
1:54
30.52
25.87
496
807
3,738
7,372
18
40
410,079
386,297
49
48
3,515
11,425
1:117
1:34
NA
18.10
1,015
1,013
1,220
1,129
1,027
44,292
8,401
11,217
15,630
6,939
9,387
332,408
29
40
88
73
30
42.5
573,942
898,979
362,107
566,184
491,401
20,442,789
50
48
49
50
50
43
15,720
10,959
14,145
12,342
4,011
429,989
1:37
1:82
1:26
1:46
1:123
1:64
32.60
24.14
19.52
30.96
19.12
25.17
(Source: West African Institute For Financial and Economic Management (WAIFEM),
Education Today, September 2000 p. 4)
As reported in a recent survey: Otuasega has a sub-standard community primary school and also
a sub-standard secondary school. There are primary schools in Oruma and Ibelebiri, they are also
sub-standard in nature. The people of Oruma and Ibelebiri send their children to Otuasega to
attend secondary school. (SPDC 2004). Trans Niger HIA Report)
3.14.3 The Economic Environment
3.14.3.1 Occupation
The livelihood of the communities in the study area depends much on their natural resourcebased traditional occupations. Farming and fishing are the major occupations practiced.
Supplemented with other agricultural based enterprises such as palm harvesting and processing,
palm tapping, gin distillation, mat weaving as well as hunting. Most of these activities are carried
out at subsistence level.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
82 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Aside from the traditional occupation, other income generating activities identified include petty
trading, contracting, transportation/driving, food processing, carving, tailoring, welding, motor
mechanical works, electrical works, nursing, carpentry and canoe carving. In addition, there are
few company workers and civil servants as well as teachers in local schools and tertiary
institutions.
Statistically, farming accounts for 25.6% of the occupation of the communities, fishing accounts
for 13.3% and trading 15.4%. (Table 3.41).
Table 3.41a: Economic environment (Occupational status)
OCCUPATION
PERCENTAGE
Farming
Trading
Fishing
Artisan
Unemployed
Others
(Civil Service, Company Employee,
Pensioner, Contractor/Business)
25.6
15.4
13.3
5.4
11.4
28.9
Cassava is the most popular crop cultivated in the communities. Other important crops are maize,
plantain, banana, cocoyam, water yam, yams, sweet potatoes, coconut, groundnut, okra,
sugarcane, pineapples, pepper and vegetables.
Fishing is carried out in the Orashi and Sombreiro rivers and the adjoining creeks as well as in the
fresh water swamps. Several types of traps, nets and hooks are utilized for fishing. Several
communities, for instance those that fish in Kolo Creek, exert bye laws that restrict fishing to
certain periods of the year, which serve as traditional conservation measures that ensure
sustainable resource exploitation.
Aquaculture is also common in the project area. Fishponds are owned by individuals, families or
communities. Stocking of fish and feeding are usually at sub-intensive levels. In addition, ponds
are used to trap fishes that come inlands during the flood seasons and are harvested when the
floods subside.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
83 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Rearing of livestock is common in the communities. Poultry, especially the local fowl is the most
popular. Others are goats, sheep, rams, dogs, native cattle and pigs.
Local implements such as machetes and hoes are used for farming. The communities lack access
to modern farm inputs and technologies such as fertilizers, credit, agro-chemicals (herbicides,
pesticides etc) and tractors etc
The communities allaege that agricultural production has decreased considerably due to oil
production activities, which polluted the land and water, killed the fishes, drove away the wildlife
and reversed the fertility of the soil. Factors that may have contributed to low yield from agriculture
and aquaculture are population pressure, pest and diseases, erosion, over-fishing and other
unsustainable practices.
Trading involves marketing of agricultural products, groceries such as soap, pomade, toothpaste;
stationeries; clothing and other household items; fuel and other small business inputs.
Marketing outlets include local markets, which have specific market days; shops that are
commonly operated within home premises, local beer parlours and bukaterias; and alongside
busy roads.
3.14.3.2 Income
Low income level is evident from the earnings of the people, whereby less than 31% of the people
in each LGA earn less than N20,000.00 in a month, and a range of 28% to 44% earning less than
N5,000.00 per month (Table 3.41b). This range is bearely above the World Bank benchmark for
income poverty of $1 per day, which comes to about N4,200 per month.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
84 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.41b Economic environment (Income level)
Less
than
N5,000
N5,000N10,000
N10,000N15,000
N15,000N20,000
Above
N20,000
Rivers State
28.8
17.4
11.6
11.5
30.7
Abua/Odual
44.6
17.9
12.8
14.5
10.1
Ahoada east
25.5
20.3
16.4
15.4
22.4
Ahoada west
58.9
19.6
8.8
5.9
6.7
30.4
18.2
10.2
8.1
33.1
33.2
16.4
12.9
12.1
25.3
39.0
20.4
6.6
5.0
28.9
States
Bayelsa State
Ogbia
Yenagoa
(Source: Center for Population and Environmental Development, 2003. Demographic Baseline Studies for
the NDDC)
The low income levels in the project area, considering the stagnant rural economies, wherein
natives depend mainly on low-technology-driven exploitation of natural resources at subsistence
levels and with unsustainable practices.
The unemployment rate is high in the project area (11.4%), which accounts for a high level of
youth restiveness. This is especially true for OML 22 area. Some factors contributing to youth
unemployment include:
•
Lack of local industries to create employment,
•
Lack of marketable skills
•
Inadequate mobilization, support and incentives for self-employment through Small and
Medium Enterprises (SMEs).
•
Abandonment of traditional occupations, which are low yielding, fraught with hardship
and no longer command respect
•
Attraction for better paying and more dignifying jobs in the oil sector
•
Limited job opportunities provided by oil and gas sector and
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
85 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
•
The boom and bust patterns of oil company temporary contract jobs, resulting in long
periods of prospecting in between short spells of work.
3.14.4 The Social Environment
3.14.4.1 Housing
About 86.6% of the community members live in their own houses, while 13.4% live in rented
accommodation. (SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA report)
The housing patterns depend on the status of a family and vary from one community to the other.
Most of the houses are built using cement blocks with either zinc or asbestos roofing. However,
there are several communities where the majority of the houses are made of mud, bamboo and
thatched roofs.
Plate.3.1: Mud Houses with Thatched and Zinc Roofs in Project Area
Statistically, a recent survey showed that most houses in communities within Yenagoa and Ogbia
LGAs of the project area are of the modern type: 87% were roofed with zinc plated iron sheets,
while about 13% had thatched roof; 85% were constructed with cement blocks and about 14%
with clayey mud. On the other hand, 46.7% of the houses in communities within the Rivers region
were built with mud and roofed with zinc, 40% built with wood or mud with thatched roofs and only
about 13.3% with cement blocks and zinc roofs ( Fig.3.14).
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
86 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Cement Blocks
Mud/Clay walls
Zinc roofing
Thatch roofing
Bayelsa region
Rivers region
Fig.3.14 Quality of Housing Materials in Project Area
Another study (DPC 2001), established that iron sheet roofs were the most commonly used form
of roofing, while walls were mostly cement, but also mud. Thatch roofs were the alternative to the
iron roofs with 31.8% usage in Bayelsa state and 23.7% in Rivers. Toilet facilities were largely
absent, existing in only 10% of the houses in Bayelsa and 24% in Rivers.
Table 3.42a: Social Environment (Quality of Housing by State in the Niger Delta)
Thatch
Iron Sheet Roof Mud Wall
Roof
Bayelsa
31.8
55.6
44.3
Rivers
23.7
62.8
26.7
(Source: Development Policy Centre 2001 p. 67.)
Concrete Wall Toilet
Facilities
41.6
10.1
58.7
24.3
3.14.4.2 Social Infrastructure
As shown in Table 3.42b, villages in the Niger delta generally possess schools, but lack electricity,
telephone, postal agencies and dispensaries.
Table 3.42b: Social environment (Infrastructures in the Niger Delta)
Villages With (%)
Clean Water
31.6
Electricity
48.7
Access Roads
60.7
Primary School
98.3
Secondary School
73.5
Hospital
23.9
Health Centre
51.3
Dispensary
27.4
Post Office
27.4
Postal Agency
35.0
Telephone
15.4
(Source: Development Policy Centre, 2001 p. 65.)
Villages Without (%)
67.5
504
39.3
1.7
26.5
75.2
45.3
67.5
69.2
60.7
82.1
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
87 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.14.4.2.1 Availability of Electricity
Three-quarters of households (73.1%) have no access to electricity. This is higher than the 59%
reported for Rivers State in the 1995 Progress of Nigerian Children (PONC) report and the
national NDHS figure of 54%. (SPDC 2004, Trans Niger HIA Report)
However, there are variations in the access to electricity between Rivers and Bayelsa States
regions of the project area. In the Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa LGA) region of the project
area, about 65% of the respondents utilize electricity as their main source of power, while 33%
and 2% use kerosene and other energy sources respectively. On the other hand, 80% of the
communities in the Rivers State region (Ahoada East, Ahoada West, and Abua- Odua LGAs) lack
electricity and depend on hurricane lanterns as the main source of lighting. Amongst the 20% that
have electricity, 10% rely on generators, while 6.7 and 3.3% have Rural Electrification and are
hooked on to the National Grid (NEPA) respectively.
None
None
Others
Generator
State turbine
Rural
electrification
NEPA
NEPA
BAYELSA STATE COMMUNITIES
RIVERS STATE COMMUNITIES
Figures 3.15: Pattern of Electricity Supply in Study Area
(Source: SPDC 2003 Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report)
3.14.4.2.2 Sources of cooking fuel
Up to two-thirds of households (66.6%) were reported to use firewood as cooking fuel in the area,
while 32.8% use kerosene and none use domestic gas.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
88 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.14.4.2.3 Roads and Transportation
The project area is traversed by several roads, amongst which are:
•
The Port Harcourt -Patani -Warri highway,
•
The major link road that connects Yenagoa to the Port Harcourt Warri road,
•
Smaller feeder roads to the project communities and
•
Unpaved roads connecting small villages and fishing settlements
Most of the communities are accessible by road all year round, while others lack motorable
access roads. For instance, Otuasega, Okporowo, Okoma I, Aminigboko and Owerewere all
fringe the sides of major roads while Odau, Odigwe and Ozochi are more remote and lack
adequate access roads.
Public buses, cars and motorcycles are the major means of transportation in the project area.
Public motor vehicles ply roads that link the project communities to major towns such as Port
Harcourt, Yenagoa, Ughelli and Warri etc while motorcycle transport is used for shorter shuttles
between and within smaller towns in the project area.
Motorcycles and bicycles are the most commonly owned means of transportation in the project
area, while a small percentage own cars. Canoes (with or without outboard engines) are owned
and used in communities fringing the Orashi and Sombreiro rivers as well as other notable creeks.
These include Oruma and Ibelebiri, which are close to Kolo creek; Ozochi and Odigwe, which are
by the banks of the Orashi river; while Ihuama, Rumuekpe and Ihuowo are by the Sombreiro river.
3.14.5 Cultural Characteristics
3.14.5.1 Ethnic groups in Project Area
The main languages spoken in the project area are Ijaw, Ogbia, Epie-Attisa, Ekpeye, Igbo and
Pidgin English. There are six major ethnic groups, which are:
•
Ekpeye
•
Epie
•
Ogbia
•
Engenni
•
Abua
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
89 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
•
Gbaran
Their distribution is shown in Table 3.39.
Table 3.43 Ethnic groups and their different communities in the Project Area
Ethnic Group
1. Ekpeye
Communities
Ula-ikata, Ihuike, Udebu, Ihuaba, Edeoha(Biggest), Okpogudhodu,
Idu-Oke, Ihuowo, Ihuama, Ikata, Ochigba, Okporowo, Odiabidi,
Ubumueze, Okoma 1, Okoma 11, oshugboko, ogbele, odigwe, olaupata, Ihujubuluko, Ozochi.
Okogbe, Ula Okobo I & II, Ogbede, Obhodi, Odhiolugboji, Odiogbo,
Odiopiti, Odieke – igbuduya, Emezi I, Emezi II, Ukpeliede, Ogbede
I, Ogbede II
2. Engenni
Obholobholo, Kela-Ogbogolo, Opu-Ogbogolo, Okolorama, Emezi 11,
Mbaima, Ishayi, Oruama, One-Man-Country, Agboh, Akiogbologbo,
Okarki, Okparaki, Kunusha, Igovia, Ikodi
3. Epie
Igbogene, Nyenegwe, Zarama, Akenfa, Agudama, Akenpai, Edepie,
Etegwe, Okutukutu, Opolo.
4. Gbaran
Agbai, Nedugo, Ogboloma
5. Abua
Owerewere, Aminigboko, Egunughan, Emesu, Obrany, Okobor,
Emobu, Arukwo, Okoboh, Omalem, Otari, Egamini, Oghova,
Aminigboko Odau.
6. Ogbia
Otuegwe, Ibelebiri, Otuasega, Oruma, Obedum.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
90 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.14.5.2 Historical background
Accounts of the history of the ethnic groups by some of the chiefs and elders are provided below.
•
Ekpeye ethnic group
The origins of the Ekpeyes can be traced back to the ancient Benin Empire, from where an initial
group of settlers left the Benin enclave and migrated to their present area due to wars. They first
settled into four sub-clan groups, namely Upata, Igbuduya, Ako and Ubie. Parallel settlements
were later founded by onward migrations of lineages or families. Other families joined the principal
founders to establish new communities.
Ekpeye communities are spread across Ahoada East and Ahoada West Local Government Areas
of Rivers State. Irrespective of their common origins, there are subtle historical differences that
tend to give each community its individual identity. For instance, Okporowo was founded by Elder
Olukuo, who first settled at Obigwe in the present Ogba / Egbema / Ndoni Local Government
Area, later came to Olubie and finally settled in the present place called Okporowo.
The people of Okoma 1 migrated from Benin Kingdom during the 1502 mass exodus, together
with the Ogba people. They came all the way to Ila-Ukpatta where they settled. Thereafter, they
moved to Edoha and latter settled in the present place called Okoma 1. Ogbubie is the founder of
Okoma I.
The Ihuama community migrated from a village called Ekpe in Benin. The founder is called
Ihuama. Ozochi people migrated from a town called Odeoke Ako and was founded by a man
called Ugbo centuries ago. A man called Obolobolo who migrated from Benin Kingdom centuries
ago founded Odigwe.
•
Engenni ethnic group
The Engenni clan originated from ancient Benin to escape the spate of ritual sacrifices and wars
at the time. They previously settled in Kwale and Isoko areas before finally settling in the thick
forest close to the Orashi River. Initially the Engenni communities settled more inlands from the
banks of the Orashi river for fear of being taken as slaves. However, most of the Engenni
communities moved to the shore of Orashi River at the advent of palm oil trade and Christianity.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
91 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
The adoption of Kalabari names such as Oruama, Mbiama, Akinima and Joinkrama by the
Engennis’ was as a result of close relationships with the Kalabari’s who dominated trade along the
Orashi.
•
Abua ethnic group
It is claimed that the Abua’s migrated from the Congo Basin in the 12th century; hence their
language could be traceable to the forest people of Cameroon and Congo River. The group first
settled at Nembe before coming to their present settlement, between Ekpeye and Degema. Abua,
the founder had four sons, whose descendants multiplied to form the Abua villages.
Aminigboko and Owerewere communities share a common ancestral origin from Abua.
Aminigboko who happens to be the first son of Emughan founded the place that is now called
Aminigboko. Owerewere people migrated from Okpaden in Abua central. They also have links
with the overall ancestral history of the Abua people.
The people of Odau claimed to have existed in their present place of abode since existence.
They settled in a place adjacent to their present location called the overside.
•
Epie ethnic group
The Epie/Atissa Ethnic Group claimed to have migrated from ancient Benin and settled first at
Isoko, before they migrated to their present locations. The language was similar to those of Isoko
and Urhobo-Ijoh. They had been greatly influenced by the Kolokuma Ijaw culture.
•
The Ogbia People
The Ogbia communities possess a common ancestry. They migrated from Nembe from an
ancestral father called Olei. Otuasega was founded by Otua and Ibelebiri by Ebele, a
descendant of Oba Ese, who migrated from Ogbolomabiri in Nembe
3.14.5.3 Community power structure and governance
The power structure of each community has the paramount ruler at the apex of traditional
authority. The council of chiefs, Elders, CDC, Youths leaders, Women leaders, Age grades and
Church leaders assist in decision-making and governance (Fig.3.16).
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
92 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Paramount Ruler
Council of Chiefs
Community
Development
Committee (CDC)
Women
Youth Group
Social groups
Residents
Fig. 3.16:Traditional Hierarchy of Governance in the Project Communities
The Council of Chiefs consists of traditional chiefs among whom a chairman is elected. The
responsibility of the council is to ensure peace, progress and stability in the community. The
Council of Chiefs, Community Development Committee (CDC) and Youth Council play different
roles in the day-to-day administration of each community. While the paramount ruler and chiefs
play the key roles in community mobilization, decision-making and conflict resolution; the CDC
commonly focuses on community development advocacy and supervision. The women and youth
carry out the various development agenda, while the enforcement of law and order rests with the
youth.
The roles played by the paramount ruler, Council of Chiefs, CDC, Youth Council and women
commonly overlap and vary slightly from one community to another, depending on the dynamism
of transition from the previous dictatorial pattern of governance to a more democratic mode. As
with most settlements in the Niger Delta, communities in the study area are in a process of
transition from the past leadership style, whereby leadership was shrouded in secrecy and
superstition to a more democratic indigenous political system based on representative
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
93 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
participation, disclosure and the fair sharing of power. Table 3.40 shows the roles and
responsibilities played by these different components of community organization in some of the
communities in the project area.
Table 3.44
Community
Ula-Ikata
Etegwe
Ikata
Ihuowo
Owerewere
Oyigba
Oruama
Ususu
Edeoha
Akalaolu
Odawu
Ula Okobo
Okogbe
Ogoda
Emezi
Odiereke
Mbiama
Aminigboko
Egumugan
EdagberiBetterland
Akinima
Roles and Responsibilities of Traditional Authorities
Paramount ruler/
Council of Chiefs
2,4
4
4
4
2,3,4
2,3,4
2,3,4
2,4
2,4
2,3,4
2,3,4
1,4
2,4
4
2,4
1,2,3,4
4
2,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,4
4
CDC
Women
Group
1,3
1,3
1
3
1,2,3
1,3
1,3
1
1
1,3
1,3
1
3
1
1
3
1
1,3
3
1,3
Youth
1,3
1,3
1
3
1,2,3
2,3
2,3
1,3
1,3
1,2
1,3
1,3,4
3
1
1
3
2
1,3
3
1,3
Social/Church
Groups
1,3
1,3
1
3
1,2,3
3,2
2,3
1,3
1
1,3
1,3
1,2
3
1,3
1
3
1
1,3
3
1,3
1
1
1
1
1,3
1,3
1
1,3
1,2,3
1,3
2,3
1,3
1,3
1
1,3
1
1,3
1
1
1,3,4
1
1,3
1,3
1,3
Legend: 1=Mobilization; 2=Decision making; 3=Development; 4=Enforce law and order
3.14.5.4 Religion and Belief System
Christianity is the major religion in the project area. Churches of the various denominations and
sects of Christendom abound in the area. These include:
•
Seventh Day Adventist (SDA)
•
Anglican Church – Niger Delta
•
Assemblies of God
•
Baptist Church
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
94 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
•
Jehovah Witness
•
Holy Sabbath Church
•
Olumba Olumba Obu (O. O. O.)
•
Cherubim and Seraphim
•
Zion Church
Despite the Christian majority, traditional religion also exists. In a recent survey in the project
area, 80% of the communities professed to be Christians, while 19% practiced traditional religion.
The reality on ground is that traditional worship is rooted in the culture of the communities and
even acclaimed Christians participate in the festivals at different levels of commitment.
Consequently, virtually all communities in the study area have communal deities and shrines,
sacred bushes, sacred streams and waters. Some of these deities and shrines are communally
owned while others are kept in the custody of specific families. Associated with these deities and
shrines are annual festivals, rites and rituals, which define the traditional religious worship,
practiced in each community. These annual festivals are considered important for warding away
evil, promoting fertility in marriages and profitable enterprise with fishing, farming and other
activities. Some deities, sacred places and festivals in the study area are provided in Table 3.45.
Table 3.45: Some Deities, Sacred places and Festivals in the study area
Community
Otuasega
Ibelebiri
Oruma
Aminigboko
Owerewere
Okporowo
Deity /Shrine/Sacred place
Onumoto forbidden forest
Osukolo, Ibaragu and Idaso deities
Ezimezi shrine
Atoleda shrine.
Amakiri Restricted /forbidden Burial
grounds. - Osika forest
- Olumogbogbo forest
Festivals
- Kolo Creek Fishing festival (1st
April)
- Fishing festival (1st April).
- Ekpo Masquerade festival
- Nworoko dance
- Obwiumader is a yearly event.
- Fishing festival observed.
-
- Iyaal Emughan festival, 25th of
February annually.
-
Igboge shrine
Areiake forests,
Emughan forests
Igbeikele
shrine/Communiy
museum
- Ake-Ogbore (where festival days
are proclaimed)
- Obulebe shrines
- Fishing festival
- Ogwu
Ekpeye
festival
(September and October)
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
95 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.45: Some Deities, Sacred places and Festivals in the study area -Contd
Community
Okoma I
-
Ihuama
-
Ozochi
-
Odigwe
-
Deity /Shrine/Sacred place
Festivals
Odu and Udewolisah shrine (for - Ogwu
Ekpeye
festival
protection and progress.)
September) -yam festival.
Okpeni shrine (protection and Ekpeye festival
progress)
Umuordu (owns the land).
Keregbu (protection and progress).
Ordu (for protection and progress)
Ude-El(where people meet and - Ogwu Ekpeye yam festival
discuss welfare issues.)
(February
–
March
–
Keregbu (responsible for the
September)
waterways and for protection.)
- Egbukele masquerade (June August wrestling festival)
Ogbulu Noshi (protects the people
in the forest.)
Ologba is in charge of the creeks in
the Orashi River.
Ulgbo is where criminal cases are
decided.
Oweigwe shrines – for customs and - Ogwu
Ekpeye
festival
culture.
(September – October
Onuowu shrine – for protection
3.14.5.5 Conflict
Conflict is common in the Niger Delta region as a whole and in the project area as well. Types of
conflict include:
•
Conflict between communities and companies
•
Conflict between communities
•
Conflict within communities and
•
Conflict between communities and government
Conflict in the Niger Delta generally as well as in the study area predate the advent of crude oil
exploitation, most of which were related to issues of land ownership, especially of palm oil bearing
land, quests for autonomy and struggles for leadership, etc. However, conflict today is either
directly caused by issues surrounding crude oil exploitation or fueled by them.
Causes of conflict between communities and companies include:
•
Non-recognition of community as stakeholder
•
Oil spillages
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
96 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
•
Border/land disputes
•
Agitation for employment
•
Refusal of companies to repair damaged roads
•
Non-payment of compensation
•
Non-compliance with court rulings and orders
•
Failure to honour MOUs
•
Perceived intimidation of the communities
•
Perceived “divide and rule tactics”
•
Ineffective communication channels
The conflict resolution strategies of communities in the study area are through dialogue in special
meetings summoned by the elders-in-council, council of chiefs, elders and chiefs assembly,
religious leaders, juju priests, youth council and women groups. Issues could either be discussed
at the lower levels of family, age grade and women or taken directly to the community leadership.
In addition, appeals and summons are common processes utilized at community level. Issues are
referred to the police and courts, when they are criminal offences that are mandatory to be
reported and when the resolution of the conflict overwhelms community leadership.
Conflict resolution at community level could attract penalties such as fines, seizures of assets and
ostracisation.
3.15. Health study
The health study focussed on the following:
•
Health Status Indicators
•
Health Care Service Indicators
•
Health Knowledge, Attitude and Practices
•
Health Risk Behaviours
•
Environmental Health Assessment
•
Health Determinants
3.15.1 Environmental Health Survey
This consisted of walk-through surveys using a prepared checklist of environmental health
parameters to assess the general level of sanitation, waste disposal practices, water supply and
housing conditions:
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
97 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
•
General level of sanitation in the communities
•
Water supply sources, quantities and qualities
•
Types of wastes, disposal methods
•
Sewage and Sullage disposal methods
•
Housing (types, ventilation, density/crowding index)
3.15.2 Baseline Health Status Indicators of OML 22 & 28 communities
3.15.2.1 Morbidity Patterns/Disease Prevalence
Analyses of disease prevalence in the project areas show that the commonest causes of diseases
in the area are communicable diseases. The most prevalent disease among the children and
adult populations is malaria. Malaria is highly endemic in these areas as a result of the humid and
waterlogged environment, favourable for mosquito breeding.
Others disease conditions are diarrhoea, acute respiratory infections, worm infestations, measles,
typhoid fever, and chicken pox. The adult population suffered also from Hypertension and Heart
Disease conditions, injuries from various causes, Arthritis, and Skin infections.
The high
prevalence rate of malaria is sustained by a number of factors including:
•
The abundance of mosquitoes (the insect vector of malaria, which consists predominantly
of Plasmodium falciparum, and less of Plasmodium vivax and Plasmodium malariae),
•
presence of stagnant water,
•
absence of pest control practices
•
inadequate prophylactic drug supply, and
•
inadequate diagnostic facility
It is pertinent to mention that HIV/AIDS infection is assuming an increasingly important position in
the hierarchy of disease prevalence in the Niger Delta area. For instance, the 2003 National
HIV/AIDS Sentinel Sero-prevalence Survey revealed a prevalence of 7% in Rivers State and
4.4% in Bayelsa State respectively (FMOH/NASCP 2003). This suggests that while Rivers State
is already in the explosive phase of the epidemic, Bayelsa Sate is at the verge of advancing into
the explosive phase if effective and sustainable intervention measures are not put in place.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
98 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.46a: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 28 area)
Diseases
Hospital
Based
Data
Causes of
Admission in Last
12 Months by
Respondents
Clinical Cases
Detected
During Survey
Disease
Prevalence
Rate (per 1000)
Malaria
Respiratory tract
infections
Diarrhoeal diseases
Skin Diseases:
Eczema
Scabies
Tinea infection
Bacteria
Papular Eruptions
Hypopigmentation
Lymphoedema
Accidents/Injury
Measles
Typhoid
Febrile convulsion
Epilepsy
Malnutrition
Miscarriage
Asthma
Urinary Tract Infection
Febrile illness
Splenomegaly
Hernia
Otitis Media
Tuberculosis
Yellow fever
Anaemia
Jaundice
Ptosis
Conjunctivitis
Worm Infestation
Hypertension
Visual problems
Arthritis
Pelvic Inflammatory
Disease
Total
1739
406
245
49
14
*10.93
1.74
385
13
91
525
33
5
32
4
4
34
38
122
182
7
14
4.34
55.67
5.20
5.20
31.34
2.60
9.61
0.86
0.86
*3.30
*0.2
49
14
14
28
21
14
161
-
35
441
42
42
245
21
77
7
7
91
14
14
21
07
14
147
14
07
21
38
-
3389
840
898
*0.20
11.4
*0.21
*0.24
*0.77
1.74
1.74
2.60
0.86
1.74
18.5
1.74
0.86
2.60
7.3
*0.31
*(Bayelsa State Ministry of Health, Federal Medical Center Yenagoa, Family Support Programme Clinic of Federal
Ministry of Women Affairs, Yenagoa, Cottage Hospital, Otuasega).
Table 3.46b: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 22 area)
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
99 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Diseases
Causes of Admission
in Last 12 Months by
Respondents
Clinical Cases
Detected During
Survey
Malaria
367
Diarrhoea
163
Respiratory tract infection
108
Tuberculosis
14
Accident/injuries
88
Hypertension
34
Visual impairment
14
Asthma
7
Skin Diseases:
• Scabies
• Splenomegaly
• Papular skin
• rashes
• Hypopigmentation
• Furunculosis
• Tinea infection
Malnutrition
Febrile illness
Anaemia
Hernia
Otitis media
Total
795
* General Hospital Ahoada
Disease Prevalence
Rate (per 1000)
8
41
34
6
18
204
20
14
68
1.5
7.6
6.3
1.1
5.2
38
3.7
2.6
12.7
7
41
54
279
20
122
20
7
1104
1.3
7.6
10.1
54.3
3.7
23.1
3.7
1.3
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
100 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.46c The distribution of health problems in Project area (LGAs)
Administrative/Political
and Ecological Units
Bayelsa State
Ogbia
Yenagoa
Rivers State
Abua/Odual
Ahoada east
Ahoada west
Fever /
Malaria
69.4
81.4
74.5
69.5
75.9
56.7
66.1
Diarrhoea Accident Dental
10.7
1.7
16.2
11.8
15.3
23.9
12.9
1.4
1.7
1.5
4.0
0.7
5.2
0.8
1.8
1.7
1.5
2.1
0.0
4.5
0.8
Skin
Eye ENT Others
Diseases
2.9
1.7
3.4
2.7
2.2
1.5
3.2
1.7
3.4
1.5
2.7
0.0
1.5
2.4
1.3
0.0
0.0
1.3
0.7
1.5
0.0
10.7
8.5
1.5
5.8
5.1
5.2
13.7
(Source: Center for Population and Environmental Development, 2003. Demographic Baseline
Studies for the NDDC)
3.15.2.2 Mortality Rates
The mortality statistics of OML 22 & 28 communities were determined using the Crude Death
Rate (CDR), Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) and Under-five Mortality Rate (U5MR).
3.15.2.3 Crude Death Rate
The crude death rate is an indicator of the relative health of a people. It is the number of deaths
from all causes per 1000 population per year. It indicates the rate at which people are dying
probably from poor health and socio-economic conditions, including the lack of access to good
quality health care and of course the HIV/AIDS pandemic. It was estimated to be 61 per 1000 in
OML 22 and 60.8 per 1000 population in OML 28 communities respectively. These figures are far
in excess of the national average of 16 per 1000 population.
Hospital records and inputs from in-depth interviews of community stakeholders reveal that
communicable diseases such as malaria, measles and respiratory infections were the greatest
causes of deaths among children below 5 years of age in these communities. Causes of death
among the adult population were predominantly from stroke, strangulated hernia, diabetes, and
tuberculosis. Other causes of death include those related to complications from pregnancy and
childbirth and of course from the HIV/AIDS pandemic.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
101 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
The people traditionally patronize the services of Traditional Birth Attendants (TBAs), who
reluctantly refer difficult and complicated cases to the nearest referral centres, at the General
Hospitals. Often times patients’ lives were lost because it was usually too late to make any
meaningful intervention by qualified health workers.
3.15.2.4 Infant Mortality Rate
Infant mortality rate (IMR) is widely accepted as one of the most useful single measures of the
health status of a community. It measures the probability of a child dying before his or her first
birthday. It is determined by dividing the annual number of deaths in the first year of life by the
number of live births in that year and expressed per 1000 live births. The mortality rate for the
south-south geo-political region to which OML 22 & 28 belong were determined to be 120 per
1000 live births (NDHS 2003). This measure is indicative of the inherent weaknesses in the
health care system, including the prevention and management of major childhood illnesses. It
also portrays the poor socio-economic status in general. The figure is comparatively higher than
those obtainable in developed countries (Denmark = 3, UK = 6, USA = 11 per 1000 live births)
(UNICEF, 2004).
3.15.2.5 Under-five Mortality Rate
Under five Mortality Rate measures the probability of death before the age of five. It is determined
by calculating the annual number of deaths in children less than five years and dividing it by the
number of live births in a year and expressed per 1000 live births. It reflects on the following:
•
Level of nutritional and health knowledge of mothers,
•
Level of immunization coverage,
•
Oral Rehydration Therapy (ORT) for the management of diarrhoeal diseases,
•
Availability of maternal and child health services (including prenatal care),
•
Income and food security in the family,
•
Availability of clean water and safe sanitation,and
•
Overall safety of the child’s environment.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
102 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
This parameter was determined to be 249 per 1000 live births in the OML 22 and 361 per 1000
live births in OLM 28 communities respectively. These values are appreciably higher than the
national average of 192 per 1000 live births.
3.15.3 Health Care Service Indicators
3.15.3.1 Service Availability:
There are several health facilities in the OML 22 & 28 communities. These include public and a
few private health care facilities. These health facilities range from General Hospitals, Health
Centres, Dispensaries, Traditional Birth Attendants (TBAs) and Voluntary Health Workers (VHW).
Others are Traditional Healing Homes, Spiritual Healing Homes and Patent Medicine Shops.
The General Hospitals are located at Ahoada, Joinkrama, Abua, Yenagoa and Otuasega. Each
General Hospital has a complement of at least 2 Doctors, a Pharmacist or Pharmacy Technician,
12 – 15 Nurses, 2 Laboratory Technicians and Other paramedical staff.
The Health Centres are located in many of the communities and each has an average staff
complement of at least 10 to 16 health workers.
3.15.3.2 Accessibility of Services
While health facilities in the project areas are physically accessible to some of the communities, it
is not so much for others. Findings from the household interviews indicate that as many as 81.8%
could usually reach the respective health facilities within 2 hours by the regular means of transport
as recommended by WHO, (Vaughan and Morrow 1989), while the rest 18.2% require between 2
and 24 hours (3.8% of households reported 24 hours). The median time is 15 minutes
(mean=100.2±282.5 min, n=291) implying that half of the households can reach utilized health
facility by the usual transport means in 20 minutes while it will take longer for the other half.
While many inhabitants utilize the health facilities, exhibit cultural preference for Traditional Birth
Attendants (TBAs). The commonest problems found for non-use of health facilities in the areas
include:
•
getting money for treatment,
•
distance to health facilities and
•
having to take transport .
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
103 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Also, the cost recovery mechanisms put in place by most health facilities/authorities such as the
Drug Revolving Fund Programme (DRF), appears to limit the patronage of these facilities, due to
high cost.
3.15.3.3 Services Provision and Utilization
The health facilities offer primary and secondary health care services. Primary care services
include curative and preventive services in the communities. Services commonly provided are
principally:
•
Immunization services,
•
Anti-natal care for pregnant women,
•
Treatment of minor ailments,
•
Family planning services and
•
Tuberculosis and leprosy control services.
Other services provided at the Primary Health Care (PHC) level, which are essentially weak,
include the Essential Drugs Programme (EDP), Roll Back Malaria Programme, Control of
Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Health Education and Environmental Sanitation.
It is important to note that most public health infrastructure, equipment and drugs in these PHCs
have deteriorated appreciably and will require urgent rehabilitation. This limitation has affected the
level of service delivery in the communities. General Hospitals in the project areas are moderately
functional and take care of more difficult and complicated cases involving surgeries and, assisted
deliveries, but essentially lack the necessary complement of medical equipment and drugs to
provide optimal services to the people of the areas.
3.15.3.4 Immunization Coverage
The level of coverage for DPT3 has been established by UNICEF/WHO as the desirable indicator
to assess level of basic immunization coverage of children, 0-59 months of age. Immunization
Coverage survey within the communities using a combination of mother’s recall (positive history)
and the sighting of an immunization card (card record) showed that only 24.6% of children (0-59)
months were fully immunized in the OML 28 and 23% in the OML 22 communities respectively.
These figures are far below the national target figure of 85% for all antigens by National
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
104 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Programme on Immunization (NPI), but comparable to the national record of 21.4%. (NDHS
2003).
The WHO recommends that children should receive all of the vaccines before their first birthday,
thus the percentage of children that are immunized within the age bracket 12-23 months is
instructive.
120
100
Frequency
80
60
40
20
0
BCG
Oral Polio Vaccine
DPT
Measles
Vaccines
FIGSource:
3.17 Immunisation
of2003.
children
underNode
five years
Adapted from status
SPDC
Gbaran
IOGPinEIA Report
OML 28 Communities
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
105 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
90
80
Frequency
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
BCG
Yellow fever
Oral Polio
Vaccine
Hepatitis
DPT
Measles
Immunization Type
Fig. 3.18: Immunisation status of children under five years in OML 22
Communities
It is obvious that routine immunization of children and mothers in the communities are still weak.
The “Cold Chain” status of most health facilities for preservation of vaccines in the area is also
weak.
3.15.3.5. Nutritional Status
The dietary compositions of staples in OML 22 & 28 communities are similar. The dietary
composition comprise mainly cassava, rice, beans, yam, cocoyam and plantain. Vegetables and
fruits are copiously consumed as major sources of minerals and vitamins. Animal proteins
sources are predominantly from meat: cow, goats, bush meat such as grass cutters, antelopes,
bush pigs, while sea foods are mainly fish, shrimps, crayfish, oysters snails and periwinkles.
There were however, complaints of decrease in abundance for both terrestrial and sea foods. This
has obvious implications for nutritional balance in the communities.
3.15.3.6 Nutritional Assessment of children under five years of age
The nutritional status of children (0-59) months in OML 22 & 28 communities were assessed
using Anthropometric Measurements for weights and heights. Growth assessment serves as a
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
106 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
means for evaluating the health and nutritional status of children, just as it also provides an
indirect measurement of the quality of life of an entire community or population (WHO 1983)
Height-for-age (HAZ) measures stunting (linear growth retardation) and is frequently associated
with failure to receive adequate nutrition over an extended period and is also affected by recurrent
or chronic illness. These point to overall poor economic and environmental conditions, while
weight-for-height (WHZ) measures wasting or thinness, a condition that reflects failure to thrive or
gain weight or loss of weight, which infact resulted from failure to receive adequate nutrition in the
period immediately before the survey and typically is the result of recent episode of illness,
especially diarrhoea, or a rapid deterioration in food supply.
The ‘Z’ score cut-off point
recommended by WHO/CDC as normal is – 2SD (-2 Standard Deviations) (Gorstein et al, 1994)
Ratings:
Normal
=
≥ -2SD WHZ/HAZ
Moderate wasting/stunting
=
< -2SD WHZ/HAZ
Severe wasting/stunting
=
< -3SD WHZ/HAZ
In OML 28 and 22 communities 18.8% and 35.4% of children respectively, fell below the –2SD
cut-off mark, representing the degree of wasting, interpreted as acute malnutrition/under nutrition
in these communities, while 25.8% and 24.4% respectively, showed evidence of stunting,
indicated by short height-for-age. These figures are worse than the national average of 16% for
wasting, but better than the 34% for stunting.
The combination of moderate wasting and stunting as observed in communities also depicted the
common pattern of malnutrition observed in many parts of Nigeria; predominance of acute over
chronic malnutrition, and were in keeping with known trends in the developing countries.
High level of poverty and perhaps repeated episodes of acute diarrhoeal and other infections
might be responsible for the observed condition.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
107 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.47:
Nutritional status of under five in OML 22 & 28 communities using
anthropometric indices.
Anthropometric
Indicator
OML 28 (n1= 128)
OML 22 (n2 = 82)
Stunting A
Underweight B
Male
No %
20 14.8
18 13.2
Female
Total
No % No %
15 11.0 35 25.8
11 8.8 29 21.8
Male
No %
11 13.5
8 22.0
Female
No %
9 10.9
13 15.8
Total
No %
20 24.4
31 37.8
Wasting C
12
15
16 19.5
13
29
7.8
11.0 27
18.8
15.8
35.4
A = Height-For-Age less than –2 standard deviations below WHO reference value
B = Weight-For-Age less than –2 standard deviations below WHO reference value
C = Weight-For-Height less than –2 standard deviations below WHO reference value
n1 = Total sample of under five, OML 28
n2 = Total sample of under five, OML 28
3.15.4 Health Knowledge, Attitude & Practices
Baseline information on the knowledge of persons in the study areas on disease conditions
commonly seen in the communities was assessed. The level of knowledge and attitude, as well
as behaviour is known to influence health practices and limit associated risks factors in the
communities.
An assessment of knowledge of community respondents based on the recognition of the underlisted risk factors was conducted (Table 3.45).
•
Contaminated drinking water and improper refuse disposal for diarrhoea
•
Overcrowded rooms and inadequate ventilation for respiratory/skin diseases, and
•
Sexual intercourse for HIV/AIDS.
Results revealed that most respondents were knowledgeable of the risk of developing
communicable diseases that were associated with the factors investigated.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
108 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Table 3.48
Knowledge of Risk Factors for selected Communicable Diseases
Correct (%)
Incorrect (%) Don’t Know (%)
Drinking contaminated water
(n=203)
73.8
24.4
1.8
Improper refuse disposal
(n=203)
65.3
27.7
7.0
Overcrowded rooms
(n=204)
79.5
16.6
3.9
Inadequate Window/Ventilation
(n=203)
85.1
9.7
5.2
STD/HIV
(n=202)
83.4
16.6
0.0
In recent times, the level of awareness of HIV/AIDS has increased tremendously in the country,
thanks to the efforts of the National Action Committee on AIDS (NACA) and other collaborating
agencies (UNDP, UNICEF, WHO, WB and USAID etc). This increase in awareness has reflected
positively on the national prevalence rate, which has declined slightly from 5.4% in 2001 to 5% in
2003 (FMOH/NASCP, 2003). The National HIV/AIDS and Reproductive Health Survey of 2003
reported a 91.4% awareness level for the South-South geopolitical zone (FMOH/NARHS 2003).
3.15.5 Sexual Risk Behaviours
Sexual risk behaviours such as multiple sexual partnerships, casual and unprotected sexual
relationships as well as the use of illicit drugs and alcohol were identified as prevalent in the
communities.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
109 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Very low
Low
Mod
High
Very high
Figure 3.19: Perception of Sexual Risk Behaviour (Casual sex) to HIV transmission
Negative social habits like the use of stimulants such as drugs and alcohol are risk factors in STD
and HIV/AIDS transmission. The fact that drugs and alcohol alter normal cognitive behaviour and
increase sexual stimulation are instructive.
In the process, multiple sexual partnerships and
unprotected sexual practices evolved.
3.15.5.1 Life style/habits
Fig.3.20 shows the life style of the respondents in relation to alcohol, cigarette and tobacco in
OML 22 & 28 communities. The results showed that 43% of adults drink alcohol in OML 28, while
in OML 22 the corresponding figure is 49%. About 10.1% of respondents smoked cigarettes in the
communities. No female among the respondents was found to smoke cigarettes. Those that
snuffed ground tobacco were about 17.7% in OML 28 and 4% in OML 22 communities.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
110 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
1600
1400
Frequency
1200
1000
800
600
MALE
400
FEMALE
200
0
Alcohol
Cigarette
Tobacco
FIG 3.20 : Alcohol intake, tobacco use and cigarette smoking among 15 years
and above in OML 22 & 28 communities
(Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Repor)
3.15.6 Environmental Health Conditions in the Study Communities
The environmental health status of OML 22 & 28 communities was assessed by the following
parameters: potable water supply, sewage disposal methods, refuse disposal methods,
community food hygiene, vector control mechanisms, air and noise pollution and control.
3.15.6.1 Water Quality and Supply
Sources of water in the area include shallow hand-dug wells, ponds, rivers, streams and rain. The
sources are used for all domestic purposes including drinking, washing and bathing. In bigger
communities such as Ahoada Municipal, pipe-borne water supply and deep boreholes are
available representatives less than 10% of the population under study. Most other sources of
water are potentially at risk of contamination by coliform bacteria, helminthes and other parasites
and threaten to be a source of disease transmission in the communities. Water purification
methods such as boiling and filtration are not practiced in the communities.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
111 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates the daily requirement of potable water for
drinking and other domestic needs per person to be 50 litres for communities in developing
countries (WHO 1994). This volume of water is practically impossible for households to obtain
because of the difficulty encountered by most communities to source potable water.
S/N
1
Table 3.49 :Indicators for safe water and sanitation
Indicator
Unit of Measurement Communities Status
Quantity of
No of litres per person <10 litres
water
per day
2
Quantity of
water (access)
3
Quality of water % of samples
(compliance with compliant
standards)
4
5
Proportion of
households
without safe
drinking water
supply
Access to safe
water
6
Sanitary Toilet
7
Morbidity from
diarrhoeal
diseases
No of users per point
(Tap or Well)
Percentage
Proportion with
access to water within
200 m of a standing
tap or well
Proportion of
household without
sanitary toilet
No of cases treated at
Sentinel Hospitals and
Clinics
<10% of the population
used a point (Tap or
Well)
Chemical quality met
WHO Standards
(except for iron)
Microbial quality did not
meet WHO Standard
80% - 90%
<10%
WHO Standards
50 litres / day / person
•
•
No faecal coliform in
•
potable water
< 5%
Pipe borne water should be
within 200 m of reach.
98%
385 (Federal Medical
Center Yenagoa,
Cottage Hospital
Otuasega, family
support programme
(FSP) Clinic Yenagoa)
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
112 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
S/N
8
9
Table 3.49 :Indicators for safe water and sanitation contd
Indicator
Unit of Measurement Communities Status
Housing
Average no of
3 – 7 persons/room
persons per room
(Adult and children)
WHO Standards
Maximum of two adults of
opposite sex/room
No more than one adult and a
child less than 12 years old.
Proportion of
Plumbing <5%
household with indoor Latrines <2%
plumbing, latrines or
Refuse disposal <1%
refuse disposal
facilities.
Mosquito
No. of
All communities (100%)
Breeding places sites/geographic area
Proximity to populated 100%
area
3.15.6.2 Waste Generation and Disposal Methods
Wastes generated in the communities were essentially:
•
Domestic (refuse and garbage),
•
Agricultural wastes
•
Wastes from commercial activities
•
Human and animal wastes.
3.15.6 3 Disposal Methods:
The disposal methods can be categorised as:
• Open litter in the communities
•
Burning and
•
Dumping at designated sites
Domestic wastes were usually collected in uncovered baskets, disused containers or cartons and
were disposed indiscriminately in and around the communities in bushes, rivers, streams and
creeks. Wastes from agricultural and fishing activities were collected and disposed off at farm
sites, riverbanks, bushes and open dumpsites. Commercial wastes were also disposed of in
bushes, surface water bodies, and in open dumpsites.
These poor sanitary practices of waste disposal were accountable for the favourable environment
created for domestic flies and other disease vectors like mosquitoes and vermins to breed and
transmit infections within the communities.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
113 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Established sanitary methods of refuse disposal such as the use of sanitary landfills and
composting of garbage were not practiced in most communities, except for Ahoada town that had
refuse collection centres provided at designated points from where the Local Government carried
out ultimate disposal in landfills.
3.15.6.4 Sewage Disposal Methods
Sewage disposal was predominantly by pit latrines and open defeacation in nearby bushes within
the communities. For most Communities living along watercourses, sewage was discharged
directly into the water bodies around the communities in pier latrines that are built on wooden
stilts. Aqua Privy latrines most suitable for waterlogged environments were not in use. Only a few
water closet systems (WC), together with septic tanks and soak away facilities were installed in
some communities. Overall, the use of sanitary sewage disposal methods in the communities was
less than 5%.
Disposal of sullage and run off surface wastewater in the communities are often in the open
environment. This practice creates a filthy and an unhealthy environment, favourable for
transmitting communicable diseases transmission in the communities, especially malaria.
3.15.6.5 Housing Conditions
Houses within the communities are predominantly built of mud-with-zinc roofs (39.6%), mud-withthatch roofs (32.6%) and blocks-with-zinc roofs (27.8%). The number of rooms per house range
between 4 and 12. Room occupancy showed on the average of 3 to 7 persons per room. This far
exceeds the 2 persons per room recommended by the WHO (Not more than two adults of
opposite sex/room or one adult and a child less than 10 years old) (Park 2002)
Most rooms (60.6%) also have two windows. This condition is favourable and is necessary for the
prevention and the spread of airborne droplet infections, such as acute respiratory infections and
tuberculosis. However, the proportion of households with indoor plumbing, sewage or refuse
disposal facilities were as follows:
•
Plumbing <5%
•
Sewage <2% and
•
Refuse disposal <1%
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
114 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Surveys also revealed that most homes (67.4%) utilized firewood for domestic cooking, as against
(32.6%) that utilized kerosene. Smoke from firewood if not properly channeled outside the home
represents a potential source for provoking acute respiratory tract diseases, especially among
children and the elderly with depressed immune responses.
Another source of concern related to housing in the communities is that houses built with wooden
structures and thatch roofs are quite flammable and are thus prone to fire accidents from
fish/crayfish smoking and other domestic activities.
3.15.6.7 Air Quality Assessment
In order to determine the effect of air quality on the health of residents in the communities, an
assessment of lung function using the Peak Flow Rate (PFR) was carried out on the adult
population who met the following criteria:
•
Have never smoked tobacco
•
Normal blood pressure (systolic<125mmmHg and diastolic<85mmHg) and
•
Absence of medical conditions that could compromise lung function.
The peak flow rate (PFR) is the fastest rate a person can blow air out of the lungs into a handheld
microspirometer, after taking a breath as deep as possible. This speed indicates the state of lung
function. The PFR among the sampled adults (Fig.3.19 & 3.20) showed that, there might be
residents with compromised lung functions in the communities. The causes however, might only
be speculated until more specialized analytical studies are conducted. They could also be due to
the prevalent respiratory tract infections, proved by smoke from firewood for cooking or fish
smoking or from gas flaring from existing oil prospecting activities around the communities or
other causes.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
115 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
700
600
PFR (L/M)
500
400
PFR 1
Standard
300
PFR 2
Sample
200
100
0
2024
2529
3034
3539
4044
4549
5055
5559
6064
6569
70+
AGE GROUP (YEARS)
Fig. 3.21: Peak flowrate by age among adult population in
OML 22 communities
700
600
PFR (L/M)
500
P FR 1
Standard
400
300
P FR 2
Sample
200
100
0
20-24 25-29
30-34 35-39
40-44
45-49
50-55
55-59
60-64
65-69
70+
AGE GROUP (YEARS)
Fig. 3.22: Peak flowrateby age among adult population in OML 28
communities.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
116 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
3.15.6.8 Noise Pollution
Noise pollution in the communities appears not to be a problem of concern, as the communities
are calm, devoid of heavy industries or huge vehicular traffic, blaring of horns and loud music.
3.15.7 Perceived health hazards from oil and gas activities
Perceptions were rife in the communities that some health hazards such as malaria, respiratory
tract infection, tuberculosis, hypertension/stroke, typhoid, measles, cholera, skin diseases, visual
problems and sexually transmissible infections, identified in this study were due to oil and gas
operations, especially gas flaring and pigging.
The communities also perceived that air pollution, water/land pollution, poverty/malnutrition,
promiscuity, conflict, overcrowding, food shortage and miscarriages were attributable to oil and
gas operations in their communities as influx of people with different orientations and cultures
have invaded the communities in search of job/business opportunities and in the process
introduced behaviour alien to the communities as well as overstretching its resources.
3.15.8 Health determinants
The following were noted as health determinants in OML 22 & 28 communities that might have
contributed to the overall burden of diseases in the area.
•
Health facilities were inadequate and lacked proper staffing. Equipment and drug
supply were also inadequate.
In some cases, the facilities were not easily
accessible either due to bad road, lack of means of transportation or communal
disagreement/conflicts.
•
Defaecation into river and surrounding bushes resulted in faecal contamination of
the source of drinking water. Lack of potable water, failure to treat drinking water,
contributed to the frequency of water and food borne diseases such as diarrhoea,
and typhoid.
•
Improper domestic waste disposal methods are risk factors for water and food
borne diseases endemic in the communities. The drainage system is grossly
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
117 of 118
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
•
inadequate, and where available, was blocked by refuse and sand causing
stagnation of water. Stagnant water and swamps are breeding grounds for disease
vectors such as mosquitoes, and snails. These play very important roles in insect
and animal borne diseases such as malaria, yellow fever, and schistosomiasis.
•
Many of the inhabitants are poor, earning less than N5000 per month and lived in
overcrowded houses, which arre mostly of the mud type. Overcrowding enhances
transmission of communicable diseases such as skin infections (scabies, fungal
infections etc), respiratory tract infections (tuberculosis and whooping cough etc).
•
The commonly consumed foods in the communities are rich in carbohydrates. The
poverty level in the communities and the dwindling means of livelihood (such as
fishing, farming) might be a contributing health related risk factor resultingin in the
inability to eat balanced diet containing protein, fats, minerals, and vitamins. The
eating of unbalanced diet predisposes to malnutrition.
•
Lifestyle and habits such as the use of alcohol and marijuana (Cannabis) might
encourage multiple sexual partners, which might predispose individuals to the risk
of STIs and HIV/AIDS. These substances might encourage violence. Habits such
as smoking and snuffing were risk factors in respiratory tract infections.
•
Dissatisfaction due to perceived neglect occasionally led to violence. This often
resulted in destruction of properties with its attendant financial loss, negative
psychological impact, disruption of activities, injuries and sometimes death.
•
Road Traffic Accidents (RTA) resulting in injuries resulted predominantly from poor
road networks and its irregular maintenance of vehicles and also the non-use of
personal protective equipment (PPE) such as helmets. Many motorcycle riders do
not obey traffic rules and regulations and engaged in excessive speed, thus
exposing themselves, passengers, pedestrians and other road users to accidents
and injuries.
____________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Three
118 of 118
CHAPTER FOUR
CONSULTATION
4.1 Introduction
Regular consultation is an integral part of the activities of the OMLs 22 & 28 3D seismic survey.
The project team held series of consultations with various stakeholders which include
individuals, interest groups (NGOs), contractor, regulators and different tiers of government. A
stakeholder engagement was held at Yenagoa, Bayelsa State on the 9th of November 2005. A
similar engagement was repeated at Ahoada, Rivers State on the 10th of November, 2005. The
stakeholders identified for the project and who participated in the various consultation sessions
include communities within the project area, NGOs ( National Council of Women Societies
(NCWS), Environment and Reproductive Health Research Association (ENVRHA), Niger Delta
Development Monitoring and Corporate Watch (NIDDEMCOW), Living Earth Nigeria Foundation
(LENF), Anpez Centre for Environment and Development, etc), regulators (representatives of
FMENV, Rivers & Bayelsa States Ministries of Environment and Natural Resources, Health,
Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs), other government agencies, consultants, CBOs, and
the media.
The objectives of the early consultation sessions were to:
Get the stakeholders better informed of the proposed project,
Encourage meaningful participation of stakeholders in the EIA process,
Build mutual trust between stakeholders and SPDC,
Enable stakeholders’ issues and concerns to be identified early, analysed and
evaluated,
Raise the comfort level of decision makers, and
Bring different views on the project forward at the planning stage.
At the Yenagoa workshop in Bayelsa State, 19 communities were represented, while at Ahoada
in Rivers State, 54 communities were present. Each community was represented by five (5)
persons viz, the paramount ruler, one opinion leader/elder, Community Development Committee
chairman, one youth leader and a women leader.
The Honourable Commissioner for Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs, Bayelsa State
and a representative of the Honourable Commissioner for Environment in the State were
present at the meeting in Yenagoa. In attendance at these fora were the representatives of
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Four
1 of 3
Federal Ministry of Environment, State Ministries of Health, Environment, Biophysical, Social
and Health Consultants, and Local Government Chairmen.
The communities that attended the EIA Stakeholders engagement meeting include: Igbogene,
Ogboloma, Ukutukutu , Yenegwe-Epie, Opolo-Epie, Zarama, Akenfa-Epie, Akenpai-Epie,
Otuasega, Obedum, Oruma, Nedugo, Otuegwe 11, Ibelebiri, Etegwe-Epie, Edepie, Agbia,
Agudama-Epie, Yenizue-Gene, Omalem, Ozochi, Okoma 11, Edeoha, Ogbele, Ikodi Engeni,
Owerewere, Kunushe, Ihuaba, Ogbologbolo, Ula-Ikata, Ula-Upata, Ula-Okobo, Odieke,
Igbuduya, Igovia, Okarki, Oruama, Ikali, Odigwe, Udebu, Oyakama, Ogbede, Okoboh-Abua,
Aminigboko, Odiopiti, Ochigba, Emezi 11, Odhiogbor, Ihuike, Ihubuluko, Oghiugboko, ihuama,
Ihuowo, Ula Okobo11, Ukpeliede, Okpoguohoa, Otari, Okparaki, Emesu, Arukwo, Emabu,
Odiabidi, Obodlei, Mbiama, Emezi 1, Okogbe, Akala-Olu, Ishiayi, Egnughau, Ogharu, Obumeze,
Obarany, Odhiolugboji 4, chiefs representing Ekpeye Council of Chiefs and other several
uninvited NGOs and gentlemen of the press also attended the engagement sessions.
4.2 Concerns and Issues Raised
Participants at the workshop expressed their candid opinion confidently in an open interactive
session and suggested improvement in the EIA monitoring exercise. The concerns and issues
raised are:
•
Non compliance by contractors with the terms in the EMP such as failure in the
employment of the stipulated 60% of local labour force
•
Poor wages
•
High disparity between the OPTS compensation rates and the actual value of
crops and trees destroyed
•
Non payment of compensation for cracked buildings
•
Desirability of payment for displacement of wildlife and
•
Non-repair of damaged roads.
4.3 Requests by communities
The communities made some requests as follows:
•
The establishment of a tripartite body consisting of government, SPDC and
community representatives to implement the memorandum of understanding
produced from the EMP of the EIA,
•
An immediate upward review of the OPTS compensation rates,
•
The OPTS rates should be made available to the communities,
•
An upward review of the wages paid by the contractor to local employee,
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Four
2 of 3
•
Direct involvement in the EIA preparation,
•
There must be a social (amenities and infrastructure) and environmental
compensation as the current payment is entirely economic ,
•
Employment of workforce should be in the stipulated ratio of 60% from the local
communities to 40%,
•
Wastes (cellophane, food wastes, cans, containers, etc) from the workers should
not be thrown on the roads indiscriminately,
•
Women should be signatory to the compensation payment and disbursement,
•
Compensation could be in form of empowerment through skill acquisition training
and provision of starter packs,
•
SPDC should monitor the performance of the contractor on site as it relates to
community and environmental issues.
•
There must be accurate identification of landowners, and
•
Workforce should be instructed to desist from deliberate vandalisation of farm
crops.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Four
3 of 3
_____________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER FIVE
ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS
5.1 Introduction
One of the key deliverables for this EIA is to identify and evaluate the potential impacts
that the OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey will have on the biophysical, social and health
components of the project environment. Correct prediction and assessment of impacts set
the basis for proffering fitting mitigation measures for the anticipated negative impacts as
well as measures for enhancing the positive (beneficial) effects.
The impact assessment process involves impact identification and evaluation processes.
Impacts are identified through interactions between the proposed project activities and
environmental sensitivities, while impacts are evaluated on the strengths of the likelihood
of occurrence as well as the rating of their magnitude and significance. The impact
prediction methodology is provided below.
5.2 Impact Prediction Methodology
The assessment of the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project was
undertaken using an ISO 14001 and Hazard and Effect Management Process (HEMP) tool.
The process included impact identification, description and categorization. The EIA process
considered interactions between impacts of the various project activities and environmental
sensitivities, as well as the interactions among the environmental sensitivities in an allinclusive manner.
5.3 Rating of Impacts
There are six stages in the sequence of rating environmental impacts illustrated as
follows:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
1 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
STAGE 1:
Description:
Five characteristics
Positive
/ negative
Direct/indirect
Duration:
Permanent (long
term)/temporary
(short term)
Magnitude:
local or
widespread
Reversible or
irreversible
Qualification:
Likelihood
Five ratings:
High probability
80-100% (very likely)
Medium high
probability 60-80%
(likely)
Medium
probability 40-60%
(possible impact)
Medium low
probability 20-40%
(unlikely)
STAGE 4:
Degree of
Significance of
Impact
Four degrees of
significance:
Major
Moderate
Minor
Negligible
STAGE 3:
STAGE 2:
Qualification:
Potential
Consequence:
Five rating definitions,
for environment,
social, health and
reputation.
(see text)
Extreme
Great
Considerable
Little
Hardly Any
Low probability
0-20% (very
unlikely)
STAGE 5:
Impact Table
STAGE 6:
Impact Text
Lists each impact,
its source and its
rating
Describes each
impact, its source
and its rating
The details of the procedures for the EIA process are as follows:
Once an impact has been identified, it is described and a rating ascribed.
Stage 1: Description of impact
The following characteristics are used to describe each impact:
•
Positive/negative (beneficial/adverse);
•
Direct/indirect (directly/via intermediate factors that influence the determinants of
an impact);
•
Duration: Permanent (long term) / temporary (short term);
•
Magnitude: local or widespread;
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
2 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
•
Reversibility/irreversibility: can the impact revert to previous condition or does it
remain permanent?
Once each impact has been described, a rating is allocated.
Stages 2 and 3: Qualification of Impact.
This is based on two assessment characteristics:
Stage 2: Likelihood of Occurrence – this is an assessment of the probability of the
effect happening.
Stage 3: Potential Consequence – this is the actual result and scale that an effect
might have.
The application of each of the two characteristics is described in Tables 5.0 and 5.1.
Table 5.1 Likelihood of Occurrence
Impact Probability
Impact Likelihood
Impact Frequency
High (80-100%)
Very likely
Very frequent
Medium high (60-80%)
Likely
Frequent
Medium (40-60%)
Possible
Occasional
Medium low (20-40%)
Unlikely
Few
Low (0-20%)
Very unlikely
Rare
The potential consequence of an impact depends on two things: the magnitude of the
potential changes to the environment caused by a hazard and the level of sensitivity of the
receiving environment. This is depicted in Table 5.1.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
3 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
Table 5.2a Potential Consequences Classification Matrix
Receptor
Magnitude of Effect
Sensitivity
Low Change
Medium Change
High Change
Trivial effect
Slight effect
Substantial effect
Slight Effect
Substantial effect
Big effect
Substantial effect
Big effect
Massive effect
Low
Medium
High
The interaction between the magnitude of effect and receptor sensitivity will determine
the rating for potential consequence as shown in Table 5.2.
Table 5.2b:
Potential Consequence
Effect
Potential Consequence
Massive
Extreme
Big
Great
Substantial
Considerable
Slight
Little
Trivial
Hardly any
The definitions for the potential consequence of environmental, social and health
impacts are as follows:
Definitions for the potential consequence of environmental impacts
Hardly any:
An effect on the biophysical environment such as physical (noise,
light, air), geochemical (water, soil), and biological (flora and fauna)
that may cause temporary and/or sub-lethal effects on individual
plants and animals and does not cause any effect on population
structure or size; causes only temporary and/or minor disruption to
habitats and ecosystems.
Little:
An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause small
impacts with few losses of individual plants/animals and some
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
4 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
adverse effects on population structure and size; may cause some
degradation of habitat and ecosystem quality.
Considerable: An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause long term
loss of plant and/or animal species; local and temporary damage to
habitats and dysfunction of communities and ecosystems.
Great:
An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause permanent
loss of plant and/or animal species, resulting in local extinctions of
flora and fauna permanent loss of small areas of habitat and
ecosystems.
Extreme:
An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause permanent
loss of whole populations of plant and/or animals, with widespread
extinctions; widespread and permanent loss of habitats; and whole
communities and ecosystems.
Definitions for the potential consequences of social impacts
Hardly Any:
A trivial effect on the social environment, which causes almost no
nuisance or damage in the community.
The local culture and
lifestyle as well as the social infrastructure are somewhat negatively
affected, but the effect is only temporary. The impact could result in
some disagreement with stakeholder groups, but relationships are
likely to remain strong.
Little:
A slight effect on the social environment that causes temporary
changes in the way of life of the community.
The local culture and
societal structure is negatively affected. There is disagreement with
stakeholder groups but the relationship remains fairly strong.
Considerable: A substantial effect on the social environment. The way of life in the
community
is
disrupted
and
stakeholder groups has arisen.
fundamental
disagreement
with
There is a breakdown of trust
between the company and its stakeholders although relationships
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
5 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
have remained stable.
A single stakeholder group might have
started campaigning against the company.
Great:
A big effect on the social environment.
disruption to communal lifestyle.
There is permanent
The local culture and the societal
structure suffer greatly. There now is a fundamental disagreement
between the company and its stakeholders that destabilizes the
company-stakeholder relationship.
This may affect the speed and
effectiveness of future decision-making processes.
Extreme:
A massive effect on the social environment. There is sustained large
disruption of and changes to the lifestyle of a community leading to a
reduction in quality of life.
stakeholder
groups,
Impacts have become a concern for all
irreversible
damage
to
social
structure,
traditional culture, and infrastructure and total breakdown of
stakeholder relationships.
Definitions for the potential consequences of health impacts
Hardly Any:
These are mere nuisances, not affecting work performance or
causing disability, e.g. short time sleep disturbance.
There is no
need to seek medical services or consult a doctor.
These health
effects will disappear within a short time.
Little:
Illnesses that will need the attention of medical services/doctor. They
need only a few days to fully recover and will not have led to chronic
diseases, e.g., colds, chicken pox, skin infections and irritants, or
food poisoning.
Considerable: Diseases (agents) capable of irreversible health damage causing
permanent partial disability without loss of life.
These health effects
will need prolonged continuous or intermittent medical attention. E.g.,
hypertension, obesity, noise-induced hearing loss, chronic back
injuries caused by poor manual handling tasks or inactivity, chronic
infections (like sexual transmitted diseases, schistosomiasis, hepatitis
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
6 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
A), chronic skin diseases or respiratory system diseases like asthma
caused by external agents and stresses.
Great:
Permanent/ total disability or low number of fatalities: diseases
capable
of
irreversible
damage
with
serious
disability.
Communicable diseases like parasitic diseases (malaria, sleeping
sickness), alcoholism and drug abuse, and road traffic accidents,
cancer caused by known human carcinogens, malnutrition, heat
stroke, and severe psychological stress leading to suicide.
Extreme:
Multiple fatalities: diseases with the potential to cause multiple
fatalities:
Severe/fatal burns, highly infectious diseases like
tuberculosis, hepatitis B, HIV/AIDS, parasitic diseases as malaria.
Stage 4: Degree of Significance
Table 5.3 shows the impact significance with associated impact rating.
Degree of Impact Significance
Impact Significance
Impact Rating
Major
Major
Moderate
Moderate
Minor
Minor
Negligible
Negligible
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
7 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
The potential impacts were evaluated using the impact assessment matrix shown in Table
5.1.
Potential consequences
Positive
Likelihood
Negative
Hardly any
Little
Considerable
Great
Extreme
High
Moderate
Moderate
Major
Major
Major
Medium high
Minor
Moderate
Moderate
Major
Major
Medium
Minor
Minor
Moderate
Moderate
Major
Medium low
Negligible
Minor
Minor
Moderate
Moderate
Low
Negligible
Negligible
Minor
Minor
Moderate
Figure 5.1: Impact Assessment Matrix
After the rating for each impact, the determination of mitigation measures follows.
From the table above, only moderate and major impacts were considered for impact
mitigation. Continuous improvement and standard practices will address low (minor
and negligible) impacts. The positive impacts shall be monitored and enhanced.
5.4 Impact Identification
The environmental sensitivities considered in the impact assessment process of the
proposed project are:
1
Air quality
38
Balance in gender
2
Light/Solar radiation
39
Balance in age
3
Level of noise and sound
40
Ethnic balance
4
Surface water quality
41
Religious balance
5
Groundwater table/quality
42
Functioning
of
family
structure
and
traditional institute
6
Soil and sediment quality
43
Functioning of government services
7
Household water quality
44
Healthy and clean housing and living
conditions
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
8 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
8
Access to household water
45
Access to clean drinking water
9
Quality of fish
46
Access to a nutritious and healthy diet
10
Availability of breeding grounds 47
Exposure to nuisance (dust, noise etc.)
and food for fish
11
Access to fishing grounds
48
Accidents from shot holes
12
Access to forests
49
Level of disease vectors
13
Availability of markets for forestry 50
Exposures to STIs/HIV/AIDS
products
14
Access to farmlands
15
Availability
of
51
markets
Exposure to marine and traffic accidents
for 52
Mortality rate
agricultural products
16
Quality of habitat
53
Morbidity rate
17
Biodiversity/Genetic resource
54
Lifestyle
18
Estuary/Freshwater
complex 55
Alcohol and drugs abuse/ violence
(erosion)
19
Swamp forest complex
56
Hygiene
20
Rain forest complex
57
Exposure to commercial sex workers
21
Farmland complex
58
Access to primary health care
22
Sense
of
place/well
being 59
Access to secondary health care
/aesthetic value
23
Traditional value of land
60
24
Access to ancestral and culturally 61
Access to emergency services (first aid,
significant sites
Medevac)
25
Traditional occupations
62
26
Level of income and financial 63
Access to traditional medicine
Access to voluntary health organisations
Respect for human rights
flows
27
Cost of living and inflation
64
28
Opportunities for contracting and 65
Respect for labour rights
Promoting equal opportunities
procurement
29
Opportunities
for
local
and 66
national employment
Promoting
opportunities
for
representation
30
Access to housing
67
Social exclusion abatement
31
Access to transport
68
Poverty alleviation
32
Access to roads and waterways
69
Morals and family values
33
Access to electricity
70
Cultural values and languages
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
9 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
34
Access to communication facilities
71
Religious/Traditional
structures
and
customs
35
36
Access to learning and education 72
Attack by bees, snakes, scorpions, wild
facilities
life attack/poisonous plants contact
Access to recreational facilities
73
Third party agitation (communities, NGO,
CBO, etc.)
37
Access to sanitation and waste
Management facilities
The identification and management of impacts associated with the different phases
(mobilisation of contractors to site, land clearing, surveying, drilling of shot holes,
recording, laying of explosives and detonation, recording, damages assessment,
compensation and environmental restoration) of the project involved:
5.4.1
•
The production of project activities and environmental sensitivities matrix;
•
Determination of associated and potential impacts;
•
Mitigation measures;
•
Management plans.
Project Activities and Sensitivities Interaction Matrix
The interactions between the project activities and the above listed environmental
sensitivities, as well as the interactions between the environmental sensitivities were
evaluated. The results of the evaluation for the different project phases are provided
in Table 5.6.
5.4.2
Summary of Environmental Impacts
The summary of the results of the impact assessment are presented in Tables 5.6A E.
The identified negative impacts were rated as minor, moderate and major. Beneficial
impacts arising from the project were rated as positive and were therefore not
classified further.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
10 of 45
_____________________________________________________________________________
Table 5.4: Project Activities and Environmental Sensitivities Interaction
Matrix
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Five
11 of 45
Final EIA Report of OML 22 & 28 Area 3Dimensional Seismic Survey
Table 5.5A
Associated and Potential Impacts: Pre-construction Phase
S/N
Project Activities
Impact
1
Permitting
Acceptance of project and S, H
cooperation/participation from
communities and government
2
Temporary
take
for
camp.
Type of
Impact
Reduction/abatement of threats S, H
posed
by
agitation
of
communities and sympathetic
third parties over non-disclosure
of
project
activities,
employment, contracts, CD,
environmental
impacts
of
projects
and
other
community/third party interests.
Land Reduction of access to the E, S
base acquired land and its resources.
Third party agitations over S
compensations, land disputes,
wrong
stakeholder
identification, leadership tussles
etc
Chapter Five
Description
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Positive
Positive
Medium
Positive
Positive
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Little
Minor
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
12 of 45
S/N
Project Activities
Type of
Impact
Description
S, H
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Conflicts/ Third party agitations S, H
over employment issues
Influx of job seekers into S, H
communities, thereby exerting
pressure on infrastructure
Impact
Increased financial flow due to
compensations
3
Recruitment
workers
4
Mobilization
site
Chapter Five
of Creation of opportunities for
employment
to Increase in usage of roads and S, H
waterways with possibilities of
accidents
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Direct
Positive
Short term
Local
Reversible
Direct
Positive
Short term
Local
Reversible
High
Positive
Positive
High
Positive
Positive
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
• Direct
• Negative
• Short term
• Local
• Reversible/
Irreversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
13 of 45
S/N
Project Activities
Impact
Type of
Impact
Consequence
Rating
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
•
Direct
Medium
Little
Minor
•
Negative
•
Short term
•
Local
•
Reversible
E,S
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Little
Minor
Attack
of
workers
and H,S
community
members
by
poisonous
snakes,
bees,
scorpions, spiders/other wildlife
and contact with poisonous
plants.
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short/Long
term
• Local
• Reversible/
Irreversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Site Preparation/
Destruction
of
vegetation E,S, H
(medicinal, economic and food)
clearing for base
Land clearing shall be limited to
camp
only 6,669 sq. m at the
Oyokama sit, as the Omerelu
camp already exists, hence
limiting
biodiversity
loss
(Chapter 2, Section 2.5.4).
Loss of wildlife habitat
Chapter Five
Likelihood
•
•
•
•
•
Increase in usage and resultant S, H
damage to existing roads
5
Description
14 of 45
S/N
Project Activities
Type of
Impact
Impact
Increased erosion
cleared area
the E
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Long term
Local
Reversible
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Little
Minor
Medium low
Little
Minor
Increased access for hunting
and logging
E,S,H
Opportunities for employment
S
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Positive
Short term
Local
Reversible
High
Positive
Positive
Injuries
clearing.
H
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium high
Considerable
Moderate
Medium high
Considerable
Moderate
Increased
vectors
Chapter Five
of
Description
during
level
vegetation
of
disease
15 of 45
S/N
Project Activities
Chapter Five
Impact
Type of
Impact
Description
Traditional
occupations
(farming and hunting) adversely
affected
S
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Long term
Local
Reversible
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Medium
Little
Minor
16 of 45
Table 5.5B
S/N
6
6a
Associated and Potential Impacts: Construction Phase
Type of
Project Activities
Impact
Description
Impact
Construction
of base camp:
Building/Construction works
Pressure
on S, H
• Direct
Portakabins,
existing roads with
• Negative
Workshop,
possibilities
of
• Short term
Restaurant,
accidents
• Local
Generator house,
• Reversible/
Sheet Fencing,
Irreversible
Plumbing,
Electrification,
Communication,
Recreation etc)
S,H
• Direct
Pressure
on
• Negative
available water for
• Short term
domestic
and
• Local
other uses
• Reversible
Disturbance of soil E
dwelling
organisms
Chapter Five
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Medium
Little
Minor
17 of 45
S/N
6b
Project Activities
Labour
requirement/recruitment
workforce:
Type of
Description
Impact
Increased financial S, H
• Direct
of flow, social vices,
• Negative
(drug
abuse,
• Short term
CSWs, exposure
• Local
to
HIV/AIDS,
• Reversible
unwanted
pregnancies,
truancy, violence),
boom and bust
phenomenon
associated
with
temporary
labor
contracts etc
Increased
S
• Direct
opportunity
for
• Positive
contracting
and
• Short term
temporary
• Local
employment
• Reversible
Impact
Influx
of
job S, H
seekers
into
communities,
thereby
exerting
pressure on social
and
health
infrastructure
Chapter Five
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
High
Considerable
Major
High
Positive
Positive
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
18 of 45
S/N
6c
Project Activities
Type of
Description
Impact
Conflicts/
Third S, H
• Direct
party
agitations
• Negative
over employment
• Short term
issues
• Local
• Reversible
Impact
Waste generation:
Impairment of the E, S, H
(Solids/liquid/gaseous)
health of terrestrial
- Wood chippings, cement flora and fauna
bags, PVC pipes, paint,
lubricants, fencing sheets
off cuts, exhaust from
cranes/heavy equipment,
domestic waste, plumbing
accessories etc
Nuisance
noise, E,S,H
dust,
emissions,
lighting etc
Increased level of E,S,H
disease
vectors
(mosquitoes, rats,
cockroaches, flies,
e.t.c)
Chapter Five
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium low
Little
Minor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Medium low
Considerable
Minor
19 of 45
S/N
Project Activities
Type of
Description
Impact
Increase
in S, H
• Direct
disease conditions
• Negative
like
diarrhoea/
• Short term
respiratory
tract
• Local
diseases.
• Reversible
Impact
Increased
opportunity
contracting
temporary
employment
Chapter Five
S
for
and
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Positive
Short term
Local
Reversible
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Medium low
Considerable
Minor
High
Positive
Positive
20 of 45
Table 5.6C
S/N
7
7a
Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities)
Type of
Project Activities
Impact
Description
Likelihood
Impact
S, H
High
Accommodation
of Increased
• Direct
workers
social
vices,
• Negative
(drug
abuse,
• Short term
CSWs,
• Local
exposure
to
• Reversible
HIV/AIDS,
unwanted
pregnancies)
Pressure
on S,H
Medium
• Direct
available water
• Negative
for
domestic
• Short term
and other uses,
• Local
food,
health
• Reversible
facilities
and
other
social
amenities
Opportunities
S
High
• Direct
for contracting,
• Positive
supply of food
• Short term
and
other
• Local
supplies
• Reversible
Waste Generation
Chapter Five
Contamination
E,H
of water by
sewage,
resulting
in
increase
in
diarrhoea and
other
related
water
borne
diseases
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
21 of 45
Consequence
Rating
Considerable
Major
Considerable
Moderate
Positive
Positive
Considerable
Moderate
S/N
Project Activities
Chapter Five
Type of
Description
Impact
Third
party S,H
• Direct
agitation over
• Negative
contracts,
• Short term
community
• Local
benefits, waste
• Reversible
disposal,
degradation of
water, pressure
on water and
food
Impact
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
22 of 45
Table 5.6C
S/N
8
9
Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities) continues
Type of
Project Activities
Impact
Description
Likelihood
Consequence
Impact
Transportation
of Increase in usage S, H
Medium
Considerable
• Direct
equipment
and of
roads and
• Negative
personnel
waterways
with
• Short term
possibilities
of
• Local
accidents
• Reversible/
Irreversible
Increase in usage S, H
High
Considerable
• Direct
and
resultant
• Negative
damage
to
• Short term
existing roads
• Local
• Reversible
Survey line cutting
Destruction
Vegetation
(Medicinal,
economic
food)
of E,S, H
and
Loss/alteration of E,S
wildlife habitat
Chapter Five
Rating
Moderate
Major
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
23 of 45
S/N
Project Activities
Type of
Description
Impact
Increased access E
• Direct
for hunting and
• Negative
logging
• Short term
• Local
• Reversible
Impact
Reduction
biodiversity
Chapter Five
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
of E
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Increased
S
opportunity
for
contracting and
temporary
employment
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Positive
Short term
Local
Reversible
High
Positive
Positive
Possibilities
of S
lines
cutting
across sensitive
locations,
property,
economic trees,
farms,
sacred
places,
public
utilities
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
High
Considerable
Major
24 of 45
S/N
Project Activities
Chapter Five
Type of
Description
Impact
Third
party S
• Direct
agitation
over
• Negative
damage
to
• Short term
property,
• Local
encroachment
• Reversible
and
compensations
Impact
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
High
Considerable
Major
25 of 45
Table 5.6C
S/No.
Project Activities
Impact
10
Drilling of shot
holes
Contamination of E, H
ground water
•
•
•
•
•
Potential for the H
shot
holes
causing accidents
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter Five
Type of Description
Impact
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Major
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
26 of 45
Table 5.6C
S/No.
11
Type
Project
Impact
of
Description
Likelihood
Activities
Impact
Shooting and
Increase in nuisance S, H
Medium
• Direct
Recording
noise from explosives
• Negative
resulting in hearing
• Short term
impairment
• Local
• Reversible
Chapter Five
Scaring away /Loss of E,S
wildlife
•
•
•
•
•
Potential for accidents S, H
during hole shooting
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible/Irreversible
27 of 45
Consequence
Rating
Considerable
Moderate
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Table 5.6C
S/No.
Project Activities
Impact
12
Repairs
and
maintenance: (Welding,
motor vehicle repairs,
maintenance of facilities
and
servicing
in
workshop)
Generation
of E,H
high
intensity
welding flash and
noise
Burns
and
injuries
from
welding
S, H
sparks/injuries
from
other
maintenance
activities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Contamination of E,S, H
surface soil with
used lubricant
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter Five
Type of Description
Impact
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Irreversible
Medium
Considerable
Moderate
Medium
Considerable
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Considerable
28 of 45
Moderate
Moderate
Table 5.6C
S/No.
Project Activities
Impact
13
Provision of water
Use
contaminated
water
Type of Description
Impact
of
SH
Third
party S, H
agitation
for
provision of water
Chapter Five
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
High
Moderate
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
High
Moderate
29 of 45
Table 5.5D
S/No.
15
Associated and Potential Impacts: Decommissioning Phase
Project Activities
Decommissioning
- Repair of damaged
roads
- Removal of
structures
- Restoration of site
Type of
Description
Impact
S, H
Increased
• Direct
opportunity for
• Positive
employment and
• Short term
contracting
• Local
resulting
in
• Reversible
increased
income level.
Impact
Nuisance
(Noise,
emission,
Vibration
etc)
from
heavy
machinery.
E,S,H
Third
Party S. H
Agitation due to
Employment
issues and loss
of benefits as
host
communities
Chapter Five
Likelihood
Consequence
Rating
Medium
high
Positive
Positive
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
Medium
Little
Minor
•
•
•
•
•
Direct
Negative
Short term
Local
Reversible
High
Considerable
Moderate
30 of 45
5.5 List of Identified Impacts
The identified negative (major/moderate) and positive impacts for the project
activities are:
5.5.1 Pre-construction Phase
•
Acceptance of project and cooperation/participation from communities and
government
•
Reduction/abatement of threats posed by agitation of communities and
sympathetic third parties over non-disclosure of project activities, employment,
contracts, CD, environmental impacts of projects and other community/third party
interests.
•
Reduction of access to the acquired land and its resources.
•
Third party agitations over compensations, land disputes, wrong stakeholder
identification and, leadership tussles etc
•
Increased financial flow due to compensations
•
Creation of opportunities for employment
•
Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues
•
Influx of job prospectors into communities, thereby exerting pressure on
infrastructure
•
Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents
•
Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads
•
Destruction of vegetation (medicinal, economic and food), loss of wildlife habitat
•
Attack of workers and community members by poisonous snakes, bees,
scorpions, and other wildlife and contact with poisonous plants.
•
Increased erosion of the cleared area
•
Increased access for hunting and logging
•
Opportunities for employment
•
Injuries during vegetation clearing.
•
Increased level of disease vectors and
•
Traditional occupations (farming and hunting) adversely affected
Chapter Five
31 of 45
5.5.2 Construction Phase
•
Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents
•
Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses
•
Disturbance of soil dwelling organisms
•
Increased financial flow, social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS,
unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust phenomenon
associated with temporary labor contracts etc
•
Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment
•
Influx of job prospectors into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social
and health infrastructure
•
•
Impairment of the health of terrestrial flora and fauna
•
Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting
•
Increased level of disease vectors (mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches, flies,)
•
Increase in disease conditions like diarrhoea/ respiratory tract diseases.
•
5.5.3 Operations Phase
•
Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted
pregnancies)
•
Pressure on: available water for domestic and other uses, health facilities,
schools and other social amenities
•
Pressure on available food with implications for malnutrition in children
•
Generation of domestic waste/sewage disposal
•
Degradation of water quality by sewage, resulting in increase in coliforms and
thereby diarrhea and other related water borne diseases
•
Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and supplies
•
Third party agitation over contracts, community benefits, waste disposal,
degradation of water, pressure on water and food
•
•
•
Destruction of Vegetation (Medicinal, economic and food)
•
Loss/alteration of wildlife habitat
Chapter Five
32 of 45
•
•
Reduction of biodiversity
•
•
Possibilities of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic trees,
farms, sacred places, public utilities
•
Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and compensations
•
Contamination of groundwater
•
Potential for the shot holes causing accidents
•
Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment
•
Scaring away /Loss of wildlife
•
Potential for accidents during hole shooting
•
Generation of high intensity welding flash and noise
•
Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance activities
•
Contamination of surface soil with used lubricant
•
Use of contaminated water
•
Third party agitation for provision of water
•
Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased
income level.
•
Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration) from heavy machinery.
•
Third Party Agitation due to Employment Issues and Loss of Benefits as Pipeline
Host Communities
5.6 Description of Impacts
The major and moderate negative impacts for the project are described below:
5.7.1 Pre-Construction Phase
•
Permitting
Chapter Five
33 of 45
Permitting is the process of obtaining permission of communities/ individuals and
relevant government agencies on issues related to the project.
o
Acceptance of project and cooperation/participation from communities
and government.
Prior to commencement of the project, extensive stakeholder consultations will be
carried out with communities, State and Local Government agencies, NGOs/CBOs to
enlist their support, cooperation and participation in the project. The occurrence of
this rated as medium and the impact positive
o
Reduction/abatement of threats posed by agitation of communities
Sometimes there are agitation by communities and other sympathetic third parties
over non-disclosure of project activities, employment, contracts, CD, environmental
impacts of projects and other community/third party interests. The impact was
described as direct, negative, short-term, local, reversible and rated moderate.
•
Temporary Landtake for base camp
Land could be required on temporary basis for the construction of a base camp by the
contractor. The area of land to acquire could be 116 x 64 m2. This land will be revegetated with indigenous plant species at the end of the project and returned to the
owners. The possible impacts from the activity are:
o
Reduction of Access to Land and its Resources
The vegetation of the required land contains economic plants such as cassava,
yams, cocoyam, oil palm, mango and palm trees, etc. Land acquisition in this vicinity
could thus eliminate the crops. Similarly, some of the wildlife species identified in the
project area were grass cutters, birds. Land take could deny access to these
resources, as they would be cleared. The impact was described as direct, negative,
short term, local and reversible. It was rated as minor.
o
Third Party Agitations
Landtake sometimes leads to community agitation due either to compensation
issues, or stakeholder identification, or incoherence in leadership hierarchy and/or
Chapter Five
34 of 45
from boundary recognition between communities. The impact was described as
direct, negative, short-term, local, reversible and rated moderate.
o
Increased financial flow due to compensations
Financial and other compensations accruing to the communities and individuals as
a result of land acquisition shall yield direct, short term, local, reversible and rated
positive
•
Recruitment of Workers
o
This project is manual labour intensive and could create opportunity for
temporary employment, contracting and increase in income for the
communities. The impact was direct, short term, local, reversible, and rated
positive.
o
Due to the fact that all available local labour cannot possibly be engaged for
the project, conflicts and agitations could arise over distribution of
employment slots to individuals and communities. This impact is direct,
negative, short term, reversible and rated moderate.
o
Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on
infrastructure
The influx of job seekers into the communities for employment opportunities
could exert additional pressure on limited community resources such as
water supply, available food sources and housing. This impact is rated direct,
negative, short term, local reversible and moderate.
•
Mobilization to Site
o
Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents.
Mobilization of workers and equipment to site could result in the increase in traffic
in the area and predispose to accidents. This impact is rated as direct, negative,
short term, local, reversible/irreversible and moderate
Chapter Five
35 of 45
o
Increase in usage of roads and resultant damage to existing roads
In the same vein, increase in road usage could result in increase in road traffic
accidents due to road congestion. This phenomenon is rated as direct, negative,
short-term, local and reversible. It is a moderate impact.
•
Site Preparation/ clearing for base camp
The site preparation activity for the project would consist primarily of
vegetation clearing the temporary area that would be acquired for the
construction of base camp. The potential impacts of this are:
o
Destruction of Vegetation (Medicinal, Economic and Food)/Loss of Wildlife
Habit
The removal of the vegetations on the temporarily acquired land could lead to
loss of any medicinal, economic or food crops in the area. The wildlife that
used this vegetation for habitat would also be deprived of them. The impact
was direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated minor.
o
Exposure of Workers, Community Members to
Attack by Poisonous Snakes, Bees, Scorpions, Spiders/Other Wildlife and
Contact With Poisonous Plants
The project area had some dangerous animals like snakes, scorpions, bees etc
and plants poisonous plants. Field workers engaged in vegetation clearing could
be exposed to attack by these animals and plants. These attacks could result in
injuries, poisoning or even death. The impact was described as direct, negative,
short/ long term, local, reversible/ irreversible and rated moderate.
o
Increased Erosion of the Cleared Area
The project area experiences high level of rainfall annually. These features render
the area prone to erosion when the vegetation is cleared. The impact was direct,
negative, short term, local and reversible. It was rated minor.
Chapter Five
36 of 45
o
The clearing of vegetation for the construction of base camp could provide access to
individuals for hunting of wild life and logging activities. This impact though minor
would be direct, negative, short term, local and reversible.
o
Opportunities for Employment
The site clearing could be done manually using local hands. This could create
opportunity for employment, contracting and increase in income for the communities.
The impact was direct, short term, local, reversible and rated positive.
o
Injuries during vegetation clearing.
The process of vegetation clearing is essentially manual, and so workers are
exposed to some degree of risk of injuries. This impact is rated as direct, negative,
short term, local, reversible and moderate.
o
Increased level of disease vectors
Disease vectors such as dangerous insects: bees,and mosquitoes etc. could be
dislodged from their usual habitat towards the communities and increase the risk of
diseases in the communities. This impact could be direct, negative, short term, local,
reversible. It is rated moderate.
o
Traditional occupations (farming and hunting) adversely affected
Bush clearing/site preparation after landtake could affect the farming and hunting
activities. This impact is rated as minor, but could be direct, negative, short term, and
local.
5.7.2
•
Construction Phase
Building/construction works
o
Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents
The activities of building and construction would result in the increase of road usage due
to movement of personnel and equipment. The aftermath of this could be accidents as a
Chapter Five
37 of 45
result of immense pressure put on the roads. This impact is direct, negative, short term,
local and reversible. It rated moderate.
o
Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses
Building and construction works will involve a good number of workers on site, and could
put unwarranted pressure on communities’ domestic water supply and other resources.
This could be direct, negative, short term, local, reversible. It is rated as moderate.
o
Disturbance of soil dwelling organisms
Construction works will disrupt the natural habitat of soil dwelling organisms. However,
the extent of this activity is limited to the base camp alone and therefore, could only
exert a minor, but direct, negative, short term, local and reversible impact.
Labour requirement/recruitment of workforce
•
o
Increased financial flow, social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to
HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust
phenomenon associated with temporary labor contracts.
The increase in financial flow could lead to social vices like violence, alcoholism,
attraction of commercial sex workers (CSW), substances abuse, and teenage
pregnancies. This could lead to increase in sexually transmissible diseases (HIV/AIDS,
and syphilis), injuries, and loss of life or properties. This impact is rated as direct,
negative, short term, local, reversible and major.
o
The project could offer employment for the indigenes at various stages. This could
improve income. The impact was described as direct, short term, local/widespread and
reversible. It was rated positive.
o
Influx of job prospectors into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social
and health infrastructure
Migrant labour could be attracted to the project area. This increase in population of the
area could put pressure on the already deficient infrastructure. These could lead to
Chapter Five
38 of 45
overcrowding with potential for increase in communicable diseases like malaria,
respiratory tract infections and, skin diseases. The impact was direct, negative, short
term, local and reversible. It was rated moderate.
o
Labour issues are always a source of friction between companies and communities and
also among community members. The agitation could be either due to requests for a
certain number of labour that could not be met or sharing the labour slots in the
community. The impact was described as direct, negative, short term, local and
reversible. It was rated major.
•
Waste generation
o
Impairment of the health of terrestrial flora and fauna
In the aquatic system, eutrophication could result if food wastes are dumped into them.
The algal bloom as well as zooplanktons deplete the dissolved oxygen, increasing the
BOD. Other wastes could raise the toxicity level (heavy metals) of the water. All
organisms linked to the food web including fish and man could be affected. The impact
was direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. The rating is moderate.
o
Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting etc
The use of heavy equipment like welding machines, generators etc could
generate nuisance in form of noise, emission and vibrations. The noise could
impair hearing. Emissions (SPM, COx, SOx, NOx) from these construction
equipment could impair air quality and predispose to respiratory tract disease.
The workforce at such locations could be exposed to noise. The national limit for
occupational noise exposure is 90 dB(A) for eight hours continuous exposure.
The impact was direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated moderate.
o
Increased level of disease vectors (mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches, flies, e.t.c)
Wastes disposed haphazardly form microenvironments for breeding of disease
vectors. The crevices could provide habitats for mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches,
flies. The impact is direct, negative, short term, local and reversible with a
moderate rating.
Chapter Five
39 of 45
o
Increase in disease conditions like diarrhoea/ respiratory tract diseases.
Consequent on disposal of wastes without proper adherence to sanitary
guidelines, discharge of sewage into the water bodies, the preponderance of
disease vectors could lead to widespread increase in diarrhoea diseases. The
impact was direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. The rating is
moderate.
o
The project could offer employment for the indigenes at various stages. This
could improve income. The impact was described as direct, short term,
local/widespread and reversible. It was rated positive
5.6.3 Operations Phase
The potential impacts of this phase are:
Accommodation of workers:
o
Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted
pregnancies)
The increase in population could lead to social vices like violence, alcoholism, attraction
of commercial sex workers (CSW), substances abuse and teenage pregnancies. This
could lead to increase in sexually transmissible diseases (HIV/AIDS and syphilis, etc),
injuries, loss of life or properties. This impact is direct, negative, short term, local and
major.
o
Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses, health facilities,
schools and other social amenities
Similarly increase in population could put unwarranted pressure on communities’
domestic water supply and other resources in communities with already poor
infrastructure. This could be direct, negative, short term, local, reversible. It is rated as
moderate.
Chapter Five
40 of 45
o
Pressure on available food with implications for malnutrition in children
The increase in population of the area could also put pressure on the available food
resources in the communities. These could lead to shortages in food supply and with a
potential to affect children especially. The impact was direct, negative, short term, local
and reversible. It was rated moderate.
Waste generation
o
Contamination of water quality by sewage, resulting in increase in coliforms
and thereby diarrhea and other related water borne diseases
Consequent on disposal of wastes without proper adherence to sanitary guidelines,
discharge of sewage into the water bodies, the preponderance of disease vectors could
lead to widespread increase in diarrhea diseases. The impact was direct, negative, short
term, local and reversible. The rating is moderate.
o
Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and supplies
The use of the indigenes for contracting supply of food for workers could create income
generating opportunity for the people of the area. The impact was described as direct,
short term, local, reversible and rated positive.
o
Third party agitation over contracts, community benefits, waste disposal,
degradation of water, pressure on water and food
•
Transportation of equipment and personnel
o
The project activities involve the deployment of several project vehicles estimated to be
about 150. This will result in the increase of road usage due to movement of personnel
and equipment. The aftermath of this could be accidents as a result of immense
pressure put on the roads. This impact is direct, negative, short term, local and
reversible. The impact is rated moderate.
o
Chapter Five
41 of 45
In the same vein, increase in the usage of roads could result in increase in road traffic
accidents due to road congestion. This phenomenon is rated as direct, negative, shortterm, local, reversible and major.
•
Survey line cutting
Survey line cutting consists primarily of vegetation clearing for survey activities on a
temporary land area. The potential impacts of this activity are:
o
Destruction of Vegetation (Medicinal, economic and food)
The removal of the vegetations on the survey lines could lead to loss of any medicinal,
economic or food crops in the area. The wildlife that used this vegetation for habitat
would also be deprived of them. The impact was direct, negative, short term, local,
reversible and rated moderate.
o
Loss/alteration of wildlife habitat
The removal of the vegetations during survey cutting could lead to loss/ alteration of
wildlife habitat as a result of displacement and destruction of food sources and the
wildlife that used this vegetation for habitat would also be deprived of them. The impact
was rated direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated minor.
o
The clearing of vegetation for survey cutting could provide access to individuals for
hunting of wildlife and logging activities. This impact is rated moderate and would be
direct, negative, short term, local and reversible.
o
Reduction of biodiversity
The removal of the vegetations during survey activities could lead to loss of biodiversity:
medicinal, economic or food crops in the area as well as wildlife that used this vegetation
for habitat. The impact was described as direct, negative, short-term, local, reversible
and rated moderate.
o
Chapter Five
42 of 45
The use of the indigenes in the removal of vegetation on the land section for survey
could create income generating opportunity and contracts for the people. The impact
was described as direct, short term, local, reversible and rated positive.
o
Possibilities of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic
trees, farms, sacred places, public utilities
The possibility of lines cutting across sensitive locations during operations, properties,
economic trees, farms, etc. could arise. This impact is rated as major and is direct,
negative, short term, local, reversible.
o
Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and
compensations
The third party agitation at this stage could be due to issues of cutting activities across
sensitive places and resulting in damage to them: houses and other properties,
economic trees, farms, shrines, and public utilities such as water sources. This could
lead to agitations for compensations. The impact is considered direct, negative, short
term, local, reversible and rated major.
•
Drilling of Holes
Contamination of ground water
o
Improper disposal of wastes, particularly those in liquid form could percolate through the
soil profile and pollute the groundwater. In addition, the hydrological flow and dynamics
of groundwater could cause the pollutants to be widespread. This impact was
considered direct, negative, short term, widespread and reversible with a major rating.
o
Potential for the shot holes causing accidents
The potential for accidents during hole shooting is high. This could result in injuries on
soft tissues of the body. The impact was is considered direct, negative, short term, local,
•
Shooting and Recording
o
Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment
Chapter Five
43 of 45
Noise from detonation of explosives could create nuisance, nervous irritation/stimulation
and result in some degree of hearing impairment or loss. This impact was considered
direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. It was rated moderate
o
Scaring away /Loss of wildlife
Vegetation clearing as well as shooting could distort the existing natural habitat of wild
life in the areas by scaring them away thus resulting in a loss to the communities. The
impact was described as direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. It was rated
moderate.
o
Potential for accidents during hole shooting
The potential for accidents during hole shooting is high. This could result in injuries on
soft tissues of the body. The impact is considered direct, negative, short term, local,
•
Repairs and maintenance
Generation of high intensity welding flash and noise
o
The welding activity generates high intensity welding flash. This flash could affect
unprotected eyes giving rise to conjunctivitis. The impact is considered direct, negative,
short term, local, reversible and rated moderate.
o
Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance
activities
The sparks generated during welding activities could result in injuries on soft tissues of
the body. The impact considered direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated
moderate.
o
Contamination of surface soil with used lubricant
Lubricants used for vehicle, heavy equipment and machinery maintenance could result
in the contamination of topsoil. This impact is considered direct, negative, short term,
local, and reversible with a moderate rating.
Provision of water
•
Use of contaminated water
Chapter Five
44 of 45
•
Third party agitation for provision of water
o
Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased
income level.
The process of decommissioning will involve the repair of damaged roads, removal of
structures, and restoration of campsite. These activities could increase opportunities for
employment and contracting. The impact was rated as direct, positive, short term, local
and reversible.
o
Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration etc) from heavy machinery.
The process of decommissioning could also result in the generation of noise, vibration
etc. from heavy equipment. The impact was rated as direct, negative, short term, local,
reversible, and moderate.
o
Third Party Agitation due to Employment Issues and Loss of Benefits as Host
Communities.
As seismic activities come to an end, there could be agitation by the third parties from
loss of employment and contracting opportunities. The impact was direct, negative, short
term, local, and reversible, with moderate rating.
Chapter Five
45 of 45
________________________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER SIX
MITIGATION MEASURES
6.0
Introduction
Mitigation measures are provided for those impacts rated as moderate and major in Chapter
5. The proffered mitigation measures are meant to reduce the severity of the identified
negative impacts and enhance the beneficial effects. The residual impacts that could arise
despite the mitigation measures are also assessed.
The mitigation measures proffered for the predicted environmental impacts from the project
took cognizance of:
•
Environmental laws in Nigeria, with emphasis on permissible limits for waste streams
{FEPA (1991) now FMENV, DPR (1991, 2002)};
•
Best available technology for sustainable development;
•
Feasibility of application of the measures in Nigeria and
•
Social well being.
The proposed mitigation measures for the potential impacts associated with the different
phases of the project along with the residual impacts are provided in the Environmental
Management Plan (Chapter Seven). The highlights of the mitigation measures for the
various phases of the project are as follows:
6.1 Permitting
Permitting involves consultations with communities and relevant government bodies to
obtain the requisite legal and social licenses to operate. The impacts identified were
positive. These are:
1. Acceptance of project and cooperation/participation from communities and government
and
2. Reduction/abatement of threats posed by agitation of communities and sympathetic third
parties
over
non-disclosure
of
project
activities,
employment,
contracts,
CD,
environmental impacts of projects and other community/third party interests.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
1 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
In other to enhance these positive impacts, timely consultations and explicit description of
project activities, impacts and benefits were recommended.
6.2 Temporary Land-Take for Base Camp
Temporary landtake of 0.6-0.7 Ha will be required for campsites, fuel dumps/generator
house, vehicle parking lots, explosives magazine sites and other land needs. This could
result in the following impacts:
1. Third party agitations over compensations, land disputes, wrong stakeholder
identification and leadership tussles etc
2. Increased financial flow due to compensations
Third party agitations were rated moderate. The mitigation measures proposed are:
o
The relevant stakeholders/legacy issues shall be identified
o
Consultations with stakeholders (Community, Govt., NGOs, CBOs etc.) shall be
carried out
o
Adequate and prompt compensation shall be made and
o
Project advisory committee (PAC) to guide land acquisition process/ MOU
implementation shall be set up
These mitigation measures should reduce the severity of the impact from moderate to minor.
Encouraging judicious use of income by beneficiaries was recommended for enhancing this
positive impact of Increased financial flow due to compensations.
6.3 Recruitment of workers
About 1500 local staff will be recruited in the cause of the survey activities. The significant
impacts identified include:
1.
2.
Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on infrastructure
3.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
2 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Creation of opportunities for employment was identified as a positive impact, which could
be enhanced by encouraging savings and judicious use of income.
A Conflicts/ Third party agitation over employment issues was rated moderate. The
mitigation measures that were proffered include:
o
Employment of at least 60% of the workforce from the communities
o
Prompt communication of employment policy to communities
Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on infrastructure
was rated moderate. The mitigation measure proffered for reducing this impact from
moderate to minor is to ensure that the recruitment period is brief and definite
6.4 Mobilization to site
About 150 trucks will be mobilized to carry personnel, materials and equipments to site.
Identified impacts from mobilization to site are:
1. Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents
2. Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads
Both impacts were rated moderate.
To reduce Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents
from moderate to minor, measures suggested are:
o
Journey management shall be employed to limit the amount of traffic
o
Regular maintenance and checks shall be carried out
o
Training and retraining of drivers shall be conducted.
o
Compliance with speed limits shall be enforced
o
Warning signs shall be established where desirable
o
Night driving/travels shall be prohibited
o
Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be used during water travels
o
Awareness shall be created on the potential of increased traffic
o
SPDC policy on road and water borne traffic journey management shall be adhered
Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads could be reduced from
moderate to minor by repairing all identified damaged roads.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
3 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.5 Site Preparation/clearing for base camp
About 455 m2 will be cleared for the base camp. Identified impacts include:
1. Creation of opportunities for employment
2. Attack of workers and community members by poisonous snakes, bees, plants etc
3. Injuries during vegetation clearing.
4. Increased level of disease vectors
To enhance the beneficial effects of Creation of opportunities for employment, SPDC
shall ensure that at least 60% of the workforce is employed from the communities.
To reduce Attack of workers and community members by poisonous snakes, bees,
plants etc from moderate to minor:
o
SPDC shall provide and enforce usage of PPE by field workers
o
First aid /Anti- venom shall be provided on site
o
Designated staff shall be trained to control poisonous plants and animals
o
Awareness shall be created among site workers and nearby communities on the
likelihood of exposure to wildlife
To reduce Injuries during vegetation clearing from moderate to minor:
o
SPDC shall provide and enforce usage of PPE by field workers
o
First aid shall be provided on site
o
Compliance with HSE procedures shall be enforced
o
Medevac shall be provided on site
To reduce Increased level of disease vectors from moderate to minor:
o
Affected areas shall be drained to eliminate breeding sites of disease vectors
o
Area shall be fumigated to eliminate disease vectors
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
4 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.6 Construction of base camp
Construction works for the base camp include the installation of the portakabins and building
of a workshop, restaurant, generator house and sheet fence. Other construction works
include plumbing, electrification, communication, recreation.
The impacts identified include:
1. Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents
2. Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses
Both impacts were rated moderate.
To reduce Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents from moderate to
minor:
o
Journey management shall be employed to limit the amount of traffic
o
Repair of roads, tracks and farm roads shall be carried out
o
o
o
o
Medevac shall be provided
o
o
SPDC policy on road and water borne traffic journey management shall be adhered
to
Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses could be reduced from
moderate to minor by providing additional water to affected communities during construction
activities.
6.6.1 Labour requirement/recruitment of workforce for Construction
The recruitment of workforce for construction could result in:
1. Increase in financial flow resulting in social vices such as drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to
HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust phenomenon
associated with temporary labor contracts etc
2. Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
5 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social and health
infrastructure
The following mitigation measures were proffered to reduce Increase in financial flow
resulting in social vices from major to minor:
o
Awareness campaign shall be carried out to enlighten the communities/field workers
on the implications of casual and unprotected sex, prostitution, (HIV/AIDS), drug and
alcohol abuse
o
Alternative recreational facilities shall be provided at camp sites
o
SPDC alcohol and drug policy shall be implemented to encourage healthy lifestyle
o
The following mitigation measures were recommended to enhance the beneficial effects of
Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment:
o
At least 60% of the workforce shall be employed from the communities
o
Indigenous contractors shall be used
Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social and
health infrastructure was rated moderate. Its negative effects could be reduced from
moderate to minor by ensuring that the recruitment period is brief and definite
Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues could be mitigated by ensuring
that at least 60% of the workforce is employed from the communities and ensuring that the
communication of the employment policy to communities prompt
6.6.2 Waste generation- Construction:
Solid, liquid and gaseous waste that could be generated from the construction works include
wood chippings, cement bags, PVC pipes, paint, lubricants, fencing sheets off cuts, exhaust
from cranes/heavy equipment, domestic waste,and plumbing accessories.
Significant identified impacts from the generation of solid, liquid and gaseous waste include:
1. Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting etc
2. Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
6 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following mitigation measures should reduce Nuisance noise, dust, emissions,
lighting from moderate to minor:
o
Machinery with noise levels within acceptable limits (85 dB (A)) shall be used
o
Site construction shall be done within the shortest possible time
o
Acoustic mufflers shall be provided for heavy engines with noise level above acceptable
limits
o
High sound energy equipment shall be enclosed in noise insulators in line with SPDC
policy
o
SPDC HSE policy of wearing ear muffs/ plugs shall be applied in all construction sites
o
Sufficient separation distances shall be provided for sources of high energy sound to
reduce noise levels
o
Workers with existing hearing impairment shall not be deployed to site.
The following mitigation measures should enhance the beneficial effects of Increased
opportunity for contracting and temporary employment:
o
At least 60% of the workforce shall be employed from the communities
o
Indigenous contractors shall be used
6.7 Accommodation of workers
Some of the 1500 workers that will be recruited will be accommodated. The identified
impacts of accommodation of workers include:
1. Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted
pregnancies)
2. Pressure on: available water for domestic and other uses, food, health facilities and
other social amenities
3. Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and other supplies
4. Contamination of water by sewage, resulting in increase in diarrhea and other water
borne diseases
5. Third party agitation over waste disposal
To bring the effect of Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS,
unwanted pregnancies) from major to minor, the following mitigation measures were
proffered:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
7 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Awareness campaign shall be carried out to enlighten the communities/field workers
o
on the implications of casual and unprotected sex, prostitution, (HIV/AIDS), drug and
alcohol abuse
o
Alternative recreational facilities shall be provided at camp sites
o
SPDC alcohol and drug policy shall be implemented to encourage healthy lifestyle
The potential for increment in Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses,
food, health facilities and other social amenities could be reduced
from moderate to
minor by the following measures:
•
SPDC shall provide water and food at campsite to prevent pressure on community
resources
•
SPDC shall provide health and recreational facilities on campsite to prevent pressure
on community facilities.
By involving indigenous contractors in the supply of food, the beneficial effects of Increased
opportunity for contracting shall be enhanced. In addition, employing at least 60% of
the workforce from the communities could enhance opportunities for employment
Contamination of water by sewage, resulting in increase in water borne diseases was
rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:
o
Effluents from facilities shall be treated prior to disposal into surface water
o
Sanitary toilets shall be provided at campsite
o
Sanitary waste shall be treated biologically or by use of septic tanks
Third party agitation over waste disposal, could be abated from a moderate impact to
minor by providing an alternative source of drinking water to communities where applicable
6.8 Transportation of equipment and personnel
During the survey activities, equipment and personnel will be transported from one location
to the other within OML 22 and 28. Identified impacts include:
1. Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents
2. Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads
3. Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration etc) from heavy machinery.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
8 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
These impacts were all rated moderate. Measures proffered for reducing Increase in usage
of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents from moderate to minor are:
o
Repair of roads, tracks and farm roads shall be carried out
o
SPDC’s journey management policy on road and water shall be employed to limit the
amount of traffic
o
o
o
o
Medevac shall be provided
o
Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads was rated major. This could
be reduced from to minor by repairing all identified damaged roads.
In other to reduce Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration etc) from heavy machinery
from moderate to minor:
o
Machinery with noise levels within acceptable limits (85 dB (A)) shall be used
o
Survey activities shall be done within the shortest possible time
6.9 Survey line cutting
Survey line cutting involves the clearing of vegetation of a maximum of one meter a grid that
transects the project area. Identified impacts are:
1. Destruction of vegetation resulting in loss/alteration of wildlife habitat, medicinal,
economic and food materials and reduction of biodiversity.
2. Increased access for hunting and logging
3. Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment Possibility of lines
cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic trees, farms, sacred places, public
utilities
To mitigate the Destruction of vegetation resulting in loss/alteration of wildlife habitat,
medicinal, economic and food materials and reduction of biodiversity from moderate to
minor:
o
Clearing shall be minimized and confined to the 1 meter width
o
Compensations shall be paid for loss of economic plants
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
9 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
o
Revegetation of cleared line shall be undertaken after survey where desirable
Measure to reduce Increased access for hunting and logging from moderate to minor
include:
o
Awareness campaign of the adverse effects of hunting and logging.
o
Support of programmes aimed at sustainable use of forest resources by SPDC
o
Discouraging hunting by workers and community during the survey
Employing at least 60% of the workforce from the communities and involving indigenous
contractors
could
enhance
increased
opportunity for
contracting
and
temporary
employment.
Possibility of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic trees,
farms, sacred places, public utilities was rated major. To reduce this impact to minor:
o
Compensations shall be paid for certified damaged and lost property.
o
Wildlife reserves and sacred forests shall be identified and avoided
Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and compensations was
rated major. In order to reduce this impact to minor:
o
Appropriate beneficiaries of damaged property shall be identified and the loss
evaluated.
o
Consultations with the relevant communities and property owners shall be carried out
and adequate and prompt compensation shall be made.
o
Project advisory committee (PAC) including representatives of government, SPDC,
NGOs and communities shall be constituted to guide the compensation process.
6.10 Drilling of shot holes, Shooting and Recording
Shot holes of depth ranging from a few to 60 meters will be dug for detonating explosives.
Identified impacts include:
1. Contamination of ground water
2. Vibrations and weakening of building structures
3. Potential for the shot holes causing accidents
4. Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
10 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Third party agitations over destruction of property, inadequate compensations and
general disturbances
Contamination of ground water was rated major. To mitigate this impact to minor:
o
Shot holes shall be drilled manually to prevent contamination of groundwater with oil
and other chemicals
o
Borehole water samples shall be monitored before and after drilling of shot holes to
establish ground water quality
Potential for the shot holes causing accidents could be mitigated from moderate to minor
by ensuring that awareness is created on the existence and locations of shot holes by
putting appropriate markings/signs and that shot holes are drilled and restored within the
shortest time
Vibrations and weakening of building structures was rated moderate. To reduce this
impact to minor, sufficient separation distances shall be provided for detonation of
explosives to reduce noise levels and vibration effects on structures
Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment was rated
moderate was rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:
o
SPDC HSE policy of wearing ear muffs/ plugs shall be applied in all construction
sites
o
Workers with existing hearing impairment shall not be deployed to site
Scaring away /Loss of wildlife was rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:
o
Shooting and recording shall be carried out within the shortest time
o
Potential for accidents during hole shooting Moderate
o
Crew handling explosives shall be trained on safety procedures
Third party agitations over destruction of property and inadequate compensations
were rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:
o
Accurate identification of property owners and extent of damage shall be carried out
o
Adequate compensations shall be paid for destroyed property
o
Awareness of the possibilities of disturbances shall be built
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
11 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.11 Repairs and maintenance
Repairs and maintenance encompasses welding, motor vehicle repairs, maintenance and
servicing of facilities in the proposed workshop. The impacts identified include:
1. Generation of high intensity welding flash and noise
2. Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance activities
Both impacts were rated moderate. Mitigation measures proffered for them include:
o
Awareness sessions on health risks and safety precautions of welding operations
shall be carried out for workers
o
Pre-employment medical certification shall be carried out for the welders
o
SPDC shall enforce the use of welders mask, earmuffs, jackets, gloves, boots and
coveralls by welders during welding.
o
A site clinic and Medevac shall be provided
6.12 Provision of water
Workers in the camp and on the field will need a large quantity of drinking water. Use of
contaminated water was identified as a potential outcome rated as moderate, which could
be mitigated to minor by SPDC providing its workforce with potable water and discourage
use of water from other sources. In addition, there could be Third party agitation as a
result of communities demanding for water, which could be reduced from moderate to minor
by provision of water to communities where applicable.
6.13 Decommissioning
Decommissioning involves the removal and abandonment of structures as well as repair of
damaged roads
o
Restoration of site
o
Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased income
level.
These two impacts were rated as positive. Measures for enhancing them include:
o
Prompt restoration and upgrade of roads
o
The usage of indigenous contractors
o
Engaging at least 60% of the workforce shall from the communities
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Six
12 of 12
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CHAPTER SEVEN
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
7.1 Introduction
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an integral component of an EIA, which
ensures the effective management of the environmental concerns identified in,
incorporated as an instrument for ensuring future compliance with legislation, good
environmental performance and integration of environmental issues into project
decisions
In specific terms, the EMP will provide the means of assessing the accuracy of the
predicted project impacts and monitoring of the effectiveness of the proposed mitigation
measures contained in the EIA report.
7.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
The FMENV and DPR guidelines require an environmental monitoring plan as part of an
EIA. The aim of the monitoring programme is to ensure that the negative environmental
impacts already identified in this EIA are effectively mitigated in the design, construction,
operational and decommissioning stages of the project. The EMP also instils confidence
in the host communities, the proponent of the project (SPDC) and regulatory bodies that
the identified impacts are adequately mitigated. Environmental monitoring of the project
is therefore advocated in order to ensure that the mitigation processes put in place have
adequately taken care of the predicted impacts. This will necessitate establishing
programmes to address the following:
•
Alteration to the biological, chemical and physical characteristics of the recipient
environment;
•
Social and health issues;
•
Alterations in the interactions between project activities and environmental
sensitivities, and interactions between the sensitivities;
•
Determination of long term and residual effects;
•
Identification of project specific cumulative environmental effects.
The detailed plan to monitor the effectiveness of the proffered mitigation measures are
provided in the EMP Tables 7A to 7D.
______________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Seven
1 of 26
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.3 Hazards And Effects Management Process (HEMP)
The management of hazards and effects of activities is central to effective Project
Environmental Management. Hazard and Effects Management Process (HEMP) ensures
that hazards and potential effects are fully evaluated.
Environmental Impact
Assessment emphasizes the Hazards and Effects Management Process. The four
stages of the process as applied in Environmental Management are:
•
Identify hazards associated with project activity and the environment;
•
Assess hazards and effects through assessment of magnitude and significance
of the hazards and effects;
•
Control hazards and effects, through implementing techniques to eliminate,
lessen severity of effects, and manage the hazard;
•
Recover from effects by developing plans to manage the consequences of
events.
The above form the fundamental principles of the management and control of
environmental impacts and effects in the EIA process. The impacts are enumerated
based on hazard identification, risk assessment and application of preventive measures.
Figure 7.1 shows the details of the Hazard and Effect Management Process. This
process will be fully incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan of the project.
______________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Seven
2 of 26
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Characterise Receiving
Environment
Identify Hazards
Identify
Evaluate Effects and
Hazardous Events
Evaluate Threats to
Control Techniques
Are they
significant?
Yes
Is
Control
Practicable?
No
Assess
Monitor
Yes
Implement Control
Techniques
No
Control
Develop Corrective
Action Systems
Recover
Fig. 7.1
Hazard and Effect Management Process
______________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Seven
3 of 26
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.4 Safety and Hazard Identification
The aim of managing the HSE risks associated with a system is to reduce them to a
level as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). The objectives for assessing these
risks are to:
•
Eliminate the hazard;
•
Reduce the probability of hazardous events occurring;
•
Minimise the consequences, in the event of the occurrence of the events.
The activities involved in the construction/operation/decommissioning phases of the
proposed project are essentially: permitting, mobilisation of contractors to site, land
clearing, surveying, drilling of shot holes, recording, laying of explosives and detonation,
recording, damages assessment, compensation and environmental restoration. The
associated HSE risks were considered and addressed.
______________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Seven
4 of 26
Table7A
Project
Activities
Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Pre-mobilization Phase
Impact
Rating
before
mitigation
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Relevant
stakeholders shall
be identified
Positive
Minor
Permitting
via
consultation
and signing
of agreement
(Acquisition
of Social
License to
operate)
Acceptance of
project and cooperation/participati
on from
stakeholders
(communities and
government)
leading to peaceful
and timely
execution of the
project
Positive
Temporary
Landuse for
base camp
or use of an
existing
camp facility.
Third party
agitations over
compensations,
land disputes,
wrong stakeholder
identification,
leadership tussles
etc
Moderate
Chapter Seven
Early stakeholders’
engagement
sessions shall be
held, with all the
agreed issues
properly
documented and
signed.
The relevant
stakeholders/legac
y issues shall be
identified.
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Premobilization
Stakeholders’
engagement
reports/agree
ment
Once,
prior to
mobilisation
Chief
Geophysicist
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Premobilization
Community
/Other
stakeholder
engagement
reports
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
Consultations with
stakeholders
(Community,
Govt., NGOs,
CBOs etc.) shall
be carried out
5 of 26
Responsible
Party
Table7B
Project
Activities
Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Mobilization Phase
Impact
Mobilization to
Site
(Transportation
of equipments
and personnel)
Increase in usage
of roads and
waterways with
possibilities of
accidents
Rating
before
mitigation
Moderate
Description
of
mitigation
Journey
management shall
be employed to
limit the amount of
traffic
Regular
maintenance
/checks of vehicles
and boats shall be
carried out
Swimming/Driving
training and
certification shall be
conducted.
Residual
impact
rating
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Pre- and
During
mobilization
to site
Inventory of
approved
journey
management
forms
Daily/
Weekly/
Monthly
Vehicle
certification
reports
IVMS checks/
Reports.
Compliance with
speed limits shall
be enforced
Warning signs shall
be established
where desirable
Chapter Seven
6 of 26
Responsible
Party
Chief
Geophysicist
Table7B
Project
Activities
Impact
Mobilization to
Site
(Transportation
of equipments
and personnel
Cont.
Increase in usage
of roads and
waterways with
possibilities of
accidents
Rating
before
mitigation
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Moderate
Night driving/sailing
shall be prohibited
Minor
Personal protective
equipment (PPE)
shall be used
during water travels
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV17100
Timing
Pre- and
During
mobilization
to site
Awareness shall be
created on the
potential of
increased traffic
Increase in usage
and resultant
Obstruction of
/damage to
existing roads
Chapter Seven
Major
All earth roads
damaged shall be
restored to the
original state
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
tenure of
the project
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Vehicle
certification
reports
Daily/
Weekly/
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Reports of
training
sessions of
drivers
Site
inspection
/community
engagement
reports
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
7 of 26
Table7B
Project Activities
Mobilization to
Site
(Transportation
of equipments
and personnel
Cont.
Impact
Nuisance (Noise,
Vibration
etc)
from machinery.
Emissions
Recruitment of
workers
Creation of
opportunities for
employment
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Moderate
Machinery with
noise levels within
acceptable limits
(85 dB (A)) shall be
used
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
Monthly
during
mobilization
Parameters
for Monitoring
Equipment
maintenance
report
Camp site
Noise
mapping
Monitoring
Frequency
Weekly
Responsible
Party
Chief
Geophysicist
Minor
Positive
Savings and
judicious use of
income shall be
encouraged
Positive
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Prior to
mobilization
and during
operations
changes in air
quality
parameters
Employment
records and
community
Engagement
reports
Prior to
mobilization
and during
operations
8 of 26
Chief
Geophysici
st
Table7B
Project
Activities
Recruitment
of workers
Cont.
Impact
Conflicts/ Third
party agitations
over
employment
issues
Increase of
population in
communities,
thereby exerting
pressure on
infrastructure
Rating
before
mitigation
Moderate
Moderate
Description of
mitigation
At least 60% of
the workforce
shall be
employed from
the host
communities
Prompt
communication of
employment
policy to
communities
during various
stakeholders
engagement
At least 60% of
the workforce
shall be
employed from
the host
communities
Residual
impact
rating
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
Prior to
mobilization
and during
operations
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Employment
records and
community
Engagement
reports
Prior to
mobilization
and during
operations
Chief
Geophysicist
Daily/
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
PreRecruitment
and during
operations
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
recruitment
Community
/Other
stakeholder
engagement
reports
Provide potable
water and
medical facilities
to workers
Chapter Seven
9 of 26
Table7B
Project
Activities
Site
Preparation/
Clearing of
base camp
Impact
Rating
before
mitigation
Exposure of
workers and
community
members to
poisonous
snakes, bees,
scorpions, other
wildlife and
contact with
poisonous plants,
Minor
Loss of flora and
fauna
Minor
Opportunities for
employment
Positive
Chapter Seven
Description of
mitigation
Provide and
enforce usage of
PPE by field
workers
Residual
impact
rating
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
During site
preparation
Pep Talks/tool
box meetings
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
Health
Records
First aid /Antivenom shall be
provided on site
Awareness shall be
created among site
workers and nearby
communities on the
likelihood of
exposure to wildlife
Clearing should be
limited to areas of
operation
At least 60% of the
workforce shall be
employed from the
communities
Responsible
Party
Induction
Report
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During site
preparation
Inspection
records
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Positive
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
PreRecruitment
Community
/Other
stakeholder
engagement
reports
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
10 of 26
Table7B
Project
Activities
Site
Preparation/
Clearing of
base camp
Cont.
Impact
Injuries during
vegetation
clearing.
Rating
before
mitigation
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Moderate
Provide and enforce
usage of PPE by field
workers
Minor
Minor
First aid shall be
provided on site
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During site
preparation
Incidents
reports
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During site
preparation
Sanitary
and site
inspection
reports
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
Compliance with
HSE procedures
shall be enforced
Increased level of
disease vectors(
Mosquitoes, Tse
tse fly, black fly
etc.)
Moderate
Medevac procedure
shall be provided.
Affected areas shall
be drained to
eliminate breeding
sites of disease
vectors
Area shall be
fumigated to
eliminate disease
vectors
Adequate refuse
management
Chapter Seven
11 of 26
Table7B
Project
Activities
Impact
Building/Const Increase in Noise
ruction works level
of Base Camp
- Workshop,
- Generator
house,
- Sheet
Fencing,
- Plumbing,
- Electrificatio
n,
- Communica
tion mast,
Recreation etc
Rating
before
mitigation
Moderate
Description
of
mitigation
SPDC HSE policy of
wearing ear
muffs/plug shall be
applied in all
construction sites
Site construction
shall done within the
shortest possible
time
Residual
impact
rating
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
During
construction
Compliance
monitoring
report
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
Site
inspection
report
No night
construction.
Machinery with noise
levels within
acceptable limits (85
dB (A)) shall be used
Chapter Seven
12 of 26
Table7B
Project
Activities
Impact
Building/Const
ruction works
of Base Camp
Cont.
Increase in
Financial flow
resulting in: social
vices,(drug
abuse, CSWs,
exposure to
HIV/AIDS,
unwanted
pregnancies,
truancy,
violence), boom
and bust
phenomenon
associated with
temporary labor
contracts etc.
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Major
Description
of
mitigation
Awareness
campaigns on
HIV/AIDS, drug and
alcohol abuse shall
be carried out.
Recreational facilities
shall be provided at
camp sites
Residual
impact
rating
Action
Party
Timing
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
construction
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Community Weekly/
engagement Monthly
report
Health
Report
SPDC alcohol and
drug policy shall be
implemented.
13 of 26
Responsible
Party
Chief
Geophysicist
Project
Activities
Impact
Rating
before
mitigation
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Building/Const
ruction works
of Base Camp
Cont.
Increased
financial flow due
to compensations
leading to
improved
standard of living
Positive
Adequate and
prompt
compensation shall
be made
Positive
Chapter Seven
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Prior to
mobilization
Community
/Other
stakeholder
engagement
reports
Prior to
mobilization
Chief
Geophysicist
Savings and
judicious use of
income shall be
encouraged
14 of 26
Table7B
Project
Activities
Impact
Waste
generationConstruction:
(Solids/liquid/ga
seous) Wood
chippings,
cement bags,
PVC pipes,
paint,
lubricants,
fencing sheets
off cuts,
exhaust from
cranes/heavy
equipment,
domestic waste,
plumbing
accessories,
medical waste
etc
Nuisance noise,
dust, emissions,
lighting and
contamination
of soil
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Moderate
Description
of
mitigation
Machinery with noise
levels within
acceptable limits (85
dB (A)) shall be used
Residual
impact
rating
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
Daily/Weekl
y/Monthly
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Maintenance
log of
equipment
Site construction shall
be done within the
shortest possible time
Site
inspection
report
Ear mufflers shall be
provided for generator
engines with noise
level above acceptable
limits
Compliance
report
SPDC HSE policy of
wearing ear muffs/
plugs shall be applied
in all construction sites
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Weekly/
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Waste
generated/dis
posal
management
Data
15 of 26
Table7B
Project
Activities
Impact
Rating
before
mitigation
Waste
generationConstruction:
(Solids/liquid/ga
seous) Cont.
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Sufficient separation
distances shall be
provided for sources of
high energy sound to
reduce noise levels.
Minor
Minor
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Daily/Weekl
y/Monthly
Sewage /Grey
water analysis
report
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Daily/Weekl
y/Monthly
PreWeekly/Mon
employment thly
medical report
Weekly/
Monthly
Responsible
Party
Chief
Geophysicist
Waste segregation,
treatment and disposal
in compliance with
standards and
procedures (Govt.
approved site, etc)
Moderate
Chapter Seven
Workers with existing
hearing impairment
shall not be deployed
to site
16 of 26
Chief
Geophysicist
Table7B
Project Activities
Impact
Accommodation
of workers
Increase in
Financial flow
resulting in:
social
vices,(drug
abuse,
CSWs,
exposure to
HIV/AIDS,
unwanted
pregnancies,
truancy,
violence),
boom and
bust
phenomenon
associated
with
temporary
labor
contracts etc.
Opportunities
for
contracting,
supply of food
and other
supplies
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Major
Awareness campaigns
on HIV/AIDS, drug and
alcohol abuse shall be
carried out.
Minor
Action Party
Timing
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
construction
Community
engagement
report
Weekly/Mon
thly
Chief
Geophysicist
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
construction
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
Health Report
Recreational facilities
shall be provided at
camp sites
SPDC alcohol and drug
policy shall be
implemented.
Positive
Indigenous contractors
shall be used
Positive
Community
engagement
report
17 of 26
Table7B
Project
Activities
Impact
Third party
agitation over
indiscriminate
littering of
waste
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Description
of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Moderate
Awareness campaigns.
Minor
Action Party
Timing
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
survey
Community
engagement
reports
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
18 of 26
Table 7C
Project
Activities
Survey line
cutting
Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Operations Phase (Survey Activities)
Impact
Destruction of
vegetation
resulting in
loss/alteration
of wildlife
habitat,
medicinal,
economic and
food materials
and reduction of
biodiversity
Increased
access for
hunting and
logging
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Description of
mitigation
Major
Clearing shall be
minimized and
confined to the 1 meter
width
Residual
impact
rating
Action
Party
Timing
Moderate
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
survey
cutting
Site
Inspection
report and
community
engagement
and
Assessment
report
Daily/Weekl
y/Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
survey
cutting
Site report
and
community
engagement
report
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Compensations shall
be paid for loss of
economic plants
Re-vegetation of
cleared line in
mangrove shall be
undertaken after the
project work where
desirable
Awareness campaign
of the adverse effects
of hunting and logging
shall be undertaken
Parameters
for Monitoring
19 of 26
Table 7C
Project
Activities
Survey line
cutting
contd.
Impact
Increased
access for
hunting and
logging
Possibility of
lines cutting
across sensitive
locations,
property,
sacred places,
public utilities
Rating
before
mitigation
Description of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Moderate
Prohibition of Hunting
by workers shall be
enforced.
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
survey
cutting
Community
engagement
report
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Major
Compensations shall
be paid for certified
damaged property
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
After
survey
cutting
Contact
personnel
Report
Community
engagement
report
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Wildlife reserves and
sacred forests shall be
identified and avoided
Strict adherence to
guidelines by contact
personnel and survey
crews
Chapter Seven
20 of 26
Table 7C
Project
Activities
Survey line
cutting
cont.
Impact
Third party
agitation over
damage to
property,
encroachment
and
compensations
Rating
before
mitigation
Description of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Major
The appropriate
beneficiaries of
damaged property shall
be identified and the
loss evaluated
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
After
survey
cutting
Parameters
for Monitoring
Site report and
community
engagement
report
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Consultations with the
relevant communities
and property owners
shall be carried out
Adequate and prompt
compensation shall be
made when liable
Chapter Seven
21 of 26
Table 7C
Project
Activities
Drilling of
shot holes
Impact
Contamination
of ground and
surface water
Rating
before
mitigation
Description of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Major
Pattern shot holes shall
be used as much as
possible
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
drilling of
shot holes
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
drilling of
shot holes
Uphole location (single
deep hole drilling)
shall be spaced on 4 x
4 km grid across the
prospect area
Potential for the
shot holes
causing
accidents (trips
and falls)
Chapter Seven
Moderate
Awareness shall be
created on the
existence and locations
of shot holes
through appropriate
markings/signs
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Site report and
community
engagement
report
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Site report and
community
engagement
report
Daily
Chief
Geophysicist
22 of 26
Table 7C
Project
Activities
Shooting
and
Recording
Impact
Increase in
nuisance noise
from explosives
Vibrations
resulting in
cracking of
structures
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Description of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Minor
Sufficient separation
distances shall be
provided for detonation
of explosives to reduce
noise levels and
vibration effects on
structures.
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
shooting
and
recording
Moderate
Built up areas shall be
avoided
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
shooting
and
recording
Adherence to minimum
shooting distances as
in EGASPIN
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Site report and
community
engagement
report
Daily
Chief
Geophysicist
Compliance
report
Daily
Chief
Geophysicist
23 of 26
Table 7C
Project
Activities
Rating
before
mitigation
Description of
mitigation
Scaring away
/Loss of wildlife
Moderate
Shooting and recording
shall be carried out
within the shortest time
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
shooting
and
recording
Site report and
community
engagement
report
Potential for
accidents
during hole
shooting
Moderate
Personnel handling
explosives shall be
licensed in line with
1967 Explosive
Regulatory Act
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
shooting
and
recording
Minor
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
survey
activities
Impact
Shooting
and
Recording
cont.
Repairs and
maintenance
: (Welding,
motor
vehicle
repairs,
maintenance
of facilities
and
servicing in
workshop)
Generation of
high intensity
welding flash,
fumes and
noise from
grinders
Chapter Seven
Moderate
Explosive handlers
training with regard to
seismic operations
Awareness sessions
on health risks and
safety precautions of
welding operations
shall be carried out for
workers
Use of Appropiate
PPEs shall be enforced
Residual
impact
rating
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for Monitoring
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Daily
Chief
Geophysicist
License
monitoring
renewal
Monthly
Chief
Geophysicist
Health records
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
Minutes of
Toolbox
meetings/safety
briefings
Site inspection
reports
24 of 26
Table 7C
Project
Activities
Impact
Repairs and
maintenance
: (Welding,
motor
vehicle
repairs,
maintenance
of facilities
and
servicing in
workshop)
cont.
Burns and
injuries from
welding
sparks/injuries
from other
maintenance
activities
Rating
before
mitigation
Description of
mitigation
Moderate
Use of Appropiate
PPEs
SPDC shall enforce the
use of welders mask,
ear muffs, jackets,
gloves, boots and
coveralls by welders
during welding.
A site clinic and
Medevac shall be
provided
Chapter Seven
Residual
impact
rating
Minor
Action
Party
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
Timing
During
survey
activities
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Health records
Monitoring
Frequency
Responsible
Party
Weekly
Chief
Geophysicist
Minutes of
Toolbox
meetings/safety
briefings
Site inspection
reports
25 of 26
Table 7D
Project
Activities
Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Decommissioning Phase
Impact
Decommission
ing
- Repair of
damaged
roads
- Removal of
structures
- Restoration
of site
Increased
opportunity for
employment
and contracting
resulting in
increased
income level.
Chapter Seven
Rating
before
mitigation
Positive
Description of
mitigation
Residual
impact
rating
Action
Party
Timing
Parameters
for
Monitoring
Indigenous contractors
shall be used
Positive
SPDC
Seismic
Acquisition
Team and
JV171
During
line
cutting
Community
engagement
report
Site restoration shall be
carried out at the end
of the survey.
Monitoring
Frequency
End of the
project
Site restoration
certificate
26 of 26
Responsible
Party
Chief
Geophysicist
CHAPTER EIGHT
CONCLUSION
8.1 Conclusion
The EIA of the OML 22 - 28 3D seismic acquisition survey has been carried out in
accordance with the regulatory requirements established by the Federal Republic of
Nigeria, other statutory and international standards. The interactions between the
project activities and the various environmental sensitivities (biophysical, social and
health) have been investigated and the potential impacts of the project on the
existing environment have been identified and evaluated.
The magnitude of the anticipated impacts of the project activities on air, water, soils,
sediment, vegetation, fauna, fisheries, land use, waste management, social
economic and health issues were rated and mitigation measures proffered to reduce
the magnitude of identified adverse impacts, to a level as low as reasonably
practicable (ALARP) and further enhance the benefits of the positive impacts. These
mitigation measures are incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan
developed specifically for this project, applicable to its entire life span (site
preparation to decommissioning).
Findings from this environmental impact assessment show that with the application of
the proffered mitigation measures contained in the environmental management plan
and other provisions incorporated herewith, the OML 22 – 28 3D seismic acquisition
survey could be executed and decommissioned with reduced adverse impact to the
environment.
The approval of this EIA report for the execution of the OML 22 - 28 3D seismic
acquisition survey is hereby recommended for sustainable development.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Chapter Eight
1 of 1
______________________________________________________________________________________
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abey-Wickrama, I.A., Brook, M.F., Gattoni, F.E. and Herridge, C.F. (1969): Mental
Hospital Admissions and Aircraft Noise. Lancet 2: 1275-1277.
Ajayi, S.O. and Adeleye, S.A. (1978): Pollution Studies on Nigerian Rivers 1 Preliminary
report on the pollution level of Rivers Ona and Ogunpa. Bulletin of the Chemical Society
of Nigeria. 2:421-463.
Akinluyi, T.O. and Odeyemi, O. (1982): Human Waste disposal and the faecal pollution
of the river Niger waters. Water International. 9:37-44
Akpata, T.V.I. and Ekundayo, J.A. (1978): Faecal pollution of the Lagos Lagoon. Nigeria
Journal Science 12:44-51.
APHA (1998): Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 20th Ed
APHA-AWIWA-WPCF. Washington DC.
Asiabaka, C.C. (2002): Poverty Alleviation Intervention Strategy for Imo State of Nigeria.
Report prepared for Imo State Government of Nigeria. August 2001, 35p
Asiabaka, C.C, Morse, S. and Kenyon, L. (2002): The Development, Dissemination and
Adoption of Technologies Directed at Improving the Availability of Clean Yam Planting
Materials in Nigeria and Ghana. A Report of a Study Mission Commissioned by the UK
Government Department for International Development (DFID) Crop Protection
Programme. 52p.
Atlas, R.M. and Bartha, R. (1981): Effects and measurements of environmental
determinants. In Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications. London, Addison
Wesley Publishing Company. Pp 133-169.
Ayoade, J.O (1998): Introduction to Climatology for the Tropics. Spectrum Books
Limited, Ibadan, Nigeria.
Babalola, O. and Lal, R. (1977): Subsoil gravel horizon and root growth. The gravel
concentration and bulk density effects. Plant and soils 46:337-346.
Bagenal T.B. (1971): Methods for assessment of fish production in inland waters.
Butterworths, London 278 p.
Boesch, D.F. (1973): Classification and Community Structure of Mangrove Benthos in
the Hampton Roads Area, Virginia, USA. Mar. Biol. 21:226-244.
Booth, A.H. (1991): Small mammals of West Africa. Longman, Essex, England.
Boulding, K.E. (1966): Ecology and economics. In F. Fraser Darling and J.P. Milton
(eds) pp 225-234.
Bray, R.H. and Kurtz, L.T. (1945): Determination of total, organic and available forms of
phosphorus in soils. Soil Science. 59: 39-41.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
1 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________
BITP (2001): Environmental Impact Assessment of Bonny Terminal Integrated Project
(BTIP). MacDonald Engineering Group (MEG), Canada.
Bremner, J.M. (1965): Inorganic forms of Nitrogen. In Methods of Soil Analysis. Part II,
Chemical and Microbiological Properties. 9: 1162 -1224. Black, C.A. (Editor). Amer.
Soc. Agron. Madison.
Buchanan, R.E. and Gibbons, N.E. (1974): Bergey’s Manual of Determinative
Bacteriology. 8th edition, Williams and Wilkins Co, Baltimore, USA 1268pp.
Cairn, J and Dickson, K (1971): A simple method for the biological assessment of the
effects of waste discharges on aquatic bottom dwelling organisms. Journal of Waters
Pollution Control Federation Washington D.C. USA 43(5): 755-772.
Carley, M.J. and Bustelo, E.S. (1984): Social Impact Assessment and Monitoring: A
Guide to the Literature. Social Impact Assessment Series, Number 7. Westview Press,
Boulder
Chambers, R. (1992): Rural Appraisal: Rapid, Relaxed and Participatory. IDS Discussion
paper 311, IDS, Sussex.
Center for Population and Environment development, 2003, Demographic and Baseline
studies for the Masterplan for the Niger Delta region
Craig, D. (1990): Social Impact Assessment; Politically Oriented Approaches and
Applications. Environmental Impact Assessment Review, (10):37-52
Coonney, J.J. (1984): The fate of Petroleum in Fresh water Ecosystem. In Petroleum
microbiology (1984) ed. R.M. Atlas 3. 399-433
Cowan, S.T. and Steel, K.J. (1985): Manual for the Identification of Medical Bacteria.
4th edition. Cambridge University Press.
Dansereau, P (1951): Description and recording of vegetation upon structural basis.
Ecology 32: 172-299.
Dayton, P.K. and Oliver, J.S. (1980): An Evaluation of experimental Analysis of
Population and Community Patterns in Benthic Marine Environments. In Marine Benthic
Dynamics. Tenore, K.R. and Coull, B.C. (eds) Columbia, South Carolina Univ. South
Carolina Press. Pp 93-120.
de Onis M. Monteiro C, Akre J, Chigston G. The Worldwide Magnitude of Protein
Energy Malnutrition: An Overview From WHO Global Database on Child Growth. WHO
Bulletin 1993:73, (6), 703.
Department of Petroleum Resources (1991): Environmental Guidelines and Standards
for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria. DPR, Lagos, Nigeria
Ekundayo, E.O and Aghatise, V.O (1997): Soil properties of termite mounds under
different land use types in a typical paleudult of Midwestern Nigeria. Environmental
Monitoring and Assessment 45:1-7.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
2 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________
Elgood J.H (1991): Birds of the West Africa town and garden. Longman, Essex.
England.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nation (1978): Systematic Index of
International water Resource Treaties, Declarations, Acts, and Cases by Basin:
Legislative Study No. 15, FAO Rome.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (1980): Farm Management
Research for Small Farmer Development. FAO Agricultural Services Bulletin No 41,
58pp., FAO Rome.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991a): National Interim Guidelines and
Standards for Industrial Effluent, Gaseous Emissions and Hazardous Waste
Management in Nigeria. FEPA, Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Decree 58 of 1988, FEPA, Lagos..
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991b): Interim Guidelines and Standards for
Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria. Federal Environmental Protection Agency.
Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991c): S.I. 8 National Environmental
Protection (Effluent Limitation) Regulations). FEPA, Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991d): S.I. 9 National Environmental
Protection (Pollution Abatement in industries and Facilities Generating Wastes. FEPA,
Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991e): National Environmental Protection
(Management of Solid and Hazardous Wastes Regulations) (S.I. 15), 1991. Federal
Environmental Protection Agency. Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1992): Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) Decree No. 86, FEPA, Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1994): EIA Procedural Guidelines for Nigeria,
FEPA, Abuja.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1995): Environmental Impact Assessment
Sectoral Guidelines. Oil and Gas Industry Projects. FEPA, Abuja.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1999): National Guidelines on Waste
Disposal Through Underground Injection. FEPA, Abuja.
Federal Ministry of Health (FMOH) 2003. National HIV/AIDS and Reproductive Health
Survey
Forstner, U. and Wittmann, G.T.W (1983): Metal pollution in the aquatic Environment,
Springer-Verlag. NY. 2nd Rev. Gd.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
3 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________
Galley, W.H., Eqan, J.L., Monjam, R. Truhart, West, P.W, and Widmanls (1975):
Environmental Pollutants-Selected Analytical Methods (Scope 6,) Butherworts London.
Global Energy Ltd. (1998). Ecological Baseline Studies of Ekulama Field Development.
Goldsmith, F.R and C.M. Harrison (1976): Description and analysis of vegetation. In:
Chapman, S.B. (Ed). Methods in plant ecology pp 85-156. John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
New York.
Gorstein J., Sullivan K., Yip R., de Onis M., Trowbridge F., Fujans P., Chigston. Issues
in the Assessment of Nutritional Status Using Anthropometry. WHO – Bulletin 1994:72
(2) 273-275.
Gunlach, E.R and Hayes, M.O (1978): Vulnerability of coastal environments to oil spill
impacts. Marine Technology Society 12: 12-27
Hodges, L. (1973): Environmental Pollution. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, Inc. New York.
Hopkins,B. (1981): Forest and Savanna Heinemann Educational Books Ltd 154p.
Hutchinson, J. and Dalziel, J.M. (1954 & 1968): Flora of West Tropical Africa. Volumes
1-3. Crown Agents. London.
Keay, R.W.J.; Onochie, C.F.A and Stanfield, D.P. (1964): Nigerian Trees. Dept. For.
Res. Ibadan, Nigeria.
Kershaw, K.A.(1981): Quantitative and dynamic plant ecology. Edwards Arnold
(Publishers) Ltd, London. 308p.
Kuchler, A.W. (1967): Vegetation Mapping. Ronald Press, New York.
Lal, R. (1976): Role of mulching techniques in tropical soil and water management.
Technical Bulletin. No.1, International Institute of Tropical Agriculture. Ibadan, Nigeria.
Leopold, B., F.E. Clarke, B.B. Hansaw and J.R. Balseley (1971): A procedure for
evaluating environmental impact. US Geological Survey Circular 645, Washington DC:
US Geological Survey.
Lewis, L.A and L. Barry (1988): African Environments and Resources. Unwin Hyman,
London, UK.
Longman, K.A. and Jenik (1974): Tropical Forest and its environment.
London. 196 pp.
Longman,
Mclusky, D.S. (1981): The Estuarine Ecosystem. Blackie, Glasgow. Pp 1550.
Moore, J.W and Moore, E.A (1976): Environmental chemistry. Academic Press, Inc.
New York.
National Population Commission. Nigerian Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS)
2003.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
4 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________
National Population Commission. Nigerian Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS)
1999.
NDDC 2004 Demographic and Baseline data, Masterplan for the Niger Delta region
NDDC 2004 Demographic and Baseline data, Masterplan for the Niger Delta region
NEDECO, (1961): The waters of the Niger Delta. Netherlands Engineering Consultants.
The Hague.
Newell, G.E and R.C Newell (1965): Marine Plankton, A Practical Guide. Hutchiuson
Educational Ltd. England.
Odu, C.T.I, Nwoboshi, L.C. and Esuruoso, O.F. (1985): Environmental Study (Soils and
Vegetation) of the Nigerian Agip Oil Company Operation Areas. In: Proceedings of
International Seminar on the Petroleum Industry and the Nigerian Environment, Kaduna,
1985, pages 274-283.
Odu, C.T.I. (1980) : Baseline ecological studies of Tuna-Bert-1 field. Shell Pet. Dev.
Co. Lagos, Nigeria.
Ogunkunle, A.O (1983): Updating the classification of Acid Sand Soils with particular
reference to the soils on the NIFOR main station. Journal of Nigerian Institute for Oil
Palm Research, 6: 234-255.
Oliver, J.E. (1972): Climate and Man’s Environment. John Wiley & sons, New York. Pp
149.
Park K. Preventive and Social Medicine: 17th Edition Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers 2002
pp. 314-380.
Pearson, T.H. and Rosenberg, R. (1978): Macrobenthic succession in Relation to
Organic Enrichment and Pollution of the Marine Environment. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. A.
Rev. 16: 229-311.
Pillay T.R.V. (1965): A report of the government of Nigeria on: Investigation of the
Possibility of Brackish water fish culture in the Niger Delta. FAO. 1973.
Powell, C.B. (1997): Discoveries and priorities for mammals in the freshwater forests of
the Niger Delta. Oryx 31(2): 80-83.
Praiti, L., Pavanello, R and Pesavin, P. (1971): Assessment of surface water quality by
a simple Index of Pollution. Water Research 5: 741-751.
Rhoads, D.K. (1974): Organism Sediment relations on the Muddy sea Floor. Oceanogr.
Mar. Biol. Rev. 12: 263-300.
Saltzman, B.E. (1954): Colorimetric Micro Determination Of Nitrogen Dioxide In The
Atmosphere. Anal. Chem. 26: 1949-1954.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
5 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________
Sanders, H.L., (1968): Marine benthic diversity: A comparative Study. The American
Naturalist 102 (925): 243-282.
Sanders, H.L. (1958): Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay, I. Animal-sediment relationships:
Limnol. And Oceanog. 3: 245-258.
Sioli, H., (1975): Tropical rivers as expressions of their terrestrial environments: in F.B.
Golley and E. Medina (Eds.), Tropical Ecological Systems: Trends in Terrestrial and
Aquatic Research, Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y., pp. 275-288.
SIEP (1995): Environmental Assessment EP-95-0370; HSE Manual vol.3 Hazards and
Effects Management Tools and Techniques.
SIEP (1996): Social Impact Assessment Guideline EP-96-0371; HSE Manual.
SPDC (1984): Drilling Engineering and Procedures Manual, SPDC, Port Harcourt.
SPDC (1984): Standard Specifications for Construction. SPDC, Port Harcourt.
SPDC (2000): Environmental Impact Assessment of Nembe Creek/Ekulama Associated
Gas Gathering Project. SPDC, Port Harcourt, Nigeria.
SPDC (2002): Environmental Impact Assessment for Otuegila - Nembe road project.
Report submitted to SPDC, Port Harcourt. Jeboco Environtech Limited, Benin City.
SPDC (2003): Gbaran/Ubie Node Integrated Oil and Gas Development Project/EIA
TOR. SPDC, Port Harcourt.
SPDC (2003): EGGS Phase 2 & Gbaran/Ubie IOGP Project. Document No. SPDC 203296. SPDC, Port Harcourt.
SPDC (2003): Gbaran/Ubie Nodal Development Surface Concept Selection. SPDC, Port
Harcourt.
SPDC (2003): Gbaran/Ubie Project Decommissioning Strategy. SPDC, Port Harcourt.
SPDC (2002): Soku De-bottlenecking/Eastern Gas Gathering System (Phase 1) Projects
Environmental, Social and Health Management Plan. SPDC, Port Harcourt.
SPDC (2004): Trans Niger Health Impact Assessment Report.
Steentoft, M.1986: Vegetation in West Africa. In: Lawson,G.W.(Ed) Plant Ecology in
West Africa. Systems and Processes. John Wiley, Chichester.
Strickland, J.D.H. and T.R. Parsons (1968): A practical handbook of seawaters analysis.
Bulletin 167, fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, Canada.
Sutherland.W.J.(1997): Ecological census techniques. A handbook. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.336p.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
6 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________
Turner, D.B (1970): Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates. Estimation of
Sampling times longer than a few minutes. EPA, Office of Air Programmes, North
Carolina.
U.S.D.A. (1975): Soil Survey Manual. USDA Handbook No. 18, 503 pp.
USEPA, (1976): Drinking Water Regulations. Federal Register. Pp 41-133.
Walkey, A. and Black, I.A. (1934): An examination of Degtjareff Method of Determining
Soil Organic Matter and a Proposed Modification of the Chromic Acid Titration Method.
Soil Sc. 37:29-38.
Weiner, R.M., R. Dihussong and R.R. Colwell (1980): An estuarine agar medium for
enumeration of aerobic heterotrophic bacteria associated with water, sediment and
shellfish. Can J. Microbiol 26: 1360-1369.
WHO (1987): Air Quality guidelines for Europe. WHO Regional Publications, European
series No. 23, World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe, Copenhagen. Pp
338.
WHO: Manual of Epidemiology for District Health Management.
1994 pp. 77.
WHO (1984): Guidelines on Drinking Water Quality, Vols I, II & III. Geneva.
WHO (1971): International Standards for Drinking Water. 3rd ed. Geneva
WHO (1976): Selected Methods of Measuring Air Pollutants. WHO Offset Publication
No. 24. E. Geneva.
William, R., Burchard, J., Hopson, A.J, Jenness, J, and Yaro, I. (1967):
Fisheries of Northern Nigeria.
Fish and
Wilson, D. and Kopczynski, S.L. (1968): Laboratory Experience in Analysis of Nitric
Oxide with Dichromate Paper. J. Air Pollution Contr. Asso. 8: 160-161.
WMO (1978): International Operations Handbook for Measurement of Background
Atmospheric Pollution, Geneva. World Meteorological Organization.
WMO (1980). International Operators Handbook for Measurement of Background
Atmospheric Pollution. No. 491. pp 22.
WMO (1988): Assessment of Urban Air Quality, World Meteorological Organization.
Gems/Air, Geneva.
WMO (1988): International Operations Handbook for Measurement of Background
Atmospheric Pollution. World Meteorological Organization. No. 491. E. Geneva.
Richards, P.W.1981. The tropical rain forest. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
7 of 8
______________________________________________________________________________________
World Bank Report (1995): Defining an environmental development strategy for the
Niger Delta. Vols I & II. Industry and Energy Operations Division, West Central Africa
Department, Washington, D.C.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Bibliography
8 of 8
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
List of Appendices
Appendix 1:
SPDC Waste Management System Manual
Appendix 2:
Report of FMENV Site Visit to the Rumuekpe (OML 22) Etelebou (OML 28) 3D
Seismic Survey Prospect Areas
Appendix 3:
Minutes of Stakeholder Engagement Sessions
Appendix 4:
Some Photo clips of the Stakeholder Engagement sessions
Appendix 5:
Sample of SPDC Site Restoration certificate
Appendix 6:
UGNL/IDSL JV- 171 (Contractor) Community Affairs Stakeholders
Meeting Progress Sheet for the prospect Area
Appendix 7:
Magazine Licence Renewal Endorsement by the Ministry of Solid
Minerals Development
Appendix 8:
FMENV ToR /EIA Notification of the proposed Rumuekpe (OML 22)
and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D Seismic Survey Project
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
List of Appendices
1 of 25
Appendix 1:
The Shell Petroleum Development Company of
Nigeria Limited.
Operator of the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Elf Joint Venture
WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL
2003-065
SPDC 2003Revision 0, Ver. 01 March 2003
List of Appendices
Page 2 of 55
STATUS PAGE
WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL
Title:
Author:
HSX-ENVW
Reviewed
Reviewed by:
by
I.C. Okoro (HSE(HSE-ENV)
A g r e e d b y:
J.A O’Regan (HSE)
G.A. Ukong. (SSC)
Approved by:
C.C. Ibeneche (SVD)
J.R. Udofia (DMD)
Document Owner: HSE-ENV
Document Number: SPDC 2003-065
Security:
Non-confidential
Distribution:
Distribution
All SPDC staff via Intranet, Corporate HSE Website
To be revised before:
March 2004
Change history:
history
Revision
Date
Pages
Reason
0
March 2003
All
Initial publication
Language:
In this document the recommendations for a course of action are made with varying degrees of emphasis. As a
rule:
The word ‘may’ indicates a possible course of action
The word ‘should’ indicates a preferred course of action
The word ‘shall’ indicates a mandatory course of action
Deviations:
This procedure supersedes all other earlier versions and the Document Custodian must agree to further deviations in
writing.
Document control
The only controlled and valid version of this procedure is the document on the SPDC HSE web page, of which
HSX-ENVW is the custodian.
List of Appendices
Page 3 of 55
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................................................................................... 4
LI S T OF F I G UR E S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
LI S T OF A PP EN D I CE S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Er r or! B oo k m a r k n o t d ef in e d.
1
I N TR O D U C TI O N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.1 BACKGROUND ........................................................................................................ 7
1.2 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................... 7
1.3 SCOPE ................................................................................................................. 7
1.4 RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................... 7
1.5 DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................. 11
2
L E A D ER S H I P A N D C O MM I T M E N T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2
3 P O L I C Y A ND S TR A T E G IC OB J E C TI V E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3
3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT POLICY ................................................................................... 13
3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANNING .............................................................................. 13
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ......................................................................... 13
3.4 REGULATORY AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 14
4 . O R G AN I Z A T IO N, R E S PO N S IB I L I T IE S, R E S OUR C E S ,
S TA N D AR DS AN D
D O C U M EN T A T IO N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5
4.1 ORGANISATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................... 15
4.1.1 ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE .................................................................................... 15
4.1.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................................... 16
4.1.2.1 HSX-ENVW RESPONSIBILITIES................................................................................. 17
4.1.2.2 SSC-CLN RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 18
4.1.2.3 SSX-WST RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 18
4.1.2.4 DWR-EVX RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 19
4.1.2.5 LINE DEPARTMENTS’ RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................... 19
4.2 RESOURCES AND COMPETENCE .................................................................................. 20
4.2.1 COMPETENCE DEVELOPMENT..................................................................................... 20
4.2.2 TRAINING ............................................................................................................ 20
4.2.3 BUDGETING ......................................................................................................... 20
4.3 COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................................................... 20
4.4 CONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT ................................................................................... 20
4.5 STANDARDS ......................................................................................................... 20
4.5.1 REGULATORY STANDARDS AND COMPLIANCE ................................................................... 20
4.5.2 WORKSITE SAFETY .................................................................................................. 21
4.5.3 WASTE SEGREGATION ............................................................................................. 21
4.5.4 WASTE CATEGORISATION ......................................................................................... 21
4.5.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE INDICATORS .......................................................... 22
4.6 DOCUMENTATION AND RETENTION OF RECORDS ............................................................. 22
4.6.1 WASTE INVENTORY ................................................................................................ 22
4.6.2 DOCUMENT CONTROL ............................................................................................ 23
5 . H A Z A R D S A N D EFF E C TS M A N A GE M E N T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4
5.1 IDENTIFICATION ..................................................................................................... 24
5.1.1 WASTE IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................................... 24
5.1.2 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION ...................................................................................... 24
5.1 ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................ 24
5.2.1 WASTE DISPOSAL SCREENING CRITERIA .......................................................................... 24
List of Appendices
Page 4 of 55
5.2.2 WASTE DISPOSAL SITE SENSITIVITY INDICES ...................................................................... 24
5.2.3 WASTE INCIDENTS ASSESSMENT ................................................................................ 24
5.3 CONTROL ............................................................................................................ 24
5.3.1 WASTE HANDLING, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL ................................................................ 24
5.3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ............................................................................... 24
5.4 RECOVERY ........................................................................................................... 24
5.4.1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ........................................................................................... 24
5.4.2 CONTINGENCY PLAN .............................................................................................. 24
6 . PL A NN I N G A N D PR O C E DU R E S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5
6.1 PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES ................................................................. 25
6.2 PROGRESSIVE REDUCTION OF WASTES ........................................................................... 25
6.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT IN OPERATING PROCEDURES .......................................................... 25
6.4 DEVELOPMENT, REVIEW AND PUBLICATION OF PROCEDURES.................................................. 25
7 . I M P L E M E N TA T I O N, MO N I T OR IN G AN D C OR R E C T IV E A C T IO N . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6
7.1 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE MONITORING ...................................................................... 26
7.2 NON-COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT ............................................................................. 26
7.3 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING ............................................................... 26
7.4 WASTE TARGET SETTING AND MONITORING ................................................................... 26
7.5 WASTE TRACKING .................................................................................................. 26
7.6 ASSET INTEGRITY .................................................................................................... 26
7.7 INCIDENT MONITORING, REPORTING, INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP ................................. 26
8. AUDIT................................................................................... 27
8.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT AUDIT .................................................................................... 27
8.2 AUDITORS’ COMPETENCIES........................................................................................ 27
8.3 FOLLOW-UP .......................................................................................................... 27
9 . R E V IE W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8
9.1 QUARTERLY & ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW ................................................................. 28
9.2 WMS REVIEW ...................................................................................................... 28
9.3 ORGANIZATION CHANGES ....................................................................................... 28
R EF ER EN C E S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9
A P P E ND I C E S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0
APPENDIX 1: WASTE MANAGEMENT POLICY ................................................................. 30
APPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS………………………..….28
AP P EN D IX 3 : W A ST E I NV EN T OR Y M AS T ER S H EE T .............................................. 31
AP P EN D IX 4 : W A ST E M AN A G E ME N T F A C IL I T IE S ................................................. 38
A p p e n d i x 5: W AS T E MA N A G E M E N T F O C AL PO I N T S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0
List of Figures
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
WMS Manual With Group & SPDC Guidelines……………………………..……………6
Waste Management Planning Approach………………………………….………….…..10
Waste Management Organisational Chart…………………….…….………..………….12
Waste Management Roles & Responsibilities…………………..………………...……....13
Waste Management Classification Structure……………………………………..……….16
List of Appendices
Page 5 of 55
List of Tables
L i s t Of S P D C R el a t e d Do c u m en ts … … …. …… …… … … .. …… … … …… ..… … … . 7
Definitions And Abbreviations In This Document……………………………………….…………8
List of Appendices
Page 6 of 55
1
1.1
INTRODUCTION
Background
The deployment of a new Services Directorate in January 2003 prompted the review of the existing waste
management system. The re-organization, which gave rise to the setting up of an Integrated Waste Management
(SSX-WST) and Waste Management Technical Authority (SSC-CLN) teams in the Logistics Department of the new
directorate, has created changes in the existing waste management process in SPDC.
As it were, Production Services, Utilities, Estate Services and General Services who were separate line departments
running waste management business in the old organisation, have come under the new directorate, with all waste
management activities being integrated and to be managed by SSX-WST (Integrated Waste Management Team),
with technical support from SSC-CLN.
1.2
Purpose
This Waste Management System Manual is developed to:
Document SPDC’s waste management system
Delineate the key roles and responsibilities for waste management delivery process
Provide direction on the interface between the line departments and corporate waste management team.
1.3
Scope
This document provides the relevant steer to managing waste (any material to be disposed of, as being of no
further primary use, but excludes aqueous and gaseous effluents) in SPDC. It is structured to be in conformity with
relevant Group HSE and Waste Management Guides as well as SPDC HSE-MS Manual.
It shall be applicable to waste management process in all SPDC locations. In other words, activities, assets or
organization in the waste management business shall be guided by this document.
1.4
Related Documents
This document is derived from the Group Waste Management Guide and SPDC HSE-MS Manual. Figure 1
illustrates it. Table 1 shows related documents in the HSE-MS framework.
List of Appendices
Page 7 of 55
Shell Group
Statement of
General Business
Policy Guidelines on
Health, Safety and
the Environment
Other Group Guides
HSE Management
System
Other Functional
Guides
HSE-MS Guidelines
Waste Management
Guide
SPDC
HSE-MS Manual
Other Guides
Waste Management
System Manual
Waste Management System Structure
Leadership and Commitment
Policy and Strategic Objectives
PLAN
Organisation, Responsibilities
Resources, Standards & Doc.
Hazard and Effects Management
DO
Planning & Procedures
Implementation
CHECK
Audit
FEEDACK
Monitoring
Corrective Action &
Improvement
Management Review
List of Appendices
Corrective
Action
Corrective Action &
Improvement
Page 8 of 55
Figure 1. WMS Manual with Group and SPDC Guidelines.
List of Appendices
Page 9 of 55
Table 1. List of SPDC Related Documents
Document
Document Name
Reference
HSE Policy
Waste Management Policy
Material & Energy Policy
Produced Water Policy
Gas Flaring Policy
Use of Chemicals Policy
Asbestos Policy.
HSE Competence Assurance Manual
The Register of HSE Critical Legislation
Contractor Management Guide
Worksite Hazard Information System Manual
Corporate Waste Management Plan
Procedure for Inputting Waste Data into WMIS
Procedure for Compilation and Reporting of Waste Data
Waste Prediction Modeling, Deployment and Monitoring Plan.
SPDC SHOC Manual
Waste Management Manual
Procedure for HSE Data Reporting and Record Keeping
Procedure for Disposal of Obsolete Seismic Tapes
Procedure for Hospital Waste Handling and Disposal
Procedure for Handling and Disposal of Photocopier Consumables
Procedure for Disposal of Waste Toner and Replenisher
Waste Classification Guide
Procedure for Handling, Transporting and Disposal of Waste
Waste Data Quality Management Plan
SPDC
SPDC
SPDC
SPDC
SPDC
SPDC
SPDC
List of Appendices
web
web
web
web
web
web
web
98-335
SPDC 99-031
SPDC – P?
SPDC – P?
SPDC – P?
SPDC web
HSE-P-08
DTE-GPH
MDE-OH
HGX-GEN
HGX-GEN
SPDC – G?
SPDC – P?
SPDC – P?
Page 10 of 55
1.5 Definitions & Abbreviations
Definitions of special terminologies and abbreviations used in this document are presented in Table 2 below.
Table 2: Definitions and Abbreviations in this document.
Abbreviation/Term
Meaning
CMG
Contractor Management Guide
DEE-HSE
Central Engineering East- Health Safety Environment
DMP-HSE
Major Projects – Health Safety Environment
DPR
Department of Petroleum Resources
DTX-HSE
Sub-surface Development - Health Safety Environment
DWR-EVX
Well Engineering Risk – Environmental Management East or West
EGASPIN
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria
EIA
EP
Exploration and Production
EPBM
Exploration and Production Business Model
FEPA
Federal Environmental Protection Authority
FRD
Focused Result Delivery
HEMP
Hazards and Effects Management Process
HSE - MS
Health Safety Environment – Management System
HSE-ENV
Health Safety Environment Function – Environmental Assessment Department
HSE-ENVW
Health Safety Environment Function – Environmental Assessment Department,
Waste Management Section.
HSE-SYSA
Health Safety Environment Function – Systems Department, Audit Section
Line Department
All departments including SSX-WST involved in waste generation, segregation,
handling, transporting, treatment and disposal activities.
MEE
Minimum Environmental Expectations
OU
Operational Unit
PBX-HSE
Western Swamp Area Production Team (East & West) - Health Safety
Environment
POM-HSE
Production Offshore Division - Health Safety Environment
PPX-HSE
Pipeline Integrity - Health Safety Environment
PTX-HSE
Production Terminal East & West - Health Safety Environment
RAM
Risk Assessment Matrix
RPL
External Relations Lagos
SHOC
Safe Handling of Chemicals
LSA
Low Specific Activity
SIEP
Shell International Exploration and Petroleum
SMART
Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Time-based
SPDC
Shell Petroleum Development Company
SSC
Corporate Logistics Services
SSX-LOG
Logistics Services Department - East
SSX-WST
Logistics Services Department – Integrated Waste Management Section
SVD
Services Directorate
VRL-ENV
Ventures Representations Lagos - Environment
Waste
Waste is any material to be disposed of, as being of no further primary use, but
excludes aqueous and gaseous effluents from company activities
WCN
Waste Consignment Note
WMIS
Waste Management Information System
WMS
Waste Management System
List of Appendices
Page 11 of 55
2 LEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENT
SPDC’s waste management is given top management attention. Waste Management leadership is vested in the
Corporate Waste Management Team and all Line Departments. In SPDC, commitment to waste management is
visible as in:
The allocation of resources for complying with the waste management policy.
The participation of top management in waste management reviews, workshops and inspections.
The approval of initiatives for waste management performance improvement.
List of Appendices
Page 12 of 55
3 POLICY AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE
3.1 Waste Management Policy
The Managing Director signed, in March 1999 the company’s waste management policy. The policy is presented
in Appendix 1.
3.2
Waste Management Planning
The waste management planning provides the strategic guide to develop a systematic approach for implementing
the policy. The elements of the waste management principles include – inventorisation, characterisation,
segregation, minimisation, treatment and disposal. Fig 2 shows the relationship of these elements in the overall
waste management process.
Figure 2: Waste management planning approach
3.3
Management plan for risks and hazards from waste incidents form part of the Environmental Management Plan in
the EIA documents developed for every new project or redevelopment. This waste risks and hazards assessment is
conducted in line with the Hazards and Effects Management Process (HEMP) in the HSE-MS.
List of Appendices
Page 13 of 55
3.4
Regulatory and Legal Requirements
Compliance to legislation is a policy requirement. The Federal Republic of Nigeria has a body of legislation
governing the management of waste in the industrial sector and legislation specific to the oil industry.
Responsibility for legislation and enforcement lies with:
The Federal Ministry of Labour and Productivity (General HSE in Industry)
The Federal Ministry of Petroleum; Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR) (Oil Industry)
The Federal Ministry of Environment
Additional regulatory bodies exist at state level, specifically the State Environmental Protection Agencies reporting to
the Ministry of Environment.
The major regulatory guidelines and standards governing EP waste management business in Nigeria include:
DPR Environmental Guidelines & Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria - 1991
FEPA Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria - 1991
Compliance with waste management legislation is a line responsibility and is assured by compliance verifications
conducted by HSE-SYSA. Non-compliance is reported and followed up until they are closed out.
List of Appendices
Page 14 of 55
4.
ORGANIZATION,
RESPONSIBILITIES,
STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTATION
4.1
Organisation and Responsibilities
4.1.1
Organisational Structure
RESOURCES,
Figure 3 below shows the various line departments in the different directorates that are responsible for waste
management. The organigram is in line with management roles and not hierarchical, and so shall not be used as
representation of levels of authority.
DMD
SVD
SSC
SSC-CLN
Line Departments
SSX-WST
HSE
HSE-ENV
HSX-ENVW
DWR-EVX
DMP-HSE
PTX-HSE
PAX-HSE
PBX-HSE
PCX-HSE
VRL-ENV
PPX-HSE
POM-HSE
DTX-HSE
DEE-SVC
RPL
Figure 3: Waste Management Organisational Chart.
Waste management activities are undertaken in various forms in the different Directorates in the entire company
with locations in Abuja, Logos, Port Harcourt, Warri and Offshore. The directorates include:
1. Human Resources (HRD)
2. New Business and Exploration (BDD)
3. External Relations (RXD)
4. Commercial and Finance (CFD)
5. Development (DVD)
6. Production (PDD)
7. Services (SVD)
The industrial and domestic activities of these directorates generate waste, which are managed in line with relevant
SPDC guidelines and procedures. Except waste from drilling, all wastes shall be transported, treated and disposed
by the Services Directorate.
List of Appendices
Page 15 of 55
4.1.2
Roles and Responsibilities
The roles and responsibilities in waste management process, which includes planning, inventorisation,
transportation, minimisation, treatment, disposal, reporting, inspection etc have been clearly delineated into the
various waste management line departments.
These departments are as follows:
1. HSE aspects of waste management - HSX-ENVW
2. Corporate waste management technical authority – SSC-CLN
3. Integrated waste management operations– SSX-WST
4. Drilling waste management – DRW-EVX
5. Other waste management lines in Production (Land, Swamp, Offshore), Seismic, Major Projects, Terminal
Operations, Pipelines, Office & Estate Services (PHC, Abuja, Lagos, Warri), etc.
Figure 4. below shows a diagrammatic representation of the key roles of the various departments.
WASTE
IN CORPORATE
HSE
WASTEMANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENTGT
IN CORPORATE
WMS
process
driver
WMS
process
•
HSE
development
• Research
Research& &
driver
HSE guidelines
• development
Guidelines
& & Standards
monitoring
• Regulatory
Regulatorycompliance
compliance
standards
monitoring
WASTE MGT.
TECHNICAL
AUTHORITY
(SSC) -CLN)
WASTE
MGT.
TECHNICAL
AUTHORITY
(SSC • Corporate
reporting
Corporateperformance
performance
•Technical
Technical
guidelines
&
standards
reporting
• support
Standards
Procedures &
procedures
• Waste
Mgt.Plan
LINE
L DEPARTMENTS
SSX -WST
WST
WASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITY (SSC)
DWR -EVE
Generate drilling waste
& segregate at source
Generate waste &
segregate at source
Inventorise, treat &
dispose waste
Inventorise and report
quantity via WMIS
Report performance
via WMIS
Transport waste from
Drilling & other sites
to WM facilities
Recycle, treat and
dispose waste
Report performance
to SSC -CLN
OTHER LINES
Liase with SSX -WST to
transport, treat &
dispose waste
Generate other waste
& segregate at source
Inventorise and report
quantity via WMIS
Liase with SSX -WST to
transport, treat &
dispose waste
Figure 4. Roles of various waste management team
List of Appendices
Page 16 of 55
The figure above shows waste management key roles and the relationship among the various waste management
teams namely HSX-ENVW, SSC-CLN, SSX-WST and other Line Departments. Details of the specific roles in each
waste management business activity and the overlaps within the various teams are presented in Appendix 2.
However high level responsibilities to be performed by
HSX-EVW, SSC-CLN, SSX-WST and the other Waste
Management Line Departments are presented in Sections 4.1.2.1 – 4.1.2.5 below.
4.1.2.1
HSXHSX-ENVW Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Corporate Waste Management Team (HSX-ENVW) are as follows:
Create awareness on corporate waste management issues.
Develop waste management business planning procedure; challenge Line waste management plans.
Develop strategy on animal testing in line with Group standards; perform, and report to SIEP.
Develop strategy, maintain and monitor waste management petitions.
Develop strategy for waste forecast & reduction programme.
Develop, disseminate, and maintain HSE guidelines and standards in waste management.
Develop, maintain and carry out periodic review of the waste management system.
Develop, maintain and review the hazardous waste register.
Drive and monitor waste management aspects of MEE e.g. CFCs & halons phase-out, LSA/NORM
monitoring etc.
Drive regulatory standards and compliance issues on waste management in liaison with HSE-SYSA
Drive the development and deployment of new waste management issues, standards and requirements.
Participate in the chemical management committee.
Participate in waste management performance reviews.
Perform inspections and audits of waste management processes and facilities
Perform corporate waste data verification exercises.
Perform research on new waste management initiatives and technologies in EP industry
Provide support to SSC-CLN on waste characterization and analyses.
Provide support to SSC-CLN in the review of the waste management master plan, and the waste
management manual.
Review waste management plans in EIAs and monitor waste management aspects of the EMP.
List of Appendices
Page 17 of 55
4.1.2.2
SSCSSC-CLN Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Corporate Waste Management Technical Authority team (SSC-CLN) are as follows:
Be custodian of Waste Inventory Process, which includes management of WMIS & WCN and training of
users.
Carry out inspections and audits on waste management facilities in liaison with HSX-ENVW
Collate waste inventory data from drilling, SSX-WST and other line departments, using WMIS.
Comply with MEE in all aspects of the waste management operations.
Conduct characterization and analysis of wastes in liaison with HSX-ENVW
Create awareness on standard waste management practice
Develop and maintain 5-year corporate waste management master plan.
Develop strategy and programme for waste minimisation based on waste forecast.
Develop strategy for deploying new waste management issues to the line departments.
Develop work procedures, instructions and technical standards of facilities, equipment and systems for
waste transportation, treatment and disposal.
Identify improvement opportunities to existing waste transportation, treatment and disposal in liaison with
HSX-ENVW.
Implement the Waste Management System requirements.
Maintain and review the corporate waste management master plan in liaison with HSX-ENVW.
Plan and organize quarterly and annual waste management performance reviews.
Provide standards for setting up, operating and maintaining waste management facilities.
Participate in review of the waste management master plan and the waste management manual.
Develop, and deploy HEMP to line on waste management functions.
Develop and maintain a database on waste management facilities capacities and operational status vis-àvis waste forecasts and reduction programmes.
Provide support to HSX-ENVW on waste petition management.
Quality-check waste inventory data from drilling and other line departments and report to HSX-ENVW.
4.1.2.3
SSXSSX-WST Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Integrated Waste Management Team (SSX-WST) are as follows:
Be custodian (asset holder) of waste management facilities.
Carry out waste management inspections of disposal facilities in liaison with SSC-CLN.
Collect and transport waste from designated collection points to disposal facilities.
Create awareness on standards waste collection, transportation, treatment and disposal issues.
Implement HEMP in waste collection, treatment and disposal processes.
Drive, maintain and operate primary and secondary waste segregation facilities
Ensure compliance with applicable waste management aspects of MEE, and other standards.
Ensure compliance with HSE and regulatory requirements on waste storage, transportation, treatment and
disposal.
Implement applicable waste minimization strategies.
Implement work procedures, instructions and technical standards of facilities, equipment and systems for
waste transportation, treatment and disposal
Inventorize and report waste data to SSC-CLN.
Participate in waste management audit of facilities.
List of Appendices
Page 18 of 55
Provide appropriate equipment for waste inventorisation, segregation and minimization (e.g. recycling).
Set-up, operate and maintain waste collection, transportation, treatment and disposal facilities.
Provide support to HSX-ENVW on waste petition management.
Track waste movements using WCN, and maintain records.
4.1.2.4
DWRDWR-EVX Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Drilling Waste Management Team (DWR-EVX) are as follows:
Apply HEMP in drilling waste management activities.
Carry out primary waste segregation (at source).
Conduct drilling waste management inspections in liaison with SSC-CLN.
Create awareness on drilling waste management practice.
Develop waste management plan and send to HSX-ENVW for challenge.
Develop, and implement work procedures, instructions and technical standards of facilities, equipment and
systems for drilling waste transportation, treatment and disposal.
Ensure compliance with applicable waste management aspects of MEE.
Ensure compliance with HSE and regulatory requirements.
Implement applicable waste minimization strategies
Participate in audit of drilling waste management facilities.
Provide drilling waste forecast and reduction plan.
Set up, operate and maintain drilling waste management facilities.
Track drilling waste movement using WCN, and maintain records.
Transport and dispose drilling waste from point of generation to disposal.
4.1.2.5
Other Line Departments’ Responsibilities
Other Line Departments include but not limited to DMP-HSE, PTX-HSE, PAX-HSE, PBX-HSE, PCX-HSE, VRL-ENV, PPXHSE, POM-HSE, DEE-HSE, DTX-HSE, SLE-OFI, and RPL.
The responsibilities of these Line Departments are as follows:
Apply HEMP in waste management operations.
Carry out primary waste segregation
Comply with HSE and regulatory standards.
Create awareness on standard waste management practice.
Develop waste management plan and send to HSX-ENVW for challenge.
Ensure compliance with applicable waste management aspects of MEE.
Implement applicable waste minimization strategies.
Implement new waste management issues.
Implement relevant technical standards, work instructions and procedures on waste management.
Participate in waste management inspections.
Participate in waste management performance reviews
List of Appendices
Page 19 of 55
Provide waste forecast in liaison with SSC-CLN.
Track waste movement using WCN, and maintain records.
Transport waste from point of generation to point of collection.
4.2
Resources and Competence
4.2.1
Competence Development
Development
The Human Resources Management System describes the structured framework for developing SPDC staff. It is a
line management responsibility to provide sufficient resources of the right competence for all waste management
activities and roles. Systems for competence assurance apply both to initial recruitment and to selection for new
activities, and to both staff and contractors. Details on competence development of personnel for the effective
performance of waste management duties are provided in SPDC HSE Competence Assurance Manual and SPDC
HSE Handbook for New Recruits
4.2.2
Training
A wide range of HSE training including waste management is made available to all SPDC staff. This training can
be sourced through the HR function, through the corporate HSE function and via line management approval from
external sources. The Corporate Learning & Development (HRW-LD) ‘Learning Guide’ provides details of training
courses available to Company staff and Contractor personnel, and describes the nominations and course
attendance process.
4.2.3
Budgeting
Every line department shall provide budget for the execution of its waste management work plan. However a
centralized budget for HSE training exists within the HR function.
4.3 Communications
Waste management work plans, standards, instructions, and performance are documented, discussed in review
meetings, shared via e-mails, published on the web, in newsletters or printed and distributed to all responsible
parties.
Waste
management
process
documents
are
available
on
the
web
@:
http://sww.phc.spdc.shell.ng/dir/pdd/hse/St3/environ/WMhome_page_1.htm
4.4 Contractor Management
Contractors are responsible for carrying out over 80% of SPDC’s front-line activities and therefore contractor
management guidelines are made available by the HSE MS to aid effective management of contracted waste
management activities. See the Contractor Management Guidelines (CMG) for details.
4.5
Standards
4.5.1
Regulatory Standards and Compliance
Relevant regulatory standards such as the Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in
Nigeria (EGASPIN) 1991, and the FEPA (now FME) Environmental Guidelines and Standards for Pollution Control
in Nigeria, 1991 provide the basic regulations on waste management in Nigeria. State EPAs, and other relevant
international laws and conventions ratified by Nigeria are also complied with. Detailed regulatory review is
provided in Section Five of the SPDC Waste Management Manual, 2001.
List of Appendices
Page 20 of 55
4.5.2
Worksite Safety
Worksite Hazard Identification System (WHIS) is an electronic database that matches tasks to hazards to
operational controls. It applies equally to SPDC and contracted operations. It is used in tandem with the Permit to
Work (PTW) system to ensure basic safety standards are maintained on site such as waste handling, treatment and
disposal sites.
4.5.3
Waste Segregation
Waste segregation is implemented at source. It is the responsibility of the waste generators to provide the
segregation bins for the segregation scheme. However, the SSX-WST team shall manage central segregation
scheme in the residential and office areas. Segregation shall be in accordance with the procedure presented in
Appendix I of the Waste Management Manual.
4.5.4
Waste Categorisation
SPDC categorises her wastes in two standards.
1. SIEP standard: which include wastes from core exploration and production activities but excludes aqueous and
gaseous effluents. This category does not include domestic and office wastes, and are called EP Wastes.
List of Appendices
Page 21 of 55
2. SPDC standard: which include wastes from all forms of company activities, but excludes aqueous and gaseous
effluents. This category of wastes is called OU waste.
The figure below shows the waste classification structure. Detailed information is contained in the Waste
Classification Guide, 2002.
Figure 5 below is a diagrammatic representation of waste categorisation.
Figure 5. SPDC Waste Classification Structure
4.5.5
Waste Management Performance Indicators
Waste management performance is measured in line with the (2) standards as presented in 4.5.4. above. The
performance indicators include:
EP Hazardous waste generated
EP Hazardous waste disposed
EP Non hazardous waste generated
EP Non hazardous waste disposed
OU Hazardous waste generated
OU Hazardous waste disposed
OU Non hazardous waste generated
OU Non hazardous waste disposed
4.6
Documentation and Retention of Records
4.6.1
Waste Inventory
Waste is inventorized at source. The generator, who reports quantity generated to SSC-CLN via the Waste
Management Information System, also keeps the records. Monthly reports are compiled by SSC-CLN and sent to
HSX-ENVW. The waste inventory master sheet is presented in Appendix 3.
List of Appendices
Page 22 of 55
4.6.2
Document Control
Waste management documents shall be in line with SPDC’s HSE-MS Document Management Control Procedure &
Document Classification. This is to ease understanding and facilitate communication. Currently not all Waste
management documents conform to these requirements and so plans are in place to migrate all documents to this
format.
List of Appendices
Page 23 of 55
5.
HAZARDS AND EFFECTS MANAGEMENT
5.1
Identification
5.1.1
Waste Identification
A list of waste identified in the company is presented in Appendix 3. However new waste streams encountered
shall be reported to SSC-CLN who shall liase with HSX-ENVW before characterisation and adoption.
5.1.2
Waste Characterization
The chemical constituents of the various waste streams are presented in Appendix D of the Waste Management
Manual. This characterisation informs the segregation and classification principles.
5.2
5.2.1
Assessment
Waste Disposal Screening Criteria
Waste screening criteria shall be used to assess a waste before discharge. This assessment shall indicate whether
or not a waste is qualified for discharge or requires further treatment. The guide for this assessment shall be
developed.
5.2.2
Waste Disposal Site Sensitivity Indices
Waste disposal sites shall be monitored in operations. Environmental sensitivity indicators shall be used to delineate the
potential of contamination of such sites. The guide for this indexing shall be developed.
5.2.3
Waste Incidents Assessment
Waste discharge or other waste related incidents shall be investigated and its impact to the environment, and
human health assessed using the RAM. Procedure for waste incident assessment shall be developed.
5.3
Control
5.3.1
Waste Handling, Treatment and Disposal
Methods for waste handling from generation to disposal are provided in the Procedure for handling, transport and
disposal of waste. Available and applicable treatment methods are presented in Section 6.9 of the Waste
Management Manual.
5.3.2
Waste Management Facilities
Wastes, except the recyclable ones, are treated before discharged to the environment. A list of current waste
management facilities and their operational status are presented in Appendix 4.
5.4
Recovery
5.4.1
Emergency Response
Emergency response plan for waste related incident shall be developed.
5.4.2
Contingency Plan
Plan to manage waste in case of failure of existing facilities shall be developed.
List of Appendices
Page 24 of 55
6.
PLANNING AND PROCEDURES
6.1 Planning and Implementation Strategies
Waste management plans are developed in line with the Corporate HSE Business Plan. The business plan for
2003 – 2007 shall be used to develop corporate waste management plan for the next four (4) years. Business
plans contain SMART work plans, budgeting and cost optimisation strategies. The plans shall take into cognisance
the 5-year waste forecast vis a vis capacity of waste management infrastructures, to identify gaps for effective
performance and put in place controls based on the gap analysis. The Waste Management team in the Corporate
HSE shall challenge these waste management business plans.
6.2 Progressive Reduction of Wastes
At the background of waste management planning, is the strategic approach to reduce waste generation. As it
were, waste generation in SPDC is likely to increase in the next 5 years (SPDC Waste Prediction Modelling,
Deployment and Monitoring Plan). The challenge is therefore to adopt effective waste reduction strategies to
reverse this potential. The waste reduction plan shall be developed when it is established that the forecast aligns
with the actual. SSC-CLN shall drive this activity.
6.3 Waste Management in Operating Procedures
Procedures
Waste management plan is incorporated into project/activity HSE Plan. Guide for developing such area-specific
project or activity waste management plans is presented in Appendix E of the Waste Management Manual. It is
required that such plans be sent to HSX-ENVW for review before adoption.
6.4 Development, Review and Publication of Procedures
HSE-ENVW and SSC-CLN shall be responsible for development of waste management guidelines, procedures,
work instructions, technical specifications etc within the scope of their respective activities.
Whereas HSX-ENVW shall provide the guides, standards and framework of the WMS documentation, SSC-CLN
shall be responsible for development of detailed procedures, work instructions and technical specifications for the
delivery of the process.
Currently available waste management documents include the following:
Waste management manual, 2001.
Procedure for inputting waste data into WMIS, 2002.
Waste data quality management plan, 2002.
Waste classification guide, 2002.
Waste prediction modelling, deployment and monitoring plan
Procedure for compilation and reporting of waste data, 2002.
Procedure for handling and disposal of smoke detectors, 2002.
Procedure for handling and disposal of burnt fluorescent tubes, 2002.
Procedure for handling and disposal of asbestos waste, 2002.
Procedure for handling, transport and disposal of waste
List of Appendices
Page 25 of 55
7.
IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND CORRECTIVE
ACTION
7.1
Regulatory Compliance Monitoring
HSX-ENVW shall in liaison with HSE-SYSA monitory HSE regulatory compliance issues, and shall report to relevant
authorities as required.
7.2 NonNon-compliance Management
Non-compliance with HSE requirements and regulatory legislation shall be managed in line with the Procedure for
HSE MS Non Compliance and Corrective Action Reporting.
7.3 Performance Measurement and Reporting
Waste management performance is measured and reported to Line HSE focal points who shall report it to SSCCLN. Waste data is reported using the Waste Management Information System (WMIS) and shall be in
accordance with the Procedure for Compilation and Reporting of Waste Data. SSC-CLN shall be the custodian of
the WMIS.
7.4 Waste Target Setting and Monitoring
Waste target setting and monitoring against actual performance is used for the development of a realistic waste
reduction programme. Currently, waste target setting (forecasting) is being developed and shall be monitored until
it is validated and suitable for the development of a waste reduction plan. Line Departments and SSC-CLN shall
agree to set the targets thereafter the former shall be the sole owner of the targets. The performance against targets
shall be published and communicated to all responsible parties. Deviations greater or less than 20% from actual
shall be reviewed and documented. Details are presented in SPDC Waste Prediction Modelling, Deployment and
Monitoring Plan.
7.5 Waste Tracking
Waste is monitored from source to final destination. The Line HSE Focal Point is accountable from point of
generation to point of transfer to SSX-WST, who becomes accountable to disposal. Accountabilities are
documented using the Waste Consignment Note (WCN). The procedure for using WCN as well as the handling
and disposal of wastes is provided in the Procedure for handling, transporting and disposal of waste. SSC-CLN
shall be the custodian of WCN.
7.6 Asset Integrity
Waste management facilities and associated assets are managed for asset integrity to ensure acceptable HSE
performance. The responsibility for asset integrity management is vested in the asset holder. Details are available
in SPDC Asset Integrity Management System Manual.
7.7 Incident Monitoring, Reporting, Investigation and FollowFollow-Up
Waste incidents shall be reported and investigated in line with SPDC’s Procedure for Incident Notification,
Investigation and Follow-Up.
List of Appendices
Page 26 of 55
8.
AUDIT
8.1 Waste Management Audit
Waste management audit is planned, driven and conducted by HSX-ENVW in liaison with the Line Departments.
The audit shall cover all the waste management system elements, as shown in Appendix L of the Waste
Management Manual.
8.2 Auditors’ Competencies
As a minimum, auditors shall be Environmental Advisers with at least 3 years experience in waste management
operations.
8.3 FollowFollow-up
Waste management audits and inspections recommendations shall be tracked via an electronic system.
Recommendations shall be implemented and followed up by Action Parties until they are duly closed out.
List of Appendices
Page 27 of 55
9.
REVIEW
9.1 Quarterly & Annual Performance Review
SSC-CLN shall hold quarterly and annual waste management performance reviews, where plans & performance,
waste data reports & forecast, facilities operational status etc shall be communicated. All line waste management
focal points are expected to attend these reviews. Appendix 5 presents the list of waste management focal points
in SPDC. HSX-ENVW shall participate in these meetings.
9.2 WMS Review
HSX-ENVW, as the custodian of the WMS manual, shall conduct review of the Waste Management System every
two years, and shall make recommendations for the improvement of the process.
9.3 Organization Changes
Top management drives waste management organisation changes. Corporate HSE shall be involved in the
structuring and alignment with the EP Business Model and Group HSE-MS structure.
List of Appendices
Page 28 of 55
REFERENCES
1.
Contractor Management Guide, SPDC 99-031
2.
EP950100 Guidelines for the Development and Application of HSE Management System. Report No.
6.36/210. July 1994.
3.
HSE Competence Assurance Manual, SPDC.
4.
HSE-MS Part 1, SPDC 99-025, August 2002.
5.
Procedure for Compilation and Reporting of Waste Data, 2002.
6.
Procedure for Disposal of Obsolete Seismic Tapes
7.
Procedure for Disposal of Waste Toner and Replenisher
8.
Procedure for handling and disposal of asbestos waste, 2002.
9.
Procedure for handling and disposal of burnt fluorescent tubes, 2002.
10.
Procedure for Handling and Disposal of Photocopier Consumables
11.
Procedure for Handling and Disposal of Smoke detectors, 2002.
12.
Procedure for Handling, Transporting and Disposal of Waste
13.
Procedure for Hospital Waste Handling and Disposal
14.
Procedure for HSE Data Reporting and Record Keeping. SPDC P –08. June 2002
15.
Procedure for inputting waste data into WMIS, November 2002
16.
SPDC SHOC Manual
17.
The Register of HSE Critical Legislation, 98-335
18.
Waste classification guide, 2002.
19.
Waste Data Quality Management Plan, 2002
20.
Waste Management Guide, Shell HSE Committee, SIEP. February 1996
21.
Waste management manual, 2001.
22.
Waste Prediction Modelling, Deployment and Monitoring Plan.
23.
Worksite Hazard Information System Manual
List of Appendices
Page 29 of 55
APPENDICES
APPENDIX 1: WASTE
WASTE MANAGEMENT POLICY
POLICY
It is SPDC’s policy
• to take all practical and reasonable measures to minimize the generation of solid and liquid
waste, as well as emissions from flares and otherwise
• not to use Mineral Oil-based muds in drilling
• to manage and dispose of such wastes in a statutory and environmentally responsible
manner
• to track and maintain records of the full life cycle of waste streams and provide an auditable
trail as to its management and disposal
List of Appendices
Page 30 of 55
APPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS
PROCESS
S/no.
1.
2.
3.
Activity
HSXHSX-ENVW
Waste Management
Business Plan (WMBP)
Provide WMBP
tracking template
Waste Mgt. System
Development,
Implementation & Review
Challenge waste
management plans
from all line
departments.
Develop, maintain
and review the waste
management system.
Waste Inventorization
List of Appendices
SSCSSC-CLN
Develop, monitor
and maintain 5-year
WMBP using the 5year forecast.
SSXSSX-WST
DWRDWR-EVX
Other Line Departments
Make input into the
SSC-LOG business
plan.
Develop WMBP
and send to HSXENVW for challenge
Develop WMBP and send
to HSX-ENVW for challenge.
Implement the Waste
Management System
requirements.
Implement the
Waste Management
System requirements.
Implement the
Waste Management
System requirements.
Implement the Waste
Management System
requirements.
Participate in WMS
review
Provide technical
specifications for
necessary hardwares /
equipment for waste
collection.
Participate in
WMS review
Inventorize and
report waste disposed
to SSC-CLN
Participate in
WMS review
Inventorize and
report data to SSCCLN
Participate in WMS review
Continuous update
of the waste inventory
master list
Provide
appropriate
equipment for
inventorization
Inventorize and report data
to SSC-CLN
Page 31 of 55
S/no
4.
Activity
HSXHSX-ENVW
Waste Segregation at
Source
SSCSSC-CLN
Provide technical
support to SSX-WST to
perform waste
segregation effectively.
SSXSSX-WST
Practice primary
and secondary waste
segregation when
necessary
DWRDWR-EVX
Other Line
Line Departments
Conduct primary
waste segregation
Conduct primary waste
segregation
Implement waste
minimization
strategies (reduce,
reuse, recycle
recover)
Transport and
dispose drilling
waste from point of
generation to
disposal facilities.
Implement waste
minimization strategies
(reduce, reuse, recycle and
recovery)
Drive the process for
waste segregation
Provide appropriate
equipment for waste
segregation
5.
Waste
Characterization &
Analysis
6.
Waste Minimization
7.
Waste Transportation
List of Appendices
Support SSC-CLN in
matters of waste
characterization and
analysis
Harmonize waste
Conduct
characterization and
analysis of wastes in
liaison with HSX-ENVW.
Develop strategy and
programme for waste
minimization.
Provide technical
support to SSX-WST to
effectively carry out
waste transportation.
Implement waste
(recycle and reuse)
Collect and
transport waste from
designated collection
points to disposal
facilities.
Collect waste at
designated collection points
Page 32 of 55
APPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS
S/no.
8.
Activity
Waste Tracking
(WMIS/WCN) &
Reporting
HSXHSX-ENVW
Perform waste data quality
assurance assessment and
advice on quality control
measures.
SSCSSC-CLN
Custodian of Waste
Inventory Process;
WMIS and WCN;
train users on WMIS.
Collate data from
drilling, SSX-WST and
other line departments.
9.
Waste Treatment &
Disposal
10.
HEMP application
11.
Inspections
Review waste management
plan for EIA and monitor the
waste management aspects of
the EMP.
Perform inspections of
waste management processes
and facilities.
List of Appendices
Quality check data
and report to HSXENVW
Provide standards for
setting up, operating
and maintaining waste
treatment facilities.
Develop, deploy and
implement HEMP to
Line waste
management activities
Carry out regular
inspections of waste
management facilities,
in liaison with HSXENVW.
SSXSSX-WST
DWRDWR-EVX
Track waste using
WCN
Track waste using
WCN
Report data on
waste disposed to
SSC-CLN.
Report was data to
SSC-CLN.
Setup, operate and
maintain waste
treatment and
disposal facilities.
Implement HEMP in
waste management
activities.
Set up operate
and maintain drilling
waste management
facilities.
Apply HEMP in
drilling waste
management
activities.
Conduct drilling
waste management
inspections in liaison
with SSC-CLN.
Conduct waste
management
inspections of
disposal facilities in
liaison with SSCCLN.
Track waste using WCN
Report waste data to
SSC-CLN
Apply HEMP in waste
management operations
Participate in waste
management inspections of
facilities
Page 33 of 55
APPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE
WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS
S/no
Activity
12.
Audits
13.
Waste Management
Performance Reviews
14.
Guidelines & Standards
15.
Regulatory Standards &
Compliance
HSXHSX-ENVW
Perform audits of
waste management
processes and
facilities.
Participate in
quarterly performance
review meetings and
annual workshops.
Develop HSE
guidelines and
standards on waste
management
Drive regulatory
standards and
compliance issues in
liaison with HSESYSA
SSCSSC-CLN
SSXSSX-WST
DWRDWR-EVX
Other Line
Departments
Carry out audit on waste
management facilities
Participate in
waste management
audit of facilities
Participate in
waste management
audit of facilities
Participate in waste
management audit of
facilities
Plan and organize
quarterly performance
review meetings and annual
workshops
Provide technical
guidelines, standards and
procedures
facilities/equipment/systems
for waste transportation,
treatment & disposal.
Facilitate regulatory
compliance in liaison with
HSX-ENVW.
Participate in WM
quarterly reviews and
workshops
Participate in WM
workshops
Participate in WM
workshops
Implement
technical
specifications, work
instructions and
procedures on waste
management.
Ensure compliance
with regulatory
standards.
Develop and
Implement technical
standards, work
instructions and
procedures on waste
management.
Ensure compliance
with regulatory
standards.
Implement technical
specifications, work
instructions and
procedures on drilling
waste management.
Ensure compliance
with regulatory
standards.
Maintain and
review the hazardous
waste register.
List of Appendices
Page 34 of 55
S/no.
Activity
HSXHSX-ENVW
16.
Waste Forecast &
Reduction
Programmes
Develop strategies for waste
forecast & reduction
programme.
17.
Chemical
Management
Participate in the chemical
management committee
18.
Waste Mgt.
Research &
Development
19.
MEE Implementation
Perform & create awareness
on the implementation of
group standards on animal
testing in SPDC.
Perform research on new
waste management
improvement initiatives and
technologies in EP industry.
Drive and monitor waste
management aspects of MEE
List of Appendices
SSCSSC-CLN
SSXSSX-WST
Provide technical
support for waste
forecasting and
reduction strategies.
Be custodian of the
waste forecast
Identify improvement
initiatives to existing
waste transportation,
treatment and disposal
activities in liaison with
HSX-ENVW.
Facilitate the
deployment of waste
management aspects of
MEE to the line
operations.
Comply with
waste management
aspects of the MEE
DWRDWR-EVX
Other Line
Departments
Provide drilling
waste forecast and
reduction plan in
liaison with SSC-CLN.
Provide waste
forecast and reduction
plan in liaison with
SSC-CLN.
Comply with waste
management aspects
of the MEE
Comply with waste
management aspects
of the MEE
Page 35 of 55
APPENDIX
S/no.
Activity
20.
New Waste Mgt Issues
21.
Awareness
22.
Waste management
petition matters
23.
Review of waste
management Manual
24.
Review of waste
Management master plan
List of Appendices
HSXHSX-ENVW
SSCSSC-CLN
SSXSSX-WST
DWRDWR-EVX
Drive the
implementation of new
waste management
issues, standards and
requirements
Create awareness
on corporate waste
management issues
Deploy new waste
management issues to
the line operations.
Implement new
waste management
issues
Implement new
waste management
issues
Implement new
waste management
issues
Create awareness
on standard waste
management practices.
Create awareness
on drilling waste
management
practices.
Create awareness
on waste management
practices.
Maintain a database
for the management of
petitions on waste
issues.
Participate in the
review of the waste
management manual
Support SSC-CLN in
the review of the waste
management master
plan.
Provide support to
HSX-ENVW in petition
management
Create awareness
on standard waste
collection,
transportation,
treatment and
disposal.
Provide support to
HSX-ENVW in
petition management
Provide support to
HSX-ENVW in
petition management
Provide support to
HSX-ENVW in petition
management
Participate in the
review of the waste
management manual.
Participate in the
review of the waste
management master
plan.
Participate in the
review of the waste
management manual.
Participate in the
review of the waste
management master
plan.
Participate in the
review of the waste
management manual.
Participate in the
review of the waste
management master
plan.
Review the
corporate waste
management manual.
Review the
corporate waste
management master
plan in liaison with
HSX-ENVW.
Page 36 of 55
A P P E ND I X 3 : W A S TE IN V E N TOR Y M AS T ER SH E E T
Activity Level
Unit
Hole length drilled with water-based mud (WBM)
km
Hole length drilled with synthetic mud (SBM)
km
Total hole length drilled
km
Emissions to Air
Unit
Solid and Liquid Wastes
EP Wastes
EP Non-hazardous waste
Unit
Air filters
generated
Tonne
Cement water
generated
Tonne
Halons and CFCs in stock and equipment
Tonne
Contaminated cement
generated
Tonne
Halons and CFCs lost to atmosphere
Tonne
Contaminated soil from fresh spill site
generated
Tonne
HCFCs and HFCs in stock and equipment
Tonne
Contaminated soil from saver pits
generated
Tonne
HCFCs and HFCs lost to atmosphere
Tonne
Contaminated soil from surge vessels
generated
Tonne
Drilled cement
generated
Tonne
Oil & Fuel filters
generated
Tonne
Discharges to Water
Unit
Total produced water
m3
Oily rags
generated
Tonne
Produced water discharged to surface environment
m3
Pigging waste
generated
Tonne
Produced water discharged to fresh/brackish water
m3
Used absorbents
generated
Tonne
Produced water discharged to sea
m3
WBM (whole mud)
generated
Tonne
Oil discharged with water to surface environment
Tonne
WBM cuttings
generated
Tonne
Oil discharged with produced water to fresh/brackish water
Tonne
Workover/completion fluids
generated
Tonne
Oil discharged with produced water to sea
Tonne
EP Hazardous waste
Oil discharged with other effluents to surface environment
Tonne
Batteries
generated
Tonne
Average oil concentration in produced water
mg-1l
blasting grit
generated
Tonne
Synthetic oil in SBMlosses to surface environment
Tonne
BOP fluids
generated
Tonne
Synthetic oil on SBM cuttings to surface environment
Tonne
Clinical waste
generated
Tonne
Total synthetic oil discharged to surface environment
Tonne
mercury waste /fluorescent tubes
generated
Tonne
Obsolete chemical
generated
Tonne
Oily sludge
generated
Tonne
SBM (whole mud) generated
generated
Tonne
SBM cuttings generated
generated
Tonne
Sewage
Spent chemicals
generated
Tonne
generated
Tonne
Spent lube oil
generated
Tonne
List of Appendices
Page 37 of 55
Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic
Survey
APPENDIX 3 CONTD.: WASTE INVENTORY MASTER SHEET
OU Waste
OU Non-hazardous wastes
OU hazardous wastes
Air filters
generated
Tonne
Asbestos
generated
Tonne
Aqueous effluents (e.g kitchen waste water)
generated
Tonne
Batteries (wet and dry)
generated
Tonne
Ashes
generated
Tonne
Clinical + medical waste
generated
Tonne
Ballast water
generated
Tonne
Mercury waste/fluorescent tubes
generated
Tonne
Blasting grit
generated
Tonne
Obsolete chemicals
generated
Tonne
BOP fluids
generated
Tonne
Spent chemicals
generated
Tonne
Cans and tins
generated
Tonne
Cement water
generated
Tonne
Computer toner cartridges
generated
Tonne
Construction and delomition materials
generated
Tonne
Contaminated cement
generated
Tonne
Contaminated soil from fresh spill site
generated
Tonne
Contaminated soil from saver pits
generated
Tonne
Contaminated soil from surge vessels
generated
Tonne
Dredge spoil
generated
Tonne
Drilled cement
generated
Tonne
Food
generated
Tonne
Garbage
generated
Tonne
Garden waste
generated
Tonne
Glass
generated
Tonne
Oil & fuel filters
generated
Tonne
Oily rags
generated
Tonne
Oily sludge
generated
Tonne
Paper
generated
Tonne
Pigging waste
generated
Tonne
Plastics
generated
Tonne
SBM (whole mud generated)
generated
Tonne
SBM cuttings generated
generated
Tonne
Scrap metals (include drums)
generated
Tonne
Sewage
generated
Tonne
Spent lube oil
generated
Tonne
Tyres and tubes
generated
Tonne
Used absorbents
generated
Tonne
water filters
generated
Tonne
WBM (whole mud generated)
generated
Tonne
WBM cuttings generated
generated
Tonne
Workover/completion fluids
generated
Tonne
List of Appendices
Page 38 of 55
Survey
A P P E ND I X 4 : W A S TE MA N A G E M E N T F A C I L IT I ES
Facility Name
Location
Function
Status
Eneka Dumpsite
Open Burner
Eneka – East
I.A – East
Biodegradable waste dumpsite
Open burning of
clinical/medical waste
Reception and temporal storage
for recyclable wastes pending
collection by recycling vendors
Operational
Operational
Bonny – East /
Forcados - West
Edjeba – West
Thermal desorption of oil in
contaminated soil
Sewage treatment
Operational
Ogunu – West
Jeddo - West
Controlled high temperature
burning of clinical/medical
waste
Composting of food wastes
Operational
Ughelli - West
Domestic waste dumpsite
Operational
Umuakwuru – East
Landfill, composting, sewage
treatment, incineration
Under Construction
I.A – East
Incineration of clinical waste
Under Construction
Egbeleku - West
Handling of some waste
categories
Treatment of restaurant waste
water
Domestic Waste Dumpsite
Under Construction
Waste Recycling Depot I.A – East / Ogunu
West
Thermal Desorption
Units
Sewage Treatment
Plant
Medical Incinerator
Jeddo Composting
Plant
Ughelli Engineered
Dumpsite
Integrated Waste
Management Facilities
Medical Incinerator
Egbeleku Landfill
Restaurant Wastewater
Treatment Plant
Elelenwo Dumpsite
List of Appendices
I.A – East
Elelenwo – East
Operational
Operational
Operational
Under Construction
Closed
Page 39 of 55
Survey
A P P E ND I X 5 : W A S TE MA N A G E M E N T F O C AL PO I N T S
EAST
Data Group
Data Focal Point
Activity
Activity Level
Ejike, S. M
Drilling Operations
WEST
Ref. Ind.
Tel
Data Focal Point
DWE-OPS 21488 Anighoro Sunny
Activity
Ref. Ind.
Drilling Operations
DWW-OPS
Tel
42979
Reportable Parameter
Hole length drilled with water-based mud (WBM
Hole length drilled with synthetic mud (SBM)
Total hole length drilled
Ayanruoh Henry
Halons, CFCs, HCFCs and HFCs
Oil-containing Effluents
Nwosu, S.I
Adesina, T
AC Maintenance
Production Data
PSE-UAR
PIE-OGA
Seismic
DTW-GPH
42642
Seismic 3d Onshore/Offshore
Utilities Maintenance
PSW-UTL
47158
Halons and CFCs in stock and equipment
Ohwofasa Queen
Utilities Maintenance
PSW-UTL
46463
Halons and CFCs lost to atmosphere
Ezuma W.I
Civil Maintenance
PSW-CVL
47025
HCFCs and HFCs in stock and equipment
Imhoke Solomon
Terminal Operations
PTW-HSE
45030
HCFCs and HFCs lost to atmosphere
Production Data
PIW-OGA
43469
Total produced water
Produced water discharged to fresh/brackish
water
21393 Odeh Ben
22773 Ofovwe Kevwe
Produced water discharged to sea
Produced water discharged to surface
environment
Oil discharged with produced water to
fresh/brackish water
Drilling Discharges
Epidei, M.O
Production Marine Services
PTE-MAR
Ejike, S.M
Drilling Operations
Oil discharged with produced water to sea
Average oil concentration in produced water to
surface environment
Oil discharged with produced water to surface
environment
Oil discharged with other effluents to surface
environment
28514
Drilling Operations
DWW-OPS
42979
Synthetic oil in SBM losses to surface
environment
Synthetic oil on SBM cuttings disposed to sea
Total synthetic oil discharged to surface
environment.
(Semi) Solid & Liquid Wastes
Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Oil filters,
unsegregated waste, Carton, Battery
Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Garbage, Garden,
Scrap metals, Sewage, Empty tins/cans, Oil filters,
Toner cartridges & Battery
Akpan, E.E
Geomatics
DTE-GEM
21601
Onyeukwu, P.C
Seismic
DTE-HSE
21702 Ayanruoh Henry
Seismic
DTW-GPH
42642
Nnogo, C
Ajiere, I
Office Services
Production Team A
HGE-GEN
PAE-HSE
21798
24607 Ehenemba Nicholas
Production Operations
PAW-HSE
42559
Amakiri, W.D
Aigbotsua, P.P
Medical
Production Team B
MDE-PUB
PBE-HSE
22442 Adeogun Kenny
20855 Adeyemi Adesoji
Medical
MDW-OH
PBW-HSE
46854
42534
Nnokam, A.E
Production Team C
PCE-HSE
22261 Folashade Oladipo
PCW-HSE
42556
Aloba, P.O
Pigging Operations
PPE-OPS
21825 Neboh Candid
Pipeline Operations
PPW-HSE
43928
Pigging waste
Owowo, O.M
Dredging
PSE-CDR
24783 Alabi Sola
Dredging Ioperation
PSW-CDR
42978
Dredge Spoil
Nwosu, S.I
AC Maintenance
PSE-UAR
21393
Anyanwu, O.C
Estate Services
PSE-CES
23120 Ezuma W.I
Estate Servives
PSW-CVL
47025
Usiayo Samson
Odeh Ben/ Ohowafas
24465 Queen
Odeh Ben/ Ohwofasa
21817 Queen
28727 Imhoke Solomon/ Dairo
Vincent
Estate Servives
PSW-CVL
44080
Eta, E.O
Production Well Services
PSE-WEL
Wachijem, I
Ufot Saviour, U
Production Workshop Serv.
Bonny Terminal Operations
PSE-WKP
PTE-CAS
Ejike, S.M
Drilling Operations
List of Appendices
Paper, Garbage, Restaurant water & Sewage
Scrap metals, Empty tins/cans, Oil filters, Oily
waste, Oil rags, Absorbents, Fan belt, Water filters
& Fluorescent tubes, Sewage
Garbage, Medical/Clinical waste
Sewage, Scrap metals, Oily waste, Oil sludge,
Ashes, Contaminated soil, Medical/Clinical waste
& Fluorescent tubes, Oil & Fuel Filters
Sewage, Scrap metals, Oily waste, Oil sludge,
Ashes, Contaminated soil, Medical/Clinical waste
& Fluorescent tubes, Oil & Fuel filters
HCFC Discharged
Food & Garden, Garbage, Glass, Plastic, Paper,
Sewage
Food, Paper
Production Services
Production Services
Terminal Operations
PSW-UTL
PTW-HSE
Drilling Operations
DWW-OPS
47158/46463 Scrap metals, Effluent water
45030
Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Scrap metals,
Sewage, Emty tins/cans, Oil/fuel filters, Oil rags,
Wood, Carton, Fluorescent tubes, Medical/Clinical
waste, Battery, Aerosol cans & Absorbents
42979
Cable, Sewage, Scrap metals, Empty tins/cans,
Spent lube, Oil/fuel filters, Drums, Construction
debris, Fluorescent tubes, Hole length drilled with
WBM, Hole length drilled with SBM, Oil in SBM
surface losses, WBM mud generated, SBM mud
generated, WBM mud recycled, WBM mud reinjected, SBM mud recycled, SBM surface losses,
WBM surface losses, WBM cuttings generated,
SBM cuttings generated, WBM cuttings disposed,
SBM cuttings disposed, SBM on cuttings, Cement
water, Drilled cement & Workover completion fluid
produced
Page 40 of 55
Survey
Appendix 2:
Report of FMENV Site Visit to the Rumuekpe (OML 22) Etelebou (OML 28) 3D
Seismic Survey Prospect Areas.
Date: 27/10/05
FMENV Visiting Team:
Alonge J. A
Shittu, H
Joshua T.L
After initial introductions and welcome protocols, FMENV team led by Mr Alonge,
highlighted the purpose of the visit which included the following:
•
•
•
•
To ascertain the environmental sensitivity and land use pattern of the prospect
area.
To verify on the information provided in the EIA project proposal sent to the
ministry.
To confirm that work has not started on the project.
To support the project and ensure that it is executed with due regard to the
environment.
Mr Alonge`s speech was followed by a short presentation on the project by Mr Femi
Segun (Senior Operations Geophysicists). He explained that the project
is the first activity in oil and gas exploration and production business. The
proposed project location is on land area covering about 454 km2,
spanning & 7 LGAs in Bayelsa (3) and Rivers (4) states.
Apart from FMENV officials, present at the presentation were:
• Mr Stanley Echebima, Corporate Head, Seismic Acquisitions
• Mr Reuben Jonah, Senior Seismic Damages Supervisor
• Mrs Oby Moore, Corporate Team Leader, Integrated EIA
• Mr Victor Anyanwu – Environmental Advisor
• Mr Richard Michael – Environmental Advisor
After the presentation, FMENV officials asked and obtained clarifications on the
following areas:
• Project schedule
• Community consultation in view of the project coverage
• Use of explosives and re-vegetation after line cuttings.
Thereafter the site visit led by Femi Segun, was embarked on with the following:
• FMENV officials
• Mr Reuben Jonah
List of Appendices
Page 41 of 55
Survey
•
•
•
Mr Richard Michael
Mr James Amezhim -- S –- I (J V 171) Project Contractor
Mr John Okoroafor – S --- I ( J V 171) Project Contractor
The trip started with a visit to the Etelebou axis covering Mbiama, Yenagoa
(outskirts) – Kolo Creek road, Otegwe, Otuasega , Uru-Ama , Ukarki to Orashi
River. And later the Rumuekpe axis covering, Ahoada, Ochigba, Okporowo,
Okoma1 and Okoma 2 Ubumueze, Umuoji, Rundele, and other Emuoha areas etc.
Aminigboko was not accessible due to flooding and bad terrain.
FMENV Comments /Observations after the trip
FMENV: The project has not started.
FMENV: How will you manage the challenge of working in the built up areas
particularly, in Bayelsa State?
SPDC: DPR guidelines on seismic activities in such areas would apply especially on
safe dynamite shooting distance, noise and vibrations, etc.
FMENV: There mighty be trespass to competitors (Agip) acreage.
SPDC: The project team would be manage this through the use of as built design
and data collation/exchange from the competitor where possible. They would
go extra mile to preserve and protect third party structures in course of the
operation.
FMENV: How would you work in narrow roads (like Yenagoa - Kolo Creek road) with
respect to other road users.
SPDC: The team pointed out that they would restrict the use of some roads in
course of the project.
FMENV: looking at its short duration, timing (December) and coverage (454 km),
there is need to clearly state the type of community assistance projects to be
given to communities in the EIA report.
SPDC:
This was noted
FMENV: There is need for extensive community consultation.
SPDC:
Plans are ongoing for effective engagement
List of Appendices
Page 42 of 55
Survey
Appendix 3.
Minutes Stakeholders` Engagement Session/Scoping for OML 22 & 28 3D
Seismic Survey
Date: Wednesday, 9th November 2005
Time: 10:00am
Venue: Women Development Centre, Yenagoa.
Stakeholder Participants:
Participants comprised of representatives from Federal Ministry of Environment,
NGOs ( Niger Delta Development Monitoring Watch, Niger Delta Environmental
Impact Assessment Monitors and Monitoring Watch and National Council of Women
Society, Independent Recoder, Golden Pen, Exclusive Newspaper), Bayelsa State
Ministries of Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs, Environment, Environment,
social and health consultants, Local government Chairmen Yenoagoa, Ogbia,
Zarama and 5 representatives (made of Paramount Ruler, CDC Chairman, Youth
Leader,Women Leader, and Opinion Leader) from the following communities:
Igbogene, Ogboloma, Okutukutu,Yenegwe-Epie, Opolo-Epie, Zarama, Akenfa-Epie,
Akenpai-Epie, Otuasega, Obedum, Oruma, Nedugo, Otuegwe 11, Ibelebiri, EtegweEpie, Edepie, Agbia, Yenizue-Gene, Agudama-Epie, The Media (New Waves,
Weekly Sources, Bayelsa Express, The Moment Newspaper, Independent Recorder,
Dovie). See Appendix 4.
SPDC/UGNL/IDSL Contingent
The contingent comprised of representatives of SPDC Seismic and Environmental
Teams as well as the Seismic Contractor, United Geophysical Limited / Integrated
Data Services Limited (UGNL/IDSL Joint Venture):
Engr Stanley Echebima
Mr Jonah Reuben
Engr Isah Suleiman
Engr Emeka Obike
Mr Jachris Obinabo
Mr Godswill Bornu
Mr Richard Michael
Sam Onyenwe
Rume Serjebor
Prof. S.O. Fagade
Dr Charles Tobi West
Teaching Hospital
Mr Sola Ojo
- Head, SPDC Seismic Team
- Seismic Team member
Seismic team Member
Seismic Team member
Seismic Team member
Environmental Team member
- UGNL
- IDSL
- EIA Biophysical Consultant, University of Ibadan
- EIA Health Consultant, University of Port Harcourt
- EIA Social Consultant, University of Lagos
Overview:
The meeting kicked off after accreditation of community and other stakeholder
representatives. A community leader led the opening prayer. The moderator, Mr
List of Appendices
Page 43 of 55
Survey
Richard
Michael
introduced
SPDC/UGNL/IDSL
contingent,
community
representatives, state and federal regulatory bodies as well as NGOs and media
representatives present. This was followed by the explanation of the workshop
ground rules:
• Switch off GSM phones or put on vibration alert
• One meeting – No side discussion
• Mutual respect – We are all stakeholders
• One person to speak at a time
• KISS (Keep it short and simple) when asking questions or making
comment/observations.
• Observe safety tips – emergency procedures, toilets and break periods.
Thereafter came the opening remark by the leader of the SPDC delegation, Mr
Stanley Echebima. He thanked participants for attending and enjoined them be open
and freely discuss concerns and critical issues associated with the project. According
to him, there would be more engagement sessions in the communities before the
project commences with a view to properly addressing community concerns and
feelings on the project. This was followed by a presentation on the over all SPDC EIA
process by Mr Godswill Bornu.
He defined the EIA process, purpose and its new vision in SPDC. He explained the
various steps of the EIA process, particularly scoping as it relates to the project and
various partners to a successful EIA study.
The projects technical presentation followed suit with Engr. Isah Suleiman explaining
the detailed project activities and phases as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The project objective is to acquire seismic data to help locate sizeable
hydrocarbon reservoirs.
EIA is being carried out to ascertain potential impacts of the project, which is the
main reason for the engagement session.
The project will cover an area of approximately 454km, spanning two LGAs in
Bayelsa and three in Rivers State.
On the description of the project environment, there are rivers and creeks within
the area with vegetation mainly secondary forest and wetlands.
Access to the area is by road and boats.
The project activity description includes: Permitting, mobilisation/base camp
construction, surveying/line cutting, drilling of shot holes, explosives detonation
and data recording, compensation of assessed damages, abandonment,
environmental remediation.
The prospect area’s biophysical, health and social baseline information, the project
anticipated impacts and mitigation measures (based on available data) were
presented by the Project EIA Consultants.
Thereafter, stakeholders expressed their concerns/recommendations captured as
follows:
Recommendations and Concerns:
•
•
Ensure that all communities the project will traverse are identified and consulted.
Use boats fitted with Yamaha Engines which are more environmentally friendly
unlike diesel engines
List of Appendices
Page 44 of 55
Survey
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Apart from economic compensation, pay environmental and social
compensations in form of community development projects
Carry out EIA community enlightenment programmes
Adhere to the 60 – 40 community- contractor employment policy.
Manage domestic wastes associated with the project.
Circulate the government approved compensation rates
Ensure that women are signatories to compensation payment
Transform compensation payment in form of community empowerment (Skills
acquisition and provision of starter packs).
Specify and announce wages for community labour to prevent contractors from
short-changing community workers.
Ground truth all documents and data used in the Desktop study.
Involve community members in EIA studies.
Identify and pay compensation to real landowners.
The engagement session came to a close with a closing remark and prayer by one of
the community representative at about 4:30 pm.
Stakeholders` Engagement Session for OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey
Date: Thursday, 10th November 2005
Time: 10:00am
Venue: Information Centre Ahoada
Participants:
Participants comprised of representatives from Federal Ministry of Environment,
NGOs (Anpez Centre for Environment, Living Earth Nigerian Foundation, Earth Skin
Foundation, Environmental and Human Health Research) Rivers State Ministries of
Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs, Environment and Health, Environment,
social and health consultants, Local Government Chairmen of Ahoada West, East,
Abua/Odua, and 5 representatives (Paramount Ruler, CDC Chairman, Youth
Leader,Women Leader, and Opinion Leader) from the following communities:
Omalem, Ozochi, Okoma II, Edeoha, Ogbele, Ikodi Engeni, Owerewere, Kumushe,
Ihuaba, Ogbologbolo, Ula-Ikata, Ula-Upata, Ula-Okobo, Odieke, Igbuduya, Igovia,
Okarki, Oruama, Ikatu, Odigwe, Udebu, Oyakama, Ogbede, Okoboh-Abua,
Aminigboko, Odiopiti, Ochiba, Emezi II, Odiogbor, Ihuike, Ihubuluko, Oshiugboko,
Ihuama, Ihuama, Ihuowo, Ula Okobo II, Ogbenugwe, Ukpehede, Okpoguohadi, Otari,
Okparaki, Emesu, Arukwo, Emabu, Odiabidi, Oboalei, Mbiama, Emezi I, Okogbe,
Akala-Olu, Ishiayi, Egunughau, Ogharu, Ubumeze, Obarany, Odhiolugboji, Ekpeye
Youth Congress, Ekpeye Council of Traditional Rulers.
SPDC/UGNL/IDSL Contingent
The contingent comprised of representatives of SPDC Seismic and Environmental
Teams as well as the Seismic Contractor, United Geophysical Limited / Integrated
Data Services Limited (UGNL/IDSL Joint Venture):
Engr Stanley Echebima
Mr Jonah Reuben
Engr Isah Suleiman
List of Appendices
- Head, SPDC Seismic Team
- Seismic team Member
Page 45 of 55
Survey
Engr Emeka Obike
Mr Jachris Obinabo
Mr Godswill Bornu
Mr Richard Michael
Sam Onyenwe
Felix Uwei
Rume Serjebor
Prof. S.O. Fagade
Dr Charles Tobi West
Teaching Hospital
Mr Sola Ojo
-
- Environmental Team member
UGNL
UGNL
IDSL
EIA Biophysical Consultant, University of Ibadan
EIA Health Consultant, University of Port Harcourt
- EIA Social Consultant, University of Lagos
Overview:
After an opening prayer by a church minister from one of the community
representatives, the event commenced with an opening speech by the leader of
SPDC delegation, Mr Stanley Echebima who welcomed the participants and thanked
them for honouring the invitation inspite of its short notice. He enjoined participants to
be open and freely discuss concerns and critical issues concerning the project
Thereafter came the recognition of community representatives including Ekpeye
Youths and members of Ekpeye Chief- in-council. This was followed by participant’s
introductions and ground rules facilitated by Mr Richard Michael and a presentation
on the over all SPDC EIA process by Mr Godswill Bornu. He defined the EIA
process, purpose and its new vision in SPDC. He explained the various steps of the
EIA process, particularly scoping as it relates to the project and various partners to a
successful EIA study.
The projects technical presentation followed suit where Engr. Isah Suleiman
explained the detailed project activities and phases as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The project objective is to acquire seismic data to help locate sizeable
hydrocarbon reservoirs.
EIA is being carried out to ascertain potential impacts of this survey which is the
main reason for the engagement session.
The project will cover an area of approximately 454km, spanning two LGAs in
Bayelsa and three in Rivers State.
On the description of the project environment, there are rivers and creeks within
the area with vegetation mainly secondary forest, wetlands.
Access to the area are by road and boats
The project activity description includes: Permitting, mobilisation/base camp
construction, surveying/line cutting, drilling of shot holes, explosives detonation
and data recording, compensation of assessed damages, abandonment,
environmental remediation.
The prospect areas biophysical, health and social baseline information as well as the
anticipated project impacts and mitigation measures were presented by the Project
EIA
Consultants.
Thereafter,
stakeholders
expressed
their
concerns/recommendations captured as follows:
Concerns and recommendations:
List of Appendices
Page 46 of 55
Survey
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Properly engage community members ( not just the Chiefs and traditional rulers)
before entering into community farmlands
Put in place a monitoring team to monitor contractors activities at site especially
in the following areas (Food waste disposal, Community assistance projects,
Payment of wages to community workers and SPDC general environmental
standards).
Employ 60% of the workforce from the community.
Issue personal protective equipment to community workers
Pay adequate compensation for economic crops damaged during the seismic
operation.
Educate site workers on dangers of AIDS and avoid enticing our ladies with big
monies due to poverty
To Publish and circulate OPTS compensation rates at the community level.
Give seismic contractor a copy of the EIA report to enable read and comply with
Environmental Management Plans.
Contractor to comply with the recommended guidelines on shooting distance.
Implement all MOUs
Do not pollute our waters as they are our source of drinking water and
transportation, otherwise provide alternative drinking water
Form tripartite committee (Community, Shell and contractor) for grievance
handling with contact address of whom to talk to when one have issues to
resolve.
Allow communities to buy shares from Shell to enable them have a sense of
belonging.
Properly identify community owners and deal with them in order to avoid friction
and disorder as land is individually owned in the community.
Educate seismic workers not vandalise community farm products
Put in place CD project to come along with the project.
Use 10% of compensation payment for development projects.
Engenei chiefs were not invited for this engagement section.
There is EIA implementation committee in Ekpeyeland.and should be contacted
for this EIA study.
The two Ahoada Local Government Councils to be asked to send
representatives to work with the EIA consultants.
In summary, stakeholders questions centred on consultation, compensation,
vibration, community development, failed promises, wages, discipline at campsites.
The meeting came to a close at about 4:00pm.
List of Appendices
Page 47 of 55
Survey
Appendix 4
a
Appendix 4: Some Photo clips of the OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey EIA
Stakeholders` Engagement
Plates a – d : Cross sections of stakeholder engagement at Women
Development Centre Yenagoa for Bayelsa State Communities 9/10/05
List of Appendices
Page 48 of 55
Survey
b
c
d
List of Appendices
Page 49 of 55
Survey
Plates e – h : Cross sections of stakeholder engagement at Ahoada Information
Centre for Rivers State communities 10/10/05.
e
f
List of Appendices
Page 50 of 55
Survey
g
h
List of Appendices
Page 51 of 55
Survey
Appendix 5
The Shell Petroleum Development
Company of Nigeria Limited
SITE RESTORATION CERTIFICATE
Contract Title
Contractor
Sub-Contractors
Site Restoration Activity
Contract No.
Date Completed
Exceptions
Demobilisation Date Approved
Requirement for Isolation of Facilities (telecoms,
electricity, water) notified to SPDC
Residential Camp Inspection Completed
Office Inspection Completed
Industrial Area Inspection Completed
Worksite Inspection Completed
All SPDC Assets handed over to SPDC
All Outstanding materials handed over to SPDC
Summary file of Contract Waste Log handed over to
SPDC
Notes:
On behalf of the Contractor I confirm that the activities stated above have been carried out and
we have restored the sites according to the Contract Requirements
Name
Date
Responsibility
Signature
Contractors Authorized
Representative
We hereby agree that the HSE status of this Contract allows the Contractor to Demobilise
subject to the exceptions listed above.
Name
Date
Ref. Ind.
Responsibility
Signature
SPDC Contract Holder
SPDC Company Site
Representative
Plate 2.9: S i t e R e s t o r a t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e
List of Appendices
Page 52 of 55
Survey
Appendix 6
List of Appendices
Page 53 of 55
Survey
Appendix 7
List of Appendices
Page 54 of 55
Survey
Appendix 8
List of Appendices
Page 55 of 55
RESPONSE TO FMENV PANEL’S COMMENTS ON THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF THE
OML 22 (RUMUEKPE ) & OML 28 (ETELEBOU) 3D SEISMIC SURVEY BY SPDC
S/N
Page
Specialist Comments
List of abbreviations and acronyms
1. xiv
BCG is Bacillus of Calmette and Guerin, not Bacillus
Calmette Guarin.
2. xvi
Liquefied as used in the explanation for LNG is different
from that for NLNG, one form of English (UK) should
be used in this report.
3. xiv - xix Where abbreviations of SPDC depts. are listed (DTEGEM,) PAGX etc) it should be so stated, and the most
recent nomenclature should be used.
4. xvii
There are different types of turbidity units, NTU is
Nephelometric Turbidity Unit, not just Turbidity Unit as
written
5. xviii
UNICEF is United Nations Children Fund. Formerly,
United Nations Children Emergency Fund, not education
fund.
6. xvii
OMLS should be explained as representing both Oil
Mining License and Oil Mining Lease, as it is used
interchangeably in the report.
Executive Summary
7.
There is no executive summary of the findings in the
report. The executive summary is a requirement
according to the FMENV prescribed EIA reporting
format.
Response to comments
New Page
Has been corrected
xiv
Has been unified
xvi
Updated
xiv - xix
Has been corrected
xvii
Has been corrected
xviii
Has been addressed
xvii
Executive summary has been
included
1 of 19
1 of 18
Chapter (1) One: Introduction
8. 1 of 15
It is stated in para four page 1 of 15 of the ES that the
FMEN gave approval for the conducting of desktop EIA
for this project and for the use of existing information
from some previous EIAs in the area. This claim is false
and the Federal Ministry of Environment requests SPDC
should produce the evidence of approval.
9. 1 of 15
The sentence can be interpreted to mean that the list
given contains only some projects that have been
previously approved therefore, other sources of
information which do not fall into the category of
previously approved projects should be deleted from the
list. (Page 1 of 15 1. 1 background.)
10. 1 of 15
Page 1 of 15, Background The date of promulgation of
the Edict should be corrected. It is 1998; 1999 is the date
of publication of the gazette.
11. 3 of 15
The map in figure 1.1 Page 3 of 15 chapter 1 is wrongly
referred as the map of Niger Delta showing the proposed
project location. This map does not appropriately
describe the location of the project and therefore should
be replaced with an administrative map of the former
Rivers State (Rivers and Bayelsa). The seismic survey
route traversing the communities in these two states can
also be best described in this Administrative map.
12. 10 of 15
Sub-section 1.5.3.1. of chapter 1(page 10 of 15 should be
updated to inform readers of this Report that the Rivers
Has been addressed. The
statement has been recast
1 of 13
Has been addressed. Another 1 of 13
paragraph has been created for
other sources of information.
There is no edict in the page 1 of
15, Background
1 of 13
Map has been replaced and
properly captioned
3 of 13
Has been addressed
10 of 13
2 of 18
13. 1 of 15
14.
15. 3 of 15
16. 2 of 15
17. 2 of 15
18. 2 of 15
State Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources
mentioned here exist no more that what is in existence is
the Rivers State Ministry of Environment.
Some approved projects EIAs within the OMLs under
reference were listed and added to the list are (a) Local
Govt. Yearbook 1998 edition (b) National Extract of
Statistic’s 200 (c) National population Commission Final
Results Rivers State 1991. Granted that the EIAs were
approved by the FMENV, who are the approving bodies
of the aforementioned publications?
The total land area to be covered by this survey was give
as 454, 548 and 455 in different instances; exact area
covered should be stated please.
Figure 1.1 is not a map of the Niger Delta but a map of
parts of West Africa moreso. OMLs 22 & 28 is hardly
discernible in the map.
The report should be specific on the number of
communities affected by the project words like likely to
be affected should be avoided.
Emohua LGA was listed during the site verification
exercise as part of the affected LGAs and also on page 75
of 113 chapter 3, but omitted from the listed LGAs in
this chapter this should be reconciled please.
The size of the survey areas given on this page should be
reconciled with the 548km2 given on p. 1. of 15,
Another paragraph has been
created for other sources of
information and their sources
adequately quoted.
2 of 13
Survey area has been updated to
498.1 sq.km. Necessary
corrections have been made
2 of 13
Fig 1.1 has been replaced with a
more adequate map
3 of 13
Words like likely have been
removed
2 of 13
Emohua LGA not part of the
study area. Mix up corrected.
2 of 13
Survey area has been updated to
498.1 sq.km. Necessary
corrections have been made
2 of 13
3 of 18
19. 6 of 15
20. 11 of 15
21. 8 of 15
22. 10 of 15
23. 11 of 15
paragraph 2 line 5. on p75 of 113, even Emuoha LGA is
Emohua LGA not part of the
mentioned.
study area. Mix up corrected.
Laws that have been listed in the Laws of the Federation Addressed. Laws appropriately
cited
should be appropriately cited. e.g.
o FEPA Act, CAP 131, VIII, LFN 1990
o Land Use Act, CAP 202 XI, LFN 1990
o Oil Pipelines Act, XIX, CAP 338, LFN 1990
o Petroleum Act, XX, CAP, 351, LFN 1990
The FEPA Amendment Act No 59 of 2nd August 1992
repealed the Natural Resources Conservation Council
Act, XVII, CAP 286, and LFN 1999, hence it does not
need to be mentioned in this report.
The S.1.8,S.1.9 & S. 1. 15 (i.e. Statutory Instruments 8,
9, & 15) should be inserted in the mentioned regulations
of 15 August 1991.
The Forestry Act 1958 mentioned in this report is an Act
of the old Bendel State it should be stated as such.
Where international conventions are listed (if they are
truly relevant to the project under study), then, the full
titles of the convention should be stated first, then their
short form is stated e.g.
o The Vienna Convention written in the Report
should be cited as “the Vienna Convention for the
protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985” and where the
protocols of the Convention need to be cited the
6 of 13
Irrelevant amendment pulled out
11 of 13
Statutory Instruments inserted
and duly explained.
8 of 13
Act rectified
10 of 13
Addressed
11 of 13
4 of 18
24.
25. 6 of 15
26. 6 of 15
27.
dates of the protocols should be stated e.g.
(Montreal protocol on substances that deplete the
Ozone layer, 1987).
o Similarly the Bonn Convention should be cited as “
convention on the Migratory species of wild
Animals 1979” CMS or The Bonn Convention”
o Convention Concerning the protection of world
Culture and Natural Heritage, 1972” a.k.a. world
Heritage convention.
The FMENV approval for the project should be attached
as an appendix to the report.
Key environmental legislation that govern pipelines or
oil industry should be listed in order of national
importance. In this case, the National Policy on
Environment and the EIA Act 86 of 1992, which is the
basis for which this report is prepared, should be given
prominence and first mention.
Relevant laws like the (a) Explosives Act, VIII Cap 117
LFN 1990 (b) Survey Co-ordination Act XXII Cap 426
LFN 1990 and should be included In the EIA reports of
projects of this nature.
There are no administrative /political and land use map in
the EIA report. These maps should be under Chapter 1,
and what is inserted as Fig 3.4.a can hardly be regarded
as an administrative map as there are no administrative
Addressed in appendix 8
55 of 55
Addressed
6 of 13
Relevant laws included
6 of 13
Maps inserted as suggested
3 of 13
5 of 18
/political delineations to adjudge it as such
Chapter Two: Project Description
28. 3 of 29
In page 2 of 15, chapter 1. Ogbia and Yenagoa were
listed
as
the
affected
LGAs.
However
Okordia/Zarama/Biseni LGAs were added in page 3 of
29, chapter two. Which is which please?
29. 5 of 29
The meaning of JV 171 should be clearly stated in the
report. (page 5 of 29) .
30. 7 of 29
The title of Table 2.2 is misleading, how possible is it to
identify Rivers State communities in Bayelsa State?
31. Entire
It is advised that OMLs 22 & 28 not 22/28 as various
document written in the report.
32. 28 of 29
The project schedule in page 28 of 29 chapters 2 should
be reviewed in line with the present status of the project.
33. 3 of 29
The EIA Report did not provide visible alternatives for
the project that would consider possible routes, and
techniques against their environmental implications. The
only option- the “Do Nothing Option” what was rejected
as stated in page 3 of 29, chapter 2 does not suggest that
other project alternatives were considered.
34. 7-9 of 29 The report mentions 95 communities in page I of 15
chapter one, but lists only 85 in Table 2.2, pages 7 – 9 of
29, chapter two This should be reconciled please.
35. 15 of 29
In Topography being referred to here of “Toponymic”
i.e. the Art of study of place names?
Okordia/Zarama/Biseni LGAs
not part of study area
5 of 29
Stated as suggested
9 of 29
Rectified
9 of 29
Corrected
Entire
document
Project schedule reviewed
28 of 29
Addressed. Alternatives now
provided in Chapter 2, Section
2.3
2 of 29
Rectified. Identified
communities stands at 90
9-11 of 29
Addressed
16 of 29
6 of 18
36. 17 of 29
37. 24 of 29
38.
39. 25 of 29
40. 26 to 29
Curiously, one wonders why faces of seismic crew
workers and SPDC recording staff were blotted out in
plates in the report, conventionally this is done mainly to
protect people who are under criminal accusation. Is
SPDC conceding that something ominous is being
carried out during these surveys hence this “protection in
quote of their workers’. The pictures should either be left
intact as in several approved EIA reports written by the
SPDC or expunged if they are to remain in this form.
What are the minimum shooting distances permitted by
the government body that regulates the use of Explosives
Act?
Pictures represented
appropriately
17,18 & 19 of
29
Addressed. Section 57 of Survey
Act of 1964 stipulates 100 yards
as minimum shooting distance
permitted
License included as appendix.
Request for interaction with
Ministry of Solid Minerals
Development and SURCON are
noted.
24-25 of 29
Evidences of permission and interaction with other
relevant government bodies, like the ministry of Solid
minerals for the acquisition of explosive and SURCON
for survey activities should be convincingly provided.
This becomes very pertinent, as bodies of incompetent
jurisdiction (as it were) in this case (DPR) EGASPIN) is
widely quoted.
MACHA is not explained or listed in list of acronyms.
MACHA® shooting system:
MACHA is the product name of
Macha International
Incorporation, a company based
in Houston, Texas, USA.
The EIA report should state clearly the authorities that Addressed. DPR and NAPIMS
misfired shots are reported to. (Page 26 to 29). It is
Appendix 7
26 of 29
26 of 29
7 of 18
suggested that mis-fired shots should also be reported to
state and local authorities, as e.g. the DPR has
jurisdiction on the use of lands where seismic activities
have occurred.
41. 28 of 29
There is no room for EIA (ESHIA) permitting in the
project schedule (page 28 of 29) a more realistic project
schedule, in a Gantt Chart should be inserted in the
report.
42. 28 of 29
The Oil Producers Trade Section (OPTS) of the Lagos
Chamber of commerce is not a government body, with
competence
on
compensation
matters,
hence
Government rates cannot be based on OPTS guidelines
as stated in page 28 of 29.
43. 29 of 29
Should SPDC certify itself on site restoration? As shown
by the site restoration certificate on page 29 of 29? As in
remediate oil sites that are certified by the federal
Ministry of Environment, site restoration certificates
should be obtained from a competent Govt. body in this
case, the Federal Ministry of Environment’s Forestry
Department.
Chapter Three: Description Of The Environment
44. 2 of 113
The statement that” the 3D Seismic survey area lies
within the humid tropical belt of the Niger Delta, gives
an impression that there are other climatic zones in the
Niger delta, whereas the whole of Nigeria lies within the
Addressed
28 of 29
These are accepted industry
standards currently undergoing
review.
28 of 29
Federal Ministry of Environment shall be notified
at the completion of seismic survey activities so
that site restoration can be verified and approved.
Addressed
2 of 118
8 of 18
45. 2 of 113
46. 2 of 113
47. 3 of 113
48. 4 of 29
5 of 29
49. 4 of 113
humid Tropical Zone.
Synoptic rainfall data from the Nigerian Meteorological
Agency is more acceptable for a study of this nature than
a research station outpost in Onne.
The finding that rainfall also peaks in the month of June
deviates markedly from many other similar studies which
conclude that rainfall peaks in July. Common experience
on an annual basis also indicates that July is a peak
rainfall month.
Page 3 of 113. 3.2 – Relative Humidity: The numbers on
the Time (h) axis of the figure should be correctly
written. There is no time (h) as 100: it is 0100.
The map of the project area with the grid of theoretical
planned source and receiver lines, and the communities
that they traverse, indicated should be included.
Also a map that relates the lists of communities with the
configuration of proposed shot points and receivers
would be a useful addition.
The results of ambient air quality, soil quality, water
quality etc presented in Tables in this chapter are
presented for both Rainy and Dry seasons sampling
periods which shows that the baseline data acquisition
was carried out for two (2) seasons. This was not so
stated in Section 3.1, page 1 of 113 of this chapter, and
Addressed. Data used are a
combination from both sources
2 of 118
The rain data for the period
2001-2002 give a peak for June.
As shown in Fig 3.1, 300 mm of
rain had fallen from January to
May, indicating early onset of
rain.
Correction effected.
2 of 118
3 of 118
Requested map included as an
appendix.
6 of 29 of
chapter 2
7 of 29 of
chapt 2
Indicated as required
4 of 118
9 of 18
50. 1 of 113
51. 6 – 9 of
113
52. 5, 7,8,1820, 40-50
of 113
53. 49, 51,
and 53 of
113
54.
the periods of the seasons when the data were gathered
were also not stated.
There is also nothing to show that results of any previous
study or studies within the project area were confirmed
or ground-truthed as mentioned in the above statement.
Vegetation: Considering the fact that the study covers
freshwater swamp forest areas and mangrove swamp
forest areas (see section 3.6). a description of the floristic
composition and species densities of the mangrove
swamp forest areas should also have been given. Only
those of the freshwater swamp forest – 1- given (see
Table 3.4 on p. 7 of 113).
Tables 3.3 (p. 5 of 113), 3.4Xp.7 of 113), 3.5 (p.8 of
113),3.10 (pp 18-20 of 113). 3.22 (pp 40-50 0f 113) have
their sources as Field Trips conducted in 2002, 2003 and
2004. Are these part of the field confirmation of
identified gaps as stated in page 1 pf 113? Or were they
carried out for other studies other than this?
Tables 3.22 (p. 49 of 113), 3.23(p. 51 “of 113), and 3.24
(p. 53 of 113), do not make any meaning as the water
body or bodies sampled were not stated for a project that
cuts across two major rivers (Orashi and Sombriero) and
other water bodies
What is the name of river referred to in this report as the
North-South river running through the project area?
Ground-truthing was conducted
9th-10th November 2005
1 of 118
Present updates shows that the
study area did not include
mangrove forest. However, a
table showing the distinct
floristic composition of OML 22
& 28 have been inserted.
6 -13 of 118
Addressed by adequate citing of
Sources
5, 7-13, 2325, and 54-55
of 118
Addressed. Caption recast
54-55, 56, 58
of 118
Corrected to Orashi river
16 of 118
10 of 18
55. 20 of 113
56. 30-48 of
113
57. 49-53 of
113
58. 21-29 of
113
Borehole: The distribution of the six (6) broeholes should Boreholes sunk at Gbarantoru (6
in number) and Idu Ekpeye (3 in
have been shown in the report. From the title of Table
number) ensure that groundwater
3.11, the boreholes were sunk between Kolo .
quality of OML 22 & 28 are
adequately covered.
The generalized manner in which the soil chemistry of
the project area is described obfuses the expected
distinction between the soils of the mangrove swamp
forest area and those of the freshwater swamp forest area.
For many parameters, there are remarkable differences
between the different ecological zones, and these need to
be reflected in such studies.
The results of aquatic studies as presented in Table 3.223.24 do not reflect the existence of mangrove swamp
forest zone in the study area which is almost always
associated with brackish water systems. Pooling results
of studies of two ecologically distinct zones completely
nullifies the justification for environmental baseline
description in EIA studies.
Creek and Rumuekpe. This excludes the whole of
Etelebou and Zarama areas which are also within the
study area for this EIA. It is difficult therefore to
conclude that borehole water from the specified area i.e.
Kolo Creek-Rumuekpe will adequately reflect the
Zarama is no longer part of the
project area
Update shows that mangrove
swamp does not exist in the
survey area. Hence there is a
single ecological zone.
25-28 of 118
35-52 of 118
Update shows that mangrove
swamp does not exist in the
survey area. Hence there is a
single ecological zone.
44 -58 of 118
Zarama is no longer included in
the survey area.
26-30 of 118
11 of 18
59. 3 of 113
60. 3 of 113
61.
62. 5 of 113
63. 6 of 117
64. 5-6 of
113
65. 8 of 113
66. 13 of 113
physicochemical characteristics of the Etelebou.
The last sentence on page 3 of 113, on humidity values
does not correlate with the values in Figure 3.2 as
indicated.
The predominant wind speeds in the others areas should
be mentioned as well, only that of Ahoada was included
in the report.
The exact source of the Field trips (i.e. EIA reports) of
2002, 2003, and 2004 should be mentioned as it was not
this group of writers that conducted those visits.
Summary noise values were quoted for Idu Ekpeye,
however the community is not listed in the sampled
locations in Table 3.2.
Also, concluding that a recorded value of 100 dB(A) at
Idu Ekpeye Palm Kernel de-shelling plant is less that
FMENV allowable limit is faulty as the EIA writers did
not provide any evidence that workers at the plant do not
exceed eight hours, or use PPEs.
The source of Table 3.3 should be stated.
Clarified. Figure reflects hourly
3 of 118
daily relative humidity as distinct
from seasonal changes.
Addressed.
3 of 118
Indicated as SPDC
2002,2003,2004 Gbaran Ubie
IOGP
10-12 of 118
See table 3.3 where Idu Ekpeye
was listed
5-6 of 118
Statement indicated that Idu
Ekpeye noise level of 100 dBA
was above FMNEV allowable
limit of 90 dBA for 8 hours
continuous exposure
5 of 118
Corrected as required
5-6 of 118
How possible is it for plantain Banana and plantain to
Mix up corrected
have the same botanical name. One is Musa sapientum
while the other is Musa paradisisca. (p. 8 of 133).
Figure 3.5 covers too large an area and the information in A larger map included as an
appendix
the figure are too tiny to enable any meaningful
comprehension.
13 of 118
17 of 118
12 of 18
67. 15 of 113
68. 17 of 113
69. 18 of 113
70. 44 of 113
71. 4 of 113
72. 11 of 113
If the mangroves swamp forests was a productive area as
stated in the report, would it be safe to assume then that
they are no longer a productive area or the mangrove
swamp do no longer even exist at all (section 3.6.14.p. 15
of 113).
Is Dane gun meant as against “Danish Gun” in page 17
of 113, last line.
Iguanas do not exist in this part of the world!
The soil studies of the project area presented in Section
3.9.22, page 44 of 113, identified the first category of
soil with “low to moderate Available Water Holding
Capacity – Entisols, in the soils of Erema and Akubuka.
The 3rd category of high AWIIC Histosols were observed
in the soil of Buguma bridgehead. But, these areas –
Erema, Akubuka and Buguma are not within the Local
Government Area affected by this project. Why carry out
studies in these areas?
Air Quality Table 3.1 SPM values appear to suggest that
the results represent wet season data. In a typical dry
season as usually observed in the values reported as a
result of the influence of the harmattan weather.
Mangrove swamp is no longer
part of the survey area
20 of 118
Corrected
22 of 118
Corrected as Monitor lizard.
Appropriate corrections effected
to reflect soils of the sample area
21 of 118
48 of 118
As shown in Fig. 3.1, 300 mm of 4 of 118
rain had fallen in the year,
indicating that the SPM values
are valid. In addition, 2
independents results were used in
producing the report
Vegetation The description of the vegetation for the Table 3.4a provides details of the 7 of 118
study area is too generalized. The distribution or floristic features of each OML
diversity of species is not the same in the freshwater
13 of 18
73. 8 of 113
74. 7 of 113
75. 7 of 113.
76. 8 of 113.
77. 8 of 113.
swamps even within the same OML. The Etelebou area
is slightly different in floral characteristics from the
upper Ulakpata-Idu-Ekpeye axis. This is even confirmed
by the satellite imagey (Fig. 3.5) which shows that
different land use pattern within the same OML 22.
Population density The population density values
reported do not reflect the specific characteristics of each
study area.
How was the 6,500kg/hectare arrived at? Since no
method has been presented in the report, it becomes
difficult for the reported figure to be appreciated. On the
other hand, it raises some questions: Does the figure
include the biomass of root, stem and leaves? Page 7 of
113.
Population density Does the biomass value refer to the
undergrowth of total vegetation biomass?
Population density Table 3.5 shows that the population
density of economic plants varied from 6 to 570 plants
per hectare. This range is too wide and suggests that the
some sections of the study area are badly degraded. If the
report is correct, has it been captured in the impact
section?
There is need also to define economic plants: do they
include the non-timber forest plants or only the limber
plants?
Study area clarified by citing
data sources adequately
13 of 118
The paragraph has been deleted
as the components of the
biomass values are not clearly
provided
7 of 118
See comment above
7 of 118
The range is wide because some
economic plants such as iron
wood are very few, whereas
others like banana and plantain
are numerous in areas of
cultivation
12 of 118
It has now been defined
13 of 118
14 of 18
78. 8 of 113.
This section has also omitted the ethnobotanical values
of the plants, which are critical to the local people.
79. 10 of 113 Page 10 of 113 Heavy Metals in Tissues of Plant Species
Table 3.7 shows the study area with Mn values ranging
from 20.1-139.4mg/kg including control sites? Where is
the source of the Mn where the concentrations of Mn in
soil, water and sediment samples in the dame report are
very low or below detection levels?
80. 65 of 113 Fishing: Fishing is major occupation in the area. The
report does not have any information on catch per unit
effort, which is an index that can readily be used for
monitoring.
81. 66 of 113 Lake and pond fishing is very common particularly in the
Ahoada area but this aspect has been omitted in the
report.
Chapter (4) Four Consultation
82.
During the FMENV conducted site verification exercise
on the 27th Oct, 2005, concerns were raised by the
FMENV on the need to clearly state the nature of
community assistance project as this activity is of short
duration. This is however not addressed in the EIA
report.
This point is addressed in Table
3.4a
7 of 118
There were errors in the insertion
of each decimal point and these
have been corrected as
appropriate
16 of 118
Catch per unit effort data were
not obtained during the field
survey
70 of 118
Presence of fish ponds and small
lakes is on page 71 of 120
71 of 118
Project Advisory Committee
(PAC) shall discuss and agree on
community assistance.
Community representatives are
part of the PAC. Community
engagements shall be carried out
to identify needs and type of
assistance. These projects shall
be supervised by the PAC (See
Section 2.5.2 on Permitting).
28 of 29
15 of 18
Chapter (5) Five: Impact Matrix
83. 16 of 56. Site Preparation/Clearing for Base Camp: There is no
quantification to determine the magnitude and
significance of impact. The location of the site will
determine the number and types of plants to be cleared. If
possible, identification of wildlife in the area should also
be carried out to determine biodiversity loss. Page 16 of
56.
84. 18 of 56
Increase access for hunting and logging. These activities
will lead to biodiversity loss. The impact rating should be
higher than Minor. Page 18 of 56.
85. 44 of 56
Reduction of Access to land and its resources. It appears
here that the area to be used as base camp has been
selected. This has not been stated in any other relevant
section of the report. Page 44 of 56.
Chapter (6) Six
86. 7 of 14
The significant identified impacts and their mitigation
measures stated in Sect. 6.6 2, page 7 of 14 of chapter 6
for waste generation during construction are.
87. 6 of 14
Page 6 of 14, The use of the words ‘proffered’ and
‘recommended’ for mitigation measures appears
unacceptable since this is an SPDC document.
General comments:
88.
Methodology: Desktop EIA used. Desktop for
Socioeconomic (SIA) using data of 1999, (because the
Land clearing shall be limited to
only 6,669 sq. m at the Oyokama
Camp site, as the Omerelu camp
already exists, hence limiting
biodiversity loss (Chapter 2,
Section 2.5.4 and 16 of 56.).
16 of 56
Since there shall be no clearing
at camp sites, access to hunting
and logging will be minimal.
18 of 56
Kindly see Section 2.5.4
14 of 31
Query now well defined
7 of 14
Addressed as suggested
Entire chapter
16 of 18
89.
90.
91.
2004 reports also used 1999 date) is not suitable for
socioeconomic study. It is suggested that Desktop be
reserved for biophysical. Method used in the literature
should be discussed if using desktop. Given that
methodology (questionnaires, map of study area, etc.) is
not contained in the report, most of the information
provided cannot be appropriated.
Consultation with communities: Community consultation
is more than scoping workshop. No evidence of adequate
consultation. The essence of EIA is to ensure that
development takes place properly without compromising
the ability of the future generation to meet their need.
Relying on data of 1999 is not good enough for Socio
and Health impact assessment.
Page numbering. Pages numbered 68 of 113 for each
chapter does not improve page identification. Suggestion:
Look through all page numbers and correct printers devil
(68 of 133 instead of 68 of 113). Further, Use chapter
number and page, e.g. 3-68.
Information used in report very generalised or global
Population of communities (page 70 of 113). Less than a
quarter, almost a quarter etc. Actual percentages should
be used. Walk-through population estimate should be
done for each community. School Enrolment, Gender
distribution, Housing, Household Income, etc. for
Report has dissociated scoping
mission from consultations
Evidence of community
consultation has been provided in
Chapter 4: Consultations,
inclusion of community in PAC.
Entire report
Addressed as suggested. School
Enrolment, Housing, Household
Income, etc. addressed at state/
LGA level. However, there are
limitations in addressing aspects
on population estimates because
experience has shown that
74 – 85 of
118
17 of 18
92.
93.
94.
Bayelsa State instead of for each community or are least estimates usually documented
without adequate census
for the Local Government Area.
conditions raise a lot of reactions
and contests from the
constituencies. This is why
demographers usually stick with
the 1991 census figures.
Furthermore, LGA sources
clearly advised that we stick with
the 1991 census figures.
Reference: Omissions and non-adherence to standard Omitted references have been
style. America Psychological appreciated. Nigeria incorporated into the references.
Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) of 1999 not in Consistency in citing of
references rectified
reference. Page 71 of 113.
Sources of Table and Consistency: Table 3.36 and Figure Consistency in citing of
3.11. Author before title of Tables and Figures. SPDC references has been rectified.
2004. Trans Niger HIA Report. Pages 73 of 113.
Generic impact and mitigation. Employment generation. Addressed as suggested.
What is the proportion of total workforce to the Employment is rather based on
population of project area? Influx of people, increased the magnitude extent of the job
to be done as against the
hunting and logging etc. Let impact be relevant and population of the project area.
specific to the project. No need for a long list of generic
impacts, which are not applicable.
See reference
section
See reference
section
8 –9
18 of 18

December, 2006 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA

Transcription

Similar documents

Dipmap!of!sea!floor,!offshore!Italy! Dipmap!of!a!seismic!surface!

: Seismic Hazard Distribution Map Republic of Moldova

Tidelands Geophysical Enhances Onshore Seismic

Decoy Farm - Crowland - South Holland District Council

Oando PLC Investor Presentation

The Advancements and Future Applications of the Kuwait National

end-of-experiment-phase-TOMO-Etna - MED-SUV

Sequence Stratigraphy

general guidance on the preparation of terms of reference for